UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
FORM 10-Q
[ X ]
QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the quarterly period ended June 28, 2015
 
OR
[ ]
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 

Commission File No. 001-36230  
Tribune Publishing Company
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 
Delaware
 
38-3919441
(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation or organization)
 
(I.R.S. employer
identification no.)
 
 
 
435 North Michigan Avenue
 
 
Chicago Illinois
 
60611
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
(Zip code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (312) 222-9100
 
Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report.
None

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes  X   No 
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes  X   No   

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act:
Large accelerated filer ____
 
Accelerated filer ____
Non-accelerated filer    X    
 
Smaller reporting company ____
 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes __  No  X
 
Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.

Class
 
Outstanding at August 7, 2015
Common Stock, $0.01 par value
 
26,345,990







 
 
TRIBUNE PUBLISHING COMPANY
 
 
 
 
FORM 10-Q
 
 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
 
 
 
 
Page
 
 
 
 
 
PART I
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 2.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 3.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 4.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART II
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1A.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 2.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 3.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 4.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 5.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 6.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

1




CAUTIONARY STATEMENT CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
The statements contained in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, as well as the information contained in the notes to our Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements, include certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that are based largely on our current expectations and reflect various estimates and assumptions by us. Forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks, trends and uncertainties that could cause actual results and achievements to differ materially from those expressed in such forward-looking statements. Such risks, trends and uncertainties, which in some instances are beyond our control, include: competition and other economic conditions including fragmentation of the media landscape and competition from other media alternatives; changes in advertising demand, circulation levels and audience shares; our ability to develop and grow our online businesses; our reliance on revenue from printing and distributing third-party publications; changes in newsprint prices; macroeconomic trends and conditions; our ability to adapt to technological changes; our ability to realize benefits or synergies from acquisitions or divestitures or to operate our businesses effectively following acquisitions or divestitures; our reliance on third-party vendors for various services; adverse results from litigation, governmental investigations or tax-related proceedings or audits; our ability to attract and retain employees; our ability to satisfy pension and other postretirement employee benefit obligations; changes in accounting standards; the effect of labor strikes, lockouts and labor negotiations; regulatory and judicial rulings; our indebtedness and ability to comply with debt covenants applicable to our debt facilities; our adoption of fresh-start reporting which has caused our Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements for periods subsequent to December 31, 2012 to not be comparable to prior periods; our ability to satisfy future capital and liquidity requirements; and our ability to access the credit and capital markets at the times and in the amounts needed and on acceptable terms. For more information about these and other risks, see “Risk Factors” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 25, 2015, in Part II, Item 1A of this report, and in the Company’s other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
The words “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “could,” “should,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “seek” and similar expressions generally identify forward-looking statements. However, such words are not the exclusive means for identifying forward-looking statements, and their absence does not mean that the statement is not forward looking. Whether or not any such forward-looking statements are, in fact, achieved will depend on future events, some of which are beyond our control. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements, which are being made as of the date of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

2




PART I.
Item 1.    Financial Statements
TRIBUNE PUBLISHING COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(In thousands, except per share data)
(Unaudited)
 
 
Three months ended
 
Six months ended
 
 
June 28,
2015
 
June 29,
2014
 
June 28,
2015
 
June 29,
2014
Operating revenues:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Advertising
 
$
225,541

 
$
242,131

 
$
445,370

 
$
475,166

Circulation
 
115,026

 
109,010

 
224,309

 
216,317

Other
 
69,862

 
78,782

 
136,982

 
154,962

Total operating revenues
 
410,429

 
429,923

 
806,661

 
846,445

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Compensation
 
156,384

 
140,939

 
305,615

 
284,651

Circulation and distribution
 
68,443

 
73,392

 
135,348

 
146,932

Newsprint and ink
 
31,444

 
35,499

 
62,739

 
70,997

Other operating expenses
 
129,392

 
150,567

 
254,588

 
289,222

Depreciation
 
10,934

 
2,894

 
21,759

 
5,634

Amortization
 
2,215

 
1,621

 
4,099

 
3,227

Total operating expenses
 
398,812

 
404,912

 
784,148

 
800,663

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income from operations
 
11,617

 
25,011

 
22,513

 
45,782

Gain (loss) on equity investments, net
 
50

 
(294
)
 
(7
)
 
(629
)
Gain on investment transaction
 

 
1,484

 

 
1,484

Interest expense, net
 
(6,331
)
 
(53
)
 
(12,198
)
 
(55
)
Reorganization items, net
 
(252
)
 

 
(853
)
 
(9
)
Income before income taxes
 
5,084

 
26,148

 
9,455

 
46,573

Income tax expense
 
1,686

 
10,945

 
3,542

 
19,598

Net income
 
$
3,398

 
$
15,203

 
$
5,913

 
$
26,975

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income per common share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
 
$
0.13

 
$
0.60

 
$
0.23

 
$
1.06

Diluted
 
$
0.13

 
$
0.60

 
$
0.23

 
$
1.06

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average shares outstanding:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
 
25,910

 
25,424

 
25,702

 
25,424

Diluted
 
26,034

 
25,424

 
25,912

 
25,424

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dividends declared per common share:
 
$
0.175

 
$

 
$
0.350

 
$



The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited consolidated and combined financial statements.

3




TRIBUNE PUBLISHING COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(In thousands)
(Unaudited)
 
 
Three months ended
 
Six months ended
 
 
June 28,
2015
 
June 29,
2014
 
June 28,
2015
 
June 29,
2014
Net income
 
$
3,398

 
$
15,203

 
$
5,913

 
$
26,975

Other comprehensive loss, net of taxes:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unrecognized benefit plan gains and losses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization of actuarial gains during the period, net of taxes of $517, $866, $805 and $866, respectively
 
(794
)
 
(1,326
)
 
(1,234
)
 
(1,326
)
Foreign currency translation
 
(17
)
 

 
(39
)
 

Other comprehensive loss, net of taxes
 
(811
)
 
(1,326
)
 
(1,273
)
 
(1,326
)
Comprehensive income
 
$
2,587

 
$
13,877

 
$
4,640

 
$
25,649




The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited consolidated and combined financial statements.

4



TRIBUNE PUBLISHING COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except per share data)
(Unaudited)

 
 
June 28,
2015
 
December 28, 2014
Assets
 
 
 
 
Current assets
 
 
 
 
Cash
 
$
41,726

 
$
36,675

Accounts receivable (net of allowances of $15,475 and $16,664)
 
213,854

 
234,812

Inventories
 
15,952

 
16,651

Deferred income taxes
 
34,251

 
38,207

Prepaid expenses and other
 
16,838

 
26,593

Total current assets
 
322,621

 
352,938


 
 
 
 
Property, plant and equipment
 
 
 
 
Machinery, equipment and furniture
 
227,351

 
210,217

Buildings and leasehold improvements
 
6,919

 
6,434

 
 
234,270

 
216,651

Accumulated depreciation
 
(89,047
)
 
(68,076
)
 
 
145,223

 
148,575

Advance payments on property, plant and equipment
 
8,287

 
13,770

Property, plant and equipment, net
 
153,510

 
162,345

 
 
 
 
 
Other assets
 
 
 
 
Goodwill
 
127,038

 
41,669

Intangible assets, net
 
152,126

 
87,272

Investments
 
3,906

 
3,370

Deferred income taxes
 
38,711

 

Restricted cash
 
27,511

 
27,505

Debt issuance costs and other long-term assets
 
25,051

 
11,416

Total other assets
 
374,343

 
171,232

 
 
 
 
 
Total assets
 
$
850,474

 
$
686,515

 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited consolidated and combined financial statements.

5



TRIBUNE PUBLISHING COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except per share data)
(Unaudited)

 
 
June 28,
2015
 
December 28, 2014
Liabilities and stockholders' equity
 
 
 
 
Current liabilities
 
 
 
 
Current portion of long-term debt
 
$
22,067

 
$
17,911

Accounts payable
 
75,576

 
81,567

Employee compensation and benefits
 
83,058

 
101,071

Deferred revenue
 
82,004

 
73,004

Other current liabilities
 
27,311

 
32,435

Total current liabilities
 
290,016

 
305,988

 
 
 
 
 
Non-current liabilities
 
 
 
 
Long-term debt
 
386,077

 
329,613

Deferred revenue
 
7,871

 
8,775

Pension and postretirement benefits payable
 
128,819

 
27,672

Other obligations
 
23,141

 
8,298

Total non-current liabilities
 
545,908

 
374,358

 
 
 
 
 
Stockholders' equity
 
 
 
 
Preferred stock— authorized 30,000 shares; no shares issued or outstanding at June 28, 2015 and December 28, 2014
 

 

Common stock, $.01 par value. Authorized 300,000 shares, 26,345 shares issued and outstanding at June 28, 2015; 25,444 shares issued and outstanding at December 28, 2014
 
263

 
254

Additional paid-in capital
 
15,555

 
2,370

Accumulated deficit
 
(10,477
)
 
(6,937
)
Accumulated other comprehensive income
 
9,209

 
10,482

Total stockholders' equity
 
14,550

 
6,169

 
 
 
 
 
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
 
$
850,474

 
$
686,515


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited consolidated and combined financial statements.

6




TRIBUNE PUBLISHING COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENT OF EQUITY (DEFICIT)
(In thousands, except share data)
(Unaudited)

 
 
Common Stock
 
Additional Paid in
 
Accumulated
 
 
 
Total Equity
 
 
Shares
 
Amount
 
Capital
 
Deficit
 
AOCI
 
(Deficit)
Balance at December 28, 2014
 
25,444,057

 
$
254

 
$
2,370

 
$
(6,937
)
 
$
10,482

 
$
6,169

Comprehensive income (loss)
 

 

 

 
5,913

 
(1,273
)
 
4,640

Issuance of stock for acquisition
 
700,869

 
7

 
11,032

 

 

 
11,039

Dividends declared to common stockholders
 

 

 

 
(9,453
)
 

 
(9,453
)
Issuance of stock from restricted stock unit conversions
 
181,027

 
2

 
(2
)
 

 

 

Exercise of stock options
 
18,577

 

 
260

 

 

 
260

Excess tax benefit from long-term incentive plan
 

 

 
715

 

 

 
715

Share-based compensation
 

 

 
3,001

 

 

 
3,001

Withholding for taxes on restricted stock unit conversions
 

 

 
(1,821
)
 

 

 
(1,821
)
Balance at June 28, 2015
 
26,344,530

 
$
263

 
$
15,555

 
$
(10,477
)
 
$
9,209

 
$
14,550




The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited consolidated and combined financial statements.

7




TRIBUNE PUBLISHING COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)
(Unaudited)

 
 
Six Months Ended
 
 
June 28,
2015
 
June 29,
2014
Operating Activities
 
 
 
 
Net income
 
$
5,913

 
$
26,975

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
 
Depreciation
 
21,759

 
5,634

Amortization of intangible assets
 
4,099

 
3,227

Amortization of contract intangible liabilities
 
(56
)
 
(84
)
Allowance for bad debt
 
3,784

 
5,631

Stock compensation expense
 
3,001

 

Withholding for taxes on RSU vesting
 
(1,821
)
 

Loss on equity investments, net
 
7

 
629

(Gain) loss on fixed asset sales
 
23

 
(1,242
)
Gain on investment transaction
 

 
(1,484
)
Gain on postretirement plan amendment
 
(7,799
)
 

Changes in working capital items, excluding acquisitions:
 
 
 
 
Accounts receivable, net
 
34,118

 
38,745

Prepaid expenses, inventories and other current assets
 
18,449

 
(669
)
Accounts payable, employee compensation and benefits, deferred revenue and other current liabilities
 
(49,465
)
 
(2,254
)
Non-current deferred revenue
 
(903
)
 
(877
)
Deferred income taxes
 
7,841

 
9,461

Postretirement medical, life and other benefits
 
(1,329
)
 
(6,726
)
Other, net
 
1,108

 
106

Net cash provided by operating activities
 
38,729

 
77,072

 
 
 
 
 
Investing Activities
 
 
 
 
Capital expenditures
 
(19,824
)
 
(3,189
)
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired
 
(67,669
)
 
(32,282
)
Proceeds from sale of fixed assets
 
15

 
1,583

Investments in equity investments, net of distributions
 
(542
)
 
(1,009
)
Net cash used for investing activities
 
$
(88,020
)
 
$
(34,897
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Continued

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited consolidated and combined financial statements.

8




TRIBUNE PUBLISHING COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (continued)
(In thousands)
(Unaudited)

 
 
Six Months Ended
 
 
June 28,
2015
 
June 29,
2014
Financing Activities
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from issuance of debt
 
$
68,950

 
$

Payment of debt issuance costs
 
(1,991
)
 

Repayment of long-term debt
 
(8,750
)
 

Net proceeds from revolving debt
 
10,000

 

Repayment of revolving debt
 
(10,000
)
 

Dividends paid to common stockholders
 
(4,842
)
 

Proceeds from exercise of stock options
 
260

 

Excess tax benefits realized from exercise of stock-based awards
 
715

 

Transactions with Tribune Media Company, net
 

 
(39,331
)
Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities
 
54,342

 
(39,331
)
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase in cash
 
5,051

 
2,844

Cash, beginning of period
 
36,675

 
9,694

Cash, end of period
 
$
41,726

 
$
12,538


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited consolidated and combined financial statements.

9


TRIBUNE PUBLISHING COMPANY
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 1: DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
Description of Business —Tribune Publishing Company and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company” or “Tribune Publishing”) is a multiplatform media and marketing solutions company that delivers innovative experiences for audiences and advertisers. The Company's diverse portfolio of iconic news and information brands includes award-winning daily and weekly titles, digital properties and verticals in major markets across the country. Tribune Publishing’s media groups include the Chicago Tribune Media Group, the California Media Group, the Sun Sentinel Media Group, the Orlando Sentinel Media Group, The Baltimore Sun Media Group, the Hartford Courant Media Group, the Morning Call Media Group and the Daily Press Media Group. In May 2015, the Company acquired The San Diego Union-Tribune newspaper (f/k/a the U-T San Diego ) and nine community weeklies and related digital properties in San Diego County. See Note 5 for additional information on the acquisition.
Separation from Tribune Media Company —On August 4, 2014 (the “Distribution Date”), Tribune Media Company, formerly Tribune Company (“TCO”) completed the spin-off of its principal publishing operations into Tribune Publishing, by distributing 98.5% of the common stock of Tribune Publishing to holders of TCO common stock and warrants. In the distribution, each holder of TCO's Class A common stock, Class B common stock and warrants received 0.25 of a share of Tribune Publishing's common stock for each share of TCO common stock or TCO warrant held as of July 28, 2014 (the “Record Date”). Based on the number of shares of TCO common stock and TCO warrants outstanding as of the Record Date and the distribution ratio, 25,042,263 shares of Tribune Publishing common stock were distributed to the TCO stockholders and holders of TCO warrants and TCO retained 381,354 shares of Tribune Publishing common stock, representing 1.5% of the outstanding common stock of Tribune Publishing. On August 5, 2014, Tribune Publishing became a separate publicly-traded company with its own board of directors and senior management team. Shares of Tribune Publishing common stock are listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “TPUB.”
Basis of Presentation —T he accompanying unaudited Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements and notes of Tribune Publishing have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles ( “U.S. GAAP ”). The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the unaudited Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from these estimates. In the opinion of management, the financial statements contain all adjustments necessary to present fairly the financial position of Tribune Publishing as of June 28, 2015 and December 28, 2014, the results of operations for the three and six months ended June 28, 2015 and June 29, 2014 and the cash flows for the six months ended June 28, 2015 and June 29, 2014 . Results of operations for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year. Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to current period classifications. The year-end Consolidated and Combined Balance Sheet was derived from audited financial statements, but does not include all disclosures required by U.S. GAAP.
Prior to the Distribution Date, separate financial statements were not prepared for Tribune Publishing. The accompanying unaudited Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements for the periods presented prior to the Distribution Date were derived from the historical accounting records of TCO and present Tribune Publishing’s Consolidated and Combined financial position, results of operations and cash flows as of and for the periods presented as if Tribune Publishing was a separate entity through the Distribution Date. The costs of TCO services that are specifically identifiable to Tribune Publishing are included in these Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements. The costs of TCO services that are incurred by TCO but are not specifically identifiable to Tribune Publishing have been allocated to Tribune Publishing and are included in the pre-spin Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements on a basis that management considered to be a reasonable reflection of the utilization of services provided or the benefit received by Tribune Publishing during the periods presented. Management believes that assumptions and methodologies underlying the allocation of general corporate expenses are reasonable. However, such expenses prior to the Distribution Date may not be indicative of the actual level of expense that would have been incurred had Tribune Publishing operated as a separate stand-alone entity, and, accordingly, may not necessarily reflect Tribune Publishing’s consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows had Tribune Publishing operated as a stand-alone entity during the periods presented. See Note 4 for further information on costs allocated from TCO. Subsequent to the Distribution Date, Tribune Publishing's financial statements are presented on a consolidated basis as the Company became a separate consolidated entity.

10


TRIBUNE PUBLISHING COMPANY
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Unaudited)


All intercompany accounts within Tribune Publishing have been eliminated in consolidation. For periods prior to the Distribution Date, all significant intercompany transactions between Tribune Publishing and TCO have been included within the Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements and are considered to be effectively settled through equity contributions or distributions or through cash payments at the time the transactions were recorded. These intercompany transactions are further described in Note 4 . The total net effect of these intercompany transactions prior to the Distribution Date are reflected in the Consolidated and Combined Statements of Cash Flows as financing activities .
T ribune Publishing assesses its operating segments in accordance with ASC Topic 280, “Segment Reporting.” Tribune Publishing is managed by its chief operating decision maker, as defined by ASC Topic 280, as one business. Accordingly, the financial statements of Tribune Publishing are presented to reflect one reportable segment.
New Accounting Standards —In April 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2015-03, Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs . This ASU requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. This ASU is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015 and interim periods therein. It is to be applied retrospectively and early adoption is permitted. ASU 2015-03 affects presentation only and will have no effect on the Company's financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. The Company will adopt the standard in the first quarter 2016.
In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers , concerning revenue recognition. The new standard supersedes a majority of existing revenue recognition guidance under U.S. GAAP, and requires a company to recognize revenue when it transfers goods or services to a customer in an amount that reflects the consideration to which a company expects to be entitled. Companies may need to use more judgment and make more estimates while recognizing revenue, which could result in additional disclosures to the financial statements. ASU 2014-09 allows for either a “full retrospective” adoption or a “modified retrospective” adoption. On July 9, 2015 the FASB voted to approve a one year delay of the effective date and to permit companies to voluntarily adopt the new standard as of the original effective date. Assuming issuance of a final rule delaying the effective date, the Company expects to adopt this standard on January 1, 2018. The Company is currently evaluating the revenue recognition impact this guidance will have once implemented and the implementation approach to be used.
NOTE 2: PROCEEDINGS UNDER CHAPTER 11
Chapter 11 Reorganization —On December 8, 2008, TCO and 110 of its direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries (each a “Debtor” and, collectively, the “Debtors”), filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11 (“Chapter 11”) of title 11 of the United States Code in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware (the “Bankruptcy Court”). A joint plan of reorganization for the Debtors (the “Plan”) became effective and the Debtors emerged from Chapter 11 on December 31, 2012 (the “Effective Date”). Certain of the legal entities included in the Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements of Tribune Publishing were Debtors or, as a result of the restructuring transactions undertaken pursuant to the Plan, are successor legal entities to legal entities that were Debtors (collectively, the “Tribune Publishing Debtors”). On March 16, 2015, the Chapter 11 estates of 88 of the Debtors were closed by a final decree issued by the Bankruptcy Court. On July 24, 2015, the Chapter 11 estates of an additional 8 of the Debtors were closed by a final decree. The remainder of the Debtors’ Chapter 11 cases, including several of the Tribune Publishing Debtors’ cases, continue to be jointly administered under the caption “In re: Tribune Media Company, et al.,” Case No 08-13141.
On the Effective Date, substantially all of the Debtors’ prepetition liabilities at December 30, 2012 were settled or otherwise satisfied under the Plan. However, certain other claims have been or will be settled or otherwise satisfied subsequent to the Effective Date. Although the allowed amount of certain unresolved claims has not been determined, Tribune Publishing’s liabilities subject to compromise associated with these unresolved claims were discharged upon emergence from Chapter 11 in exchange for the treatment outlined in the Plan.
Reorganization Items, Net —Reorganization items, net, generally includes provisions and adjustments to reflect the carrying value of certain prepetition liabilities at their estimated allowable claim amounts and, pursuant to ASC Topic 852, “Reorganizations,” is reported separately in Tribune Publishing’s Consolidated and Combined Statements of Income. Reorganization items, net, may also include professional advisory fees and other costs directly associated with the Debtors’ Chapter 11 cases.

11


TRIBUNE PUBLISHING COMPANY
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Unaudited)


Specifically identifiable reorganization provisions, adjustments and other costs directly related to Tribune Publishing have been included in the Company’s Consolidated and Combined Statements of Income for the three and six months ended June 28, 2015 and June 29, 2014 and consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
 
Three Months Ended
 
Six Months Ended
 
 
June 28, 2015
 
June 29, 2014
 
June 28, 2015
 
June 29, 2014
Reorganization costs, net:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contract rejections and claim settlements
 
$
(15
)
 
$

 
$
(15
)
 
$
(7
)
Other, net
 
(237
)
 

 
(838
)
 
(2
)
Total reorganization costs, net
 
$
(252
)
 
$

 
$
(853
)
 
$
(9
)
Tribune Publishing expects to incur certain expenses pertaining to the Chapter 11 proceedings throughout 2015 and potentially in future periods. These expenses are expected to consist primarily of other costs related to the implementation of the Plan and the resolution of unresolved claims.
NOTE 3: CHANGES IN OPERATIONS
Employee Reductions— Tribune Publishing identified reductions in its staffing levels of 296 and 274 in the three and six months ended June 28, 2015 , respectively. Of these reductions, 186 are related to the San Diego acquisition described in Note 5 as the Company has consolidated many of those positions into its current operating structure. In the three and six months ended June 29, 2014 , the Company had identified reductions in staffing levels in its operations of 173 and 198 positions, respectively. Tribune Publishing recorded pretax charges related to these reductions of $4.1 million and $3.4 million for the three and six months ended June 28, 2015 , respectively, and pretax charges of $2.2 million and $2.3 million for the three and six months ended June 29, 2014 , respectively. A summary of the activity with respect to Tribune Publishing’s severance accrual for the six months ended June 28, 2015 is as follows (in thousands):
Balance at December 28, 2014
 
$
5,038

Provision
 
3,423

Payments
 
(4,558
)
Balance at June 28, 2015
 
$
3,903

Charges for severance and related expenses are included in compensation expense in the accompanying Consolidated and Combined Statements of Income. For the three and six month periods ended June 29, 2014, the severance and related expenses above exclude severance and related expenses incurred by TCO and allocated to Tribune Publishing prior to the Distribution Date. See Note 4 for further discussion of allocated charges from TCO.
NOTE 4 : RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
In connection with the separation and distribution, Tribune Publishing entered into a transition services agreement (the “TSA”) and certain other agreements with TCO that govern the relationships between Tribune Publishing and TCO following the separation and distribution. Under the TSA, the providing company generally is allowed to fully recover all out-of-pocket costs and expenses it actually incurs in connection with providing the services, plus, in some cases, the allocated direct costs of providing the services, generally without profit. Pursuant to the TSA, TCO provides Tribune Publishing with certain services on a transitional basis. During the three and six months ended June 28, 2015 , Tribune Publishing incurred $0.3 million and $0.6 million , respectively, in charges payable to TCO under the TSA. In addition, the TSA outlines the services that Tribune Publishing will provide TCO on a transitional basis. For the three and six months ended June 28, 2015 , TCO's charges payable to Tribune Publishing were $0.3 million and $1.2 million , respectively, under the TSA.
Prior to the Distribution Date, Tribune Publishing participated in a number of corporate-wide programs administered by TCO. These included participation in TCO’s centralized treasury function, insurance programs, employee benefit programs, workers’ compensation programs, and centralized service centers and other corporate functions. The following is a discussion of the relationship with TCO, the services provided and how transactions with

12


TRIBUNE PUBLISHING COMPANY
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Unaudited)


TCO have been accounted for in the Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements. Subsequent to the Distribution Date, any programs not governed by the TSA, as described above, are now administered by Tribune Publishing and are recorded directly to operating expenses.
Support Services Provided and Other Amounts with TCO —Prior to the Distribution Date, Tribune Publishing received allocated charges from TCO for certain corporate support services which were recorded within Tribune Publishing’s Consolidated and Combined Statements of Income. Management believes that the basis used for the allocations was reasonable and reflects the portion of such costs attributable to Tribune Publishing’s operations; however, the amounts may not be representative of the costs necessary for Tribune Publishing to operate as a separate stand-alone company. These allocated costs are summarized in the following table (in thousands):
 
 
Three Months Ended
 
Six Months Ended
 
 
June 29, 2014
 
June 29, 2014
Corporate management fee
 
$
8,960

 
$
18,020

Allocated depreciation
 
5,195

 
9,976

Service center support costs
 
23,099

 
43,384

Other
 
2,202

 
3,235

Total
 
$
39,456

 
$
74,615

Medical and Workers’ Compensation Benefit Plans T ribune Publishing participated in TCO-sponsored employee benefit plans, including medical and workers’ compensation. Allocations of benefit plan costs varied by plan type and were based on actuarial valuations of cost and/or liability, premium amounts and payroll. Total benefit plan costs allocated to Tribune Publishing amounted to $11.5 million and $23.1 million in the three and six months ended June 29, 2014 , respectively, and were recorded in compensation expense in the Consolidated and Combined Statements of Income. While management believes the cost allocation methods utilized for the benefit plans were reasonable and reflected the portion of such costs attributed to Tribune Publishing, the amounts may not be representative of the costs necessary for Tribune Publishing to operate as a stand-alone business.
Defined Benefit Plans Retirement benefits obligations pursuant to the TCO defined benefit pension plans have historically been and continue to be an obligation of TCO. Prior to the Distribution Date, costs related to TCO-sponsored pension plans, which totaled credits of $5.0 million and $10.4 million in the three and six months ended June 29, 2014 , respectively, were based upon a specific allocation of actuarially determined service costs plus an allocation of the remaining net periodic pension cost components based upon Tribune Publishing's proportional share of the pension liability. Through the Distribution Date, TCO-sponsored pension plan credits and expenses allocated to Tribune Publishing are recorded in compensation expense in the Consolidated and Combined Statements of Income. Subsequent to the Distribution Date, no further costs or credits were allocated.
Defined Contribution Plans Tribune Publishing’s employees have historically participated in various TCO qualified 401(k) savings plans, which permit eligible employees to make voluntary contributions on a pretax basis. The plans allowed participants to invest their savings in various investments. Amounts charged to expense by Tribune Publishing for employer contributions to TCO 401(k) savings plans totaled $2.5 million and $5.9 million in the three and six months ended June 29, 2014 , respectively, and are recorded in compensation expense in the Consolidated and Combined Statements of Income.
Related Party Lease Agreements —In 2013, Tribune Publishing entered into related party lease agreements with TCO to lease certain land and buildings. The initial term of these non-cancelable related party lease agreements is either five or ten years, with two optional renewal terms. In connection with all related party lease agreements, Tribune Publishing recognized $8.4 million and $16.9 million of rent expense for the three and six months ended June 28, 2015 , respectively, and $9.6 million and $19.1 million of rent expense for the three and six months ended June 29, 2014 , respectively, recorded in other operating expense.

13


TRIBUNE PUBLISHING COMPANY
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Unaudited)


NOTE 5 : ACQUISITIONS
The San Diego Union-Tribune
On May 21, 2015 , the Company completed the acquisition of MLIM, LLC (“MLIM”), the indirect owner of The San Diego Union-Tribune (f/k/a the U-T San Diego ) and nine community weeklies and related digital properties in San Diego County, California, pursuant to the Membership Interest Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”), dated May 7, 2015, among the Company, MLIM Holdings, LLC, the Papa Doug Trust under agreement dated January 11, 2010, Douglas F. Manchester and Douglas W. Manchester, and MLIM, as amended effective May 21, 2015. As of the closing of the transaction, the Company acquired 100% of the equity interests in MLIM.
The stated purchase price was $85 million , consisting of $73 million in cash, subject to a working capital adjustment, and $12 million in Tribune Publishing common stock. The Company financed the $73 million cash portion of the purchase price, less a $2 million preliminary working capital adjustment at close, with a combination of cash-on-hand and funds available under the Company's existing Senior ABL Facility, as defined in Note 10, as well as the net proceeds of the term loan increase as further described in Note 10 . The Company has also recorded an estimated $3 million in additional working capital adjustments due from the seller, that had not been finalized as of the filing date.
Prior to the closing of the acquisition, certain assets and liabilities of MLIM related to the business and the operation of The San Diego Union-Tribune , including real property used by the business, were distributed to the seller or its affiliates. Upon the close of the acquisition, MLIM became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, and retained certain liabilities, including certain legal matters and its existing pension obligations, and entered into a lease to use certain real property from the seller.
The seller has provided the Company a full indemnity with respect to certain legal matters which were at various states of adjudication at the date of the acquisition. In one such matter, a consolidated class action against a predecessor entity to MLIM which asserts various claims on behalf of home delivery newspaper carriers alleged to have been misclassified as independent contractors, the plaintiffs have been granted a judgment comprised of unreimbursed business expenses, interest and attorney's fees totaling approximately $10 million . The defendant has appealed the judgment. Inasmuch as such judgment represents a liability of the acquired entity which is subject to indemnification, the initial purchase price allocation reflects the assignment of $10 million to both the litigation judgment liability and the seller indemnification asset and is reflected in the Consolidated and Combined Balance Sheet as other long-term assets and other obligations.
On the closing of the acquisition, the Company entered into a Registration Rights Agreement with the seller, whereby the seller would be entitled to certain registration rights with respect to the shares of common stock of the Company acquired in connection with the Agreement.
As part of the acquisition, the Company became the sponsor of a single-employer defined benefit plan, The San Diego Union-Tribune, LLC Retirement Plan (the “San Diego Plan”). The San Diego Plan provides benefits to certain current and former employees of The San Diego Union-Tribune. Future benefits under the plan have been frozen since January 31, 2009. As of June 28, 2015, the estimated underfunded status of the San Diego Plan was $109.0 million which is based upon the January 4, 2015 actuarial determination completed by the seller, adjusted for current year pre-acquisition activity.
The allocation of the purchase price presented below is based upon management’s preliminary estimates. As of the filing date of this report, the determination of the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed and the funded status of the pension plan assumed have not been completed. The definite-lived intangible assets are expected to be amortized over a total weighted average period of nine years that includes a three to six year life for subscriber relationships, a three to eleven year life for advertiser relationships and a one year life for other customer relationships. The acquired property and equipment will be depreciated on a straight-line basis over its estimated remaining useful lives. Goodwill is calculated as the excess of the consideration transferred over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired and represents the future economic benefits expected to arise from other intangible assets acquired that do not qualify for separate recognition, including assembled workforce and non-contractual relationships, as well as expected future cost and revenue synergies. The entire amount of purchase price allocated to intangible assets and $23.9 million of goodwill will be deductible for tax purposes pursuant to Internal Revenue Code Section 197 over a 15 year period.

14


TRIBUNE PUBLISHING COMPANY
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Unaudited)


At the acquisition date, the purchase price assigned to the acquired assets and assumed liabilities is as follows (in thousands):
Consideration for acquisition, less cash acquired and working capital adjustments
 
$
78,708

Less: Shares issued for acquisition
 
(11,039
)
Cash consideration for acquisition
 
$
67,669

 
 
 
Allocated Fair Value of Acquired Assets and Assumed Liabilities
 
 
Accounts receivable and other current assets
 
$
11,782

Property, plant and equipment
 
241

Intangible assets subject to amortization:
 
 
  Subscriber relationships (useful life of 3 to 6 years)
 
9,873

  Advertiser relationships (useful life of 3 to 11 years)
 
14,605

  Other customer relationships (useful life of 1 year)
 
529

Mastheads and intangible assets not subject to amortization
 
43,945

Deferred taxes
 
43,617

Other long-term assets
 
10,000

Accounts payable and other current liabilities
 
(19,818
)
Pension and postemployment benefits liability
 
(109,042
)
Other long-term liabilities
 
(12,393
)
Total identifiable net assets (liabilities)
 
(6,661
)
Goodwill
 
85,369

Total net assets acquired
 
$
78,708

The Company included the results of operations of MLIM in the Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements beginning on the closing date of the acquisition. For the three and six months ended June 28, 2015, the revenues from MLIM were $14.7 million and the total operating expenses were approximately $14.8 million . The pro forma effect of the acquisition is not material to the Company’s Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements.
NOTE 6: INVENTORIES
Inventories consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
 
As of
 
 
June 28, 2015
 
December 28, 2014
Newsprint
 
$
15,513

 
$
16,174

Supplies and other
 
439

 
477

Total inventories
 
$
15,952

 
$
16,651

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market determined using the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) basis for all inventories.

15


TRIBUNE PUBLISHING COMPANY
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Unaudited)


NOTE 7: GOODWILL, OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND INTANGIBLE LIABILITIES
Goodwill, other intangible assets and intangible liabilities at June 28, 2015 and December 28, 2014 consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
 
June 28, 2015
 
December 28, 2014
 
 
Gross Amount
 
Accumulated Amortization
 
Net Amount
 
Gross Amount
 
Accumulated Amortization
 
Net Amount
Intangible assets subject to amortization
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Subscribers (useful life of 2 to 10 years)
 
$
18,367

 
$
(2,729
)
 
$
15,638

 
$
8,494

 
$
(2,121
)
 
$
6,373

Advertiser relationships (useful life of 2 to 13 years)
 
42,971

 
(5,923
)
 
37,048

 
28,366

 
(4,596
)
 
23,770

Affiliate agreements (useful life of 4 years)
 
12,458

 
(7,500
)
 
4,958

 
11,929

 
(5,965
)
 
5,964

Tradenames (useful life of 20 years)
 
15,100

 
(686
)
 
14,414

 
15,100

 
(317
)
 
14,783

Other (useful life of 1 to 20 years)
 
5,541

 
(1,218
)
 
4,323

 
5,540

 
(958
)
 
4,582

Total intangible assets subject to amortization
 
$
94,437

 
$
(18,056
)
 
$
76,381

 
$
69,429

 
$
(13,957
)
 
$
55,472

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Goodwill and other intangible assets not subject to amortization
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Goodwill
 
 
 
 
 
127,038

 
 
 
 
 
41,669

Newspaper mastheads and other intangible assets not subject to amortization
 
 
 
 
 
75,745

 
 
 
 
 
31,800

Total goodwill and other intangible assets
 
 
 
 
 
$
279,164

 
 
 
 
 
$
128,941

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Intangible liabilities subject to amortization
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unfavorable lease contracts
 
$
(1,736
)
 
$
404

 
$
(1,332
)
 
$
(570
)
 
$
359

 
$
(211
)
Total intangible liabilities subject to amortization
 
$
(1,736
)
 
$
404

 
$
(1,332
)
 
$
(570
)
 
$
359

 
$
(211
)
The changes in the carrying amounts of intangible assets subject to amortization during the six months ended June 28, 2015 were as follows (in thousands):
Intangible assets subject to amortization
 
 
Balance at December 28, 2014
 
$
55,472

Acquisitions
 
25,008

Amortization
 
(4,099
)
Balance at June 28, 2015
 
$
76,381

The changes in the carrying amounts of goodwill and intangible assets not subject to amortization during the six months ended June 28, 2015 were as follows (in thousands):
 
 
Goodwill
 
Other intangible assets not subject to amortization
Balance at December 28, 2014
 
$
41,669

 
$
31,800

Acquisitions
 
85,369

 
43,945

Balance at June 28, 2015
 
$
127,038

 
$
75,745


16


TRIBUNE PUBLISHING COMPANY
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Unaudited)


NOTE 8: INVESTMENTS
Investments consist of equity method investments in private companies totaling $3.9 million and $3.4 million at June 28, 2015 and December 28, 2014 , respectively:
 
 
% Owned
Company
 
June 28, 2015
 
December 28, 2014
CIPS Marketing Group, Inc.
 
50
%
 
50
%
Homefinder.com, LLC
 
33
%
 
33
%
Contend, LLC
 
20
%
 
20
%
Jean Knows Cars, LLC
 
20
%
 

On January 8, 2015, the Company purchased a 20% interest in Jean Knows Cars, LLC for $0.5 million . Jean Knows Cars, LLC is a content creation company that develops and produces digital content relating to the car industry.
NOTE 9: FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
Tribune Publishing measures and records in its Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements certain assets and liabilities at fair value. ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” establishes a fair value hierarchy for instruments measured at fair value that distinguishes between assumptions based on market data (observable inputs) and Tribune Publishing’s own assumptions (unobservable inputs). This hierarchy consists of the following three levels:

Level 1-Assets and liabilities whose values are based on unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in an active market.

Level 2-Assets and liabilities whose values are based on inputs other than those included in Level 1, including quoted market prices in markets that are not active; quoted prices of assets or liabilities with similar attributes in active markets; or valuation models whose inputs are observable or unobservable but corroborated by market data.

Level 3-Assets and liabilities whose values are based on valuation models or pricing techniques that utilize unobservable inputs that are significant to the overall fair value measurement.
The carrying values of cash, trade accounts receivable and trade accounts payable approximated their respective fair values due to their short term to maturity.
NOTE 10 : DEBT
At June 28, 2015 , Tribune Publishing had $411.3 million in variable-rate debt outstanding under the Term Loan Credit Agreement, as defined below. The weighted average interest rate for the variable-rate debt is 5.75% . At June 28, 2015 , the fair value of the Term Loan Credit Agreement was estimated to be $412.3 million . The Company's Term Loan Credit Agreement's classification is determined based on Level 2 inputs, because the fair value for these instruments is determined using observable inputs in non-active markets. See below for details related to the Company's debt agreements.
Senior Term Facility
On May 21, 2015, the Company entered into a lender joinder agreement (“Joinder Agreement”) with Citicorp North America, Inc. (“Citi”) and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. to partially finance the acquisition of The San Diego Union-Tribune . See Note 5. This Joinder Agreement expanded the borrowings under the Senior Term Facility, described below, by $70 million . This borrowing bears the same interest rate and has the same maturity date as the existing loans under the Senior Term Facility.

17


TRIBUNE PUBLISHING COMPANY
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Unaudited)


On August 4, 2014, the Company entered into a credit agreement (as amended, amended and restated or supplemented, the “Term Loan Credit Agreement”) with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacity, the “Term Collateral Agent”), and the lenders party thereto (the “Senior Term Facility”). The Senior Term Facility originally provided for secured loans (the “Term Loans”) in the aggregate principal amount of $350.0 million . The Term Loans bear interest at a variable interest rate based on either LIBOR or a base rate, in either case plus an applicable margin. The Term Loans amortize in equal quarterly installments equal to 1.25% of principal amounts borrowed against the Senior Term Facility with the balance payable on the maturity date, August 4, 2021. The Senior Term Facility initially provided that it could be expanded by an amount up to (i) the greater of $100.0 million and an amount as will not cause the net senior secured leverage ratio after giving effect to such incurrence to exceed 2:1 plus (ii) an amount equal to all voluntary prepayments of the term loans borrowed under the Senior Term Facility, subject to certain conditions. As of June 28, 2015, $70 million of the expansion had been drawn for the acquisition described previously. Tribune Publishing Company is the borrower under the Senior Term Facility and each of the Company’s wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions, (the “Subsidiary Guarantors”) guarantee the payment obligations under the Senior Term Facility. The Senior Term Facility contains a number of covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of Tribune Publishing Company and its restricted subsidiaries to: incur more indebtedness; pay dividends; redeem stock or make other distributions in respect of equity; make investments; and certain other usual and customary covenants. As of June 28, 2015 , the outstanding balance under the Senior Term Facility is $411.3 million , the unamortized balance of the discount is $4.1 million and the Company was in compliance with the covenants of the Senior Term Facility.
Senior ABL Facility
On August 4, 2014, Tribune Publishing Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors entered into a credit agreement (the “ABL Credit Agreement”) with Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ABL Collateral Agent”), swing line lender and letter of credit issuer and the lenders party thereto (the “Senior ABL Facility”). The Senior ABL Facility will mature on August 4, 2019. The Senior ABL Facility provides for senior secured revolving loans and letters of credit of up to a maximum aggregate principal amount of $140.0 million . Up to $75.0 million of availability under the Senior ABL Facility is available for letters of credit and up to $15.0 million of availability under the Senior ABL Facility is available for swing line loans. The Senior ABL Facility also permits Tribune Publishing Company to increase the commitments under the Senior ABL Facility by up to $75.0 million . The Senior ABL Facility bears interest at a variable interest rate based on either LIBOR or a base rate, in either case plus an applicable margin. Tribune Publishing Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors are the borrowers under the Senior ABL Facility. Tribune Publishing Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors guarantee the payment obligations under the Senior ABL Facility. The Senior ABL Facility contains a number of covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of Tribune Publishing Company and its restricted subsidiaries to: incur more indebtedness; pay dividends; redeem stock or make other distributions in respect of equity; make investments; and certain other usual and customary covenants. Customary fees are payable in respect of the Senior ABL Facility, including commitment fees of 0.25% and letter of credit fees. As of June 28, 2015 , $21.5 million of the Senior ABL Facility availability supported outstanding undrawn letters of credit in the same amount.
Letter of Credit Agreement
On August 4, 2014, Tribune Publishing Company and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as letter of credit issuer (the “L/C Issuer”) entered into a letter of credit agreement (the “Letter of Credit Agreement”). The Letter of Credit Agreement provides for the issuance of standby letters of credit of up to a maximum aggregate principal face of $30.0 million . The Letter of Credit Agreement permits Tribune Publishing Company, at the sole discretion of L/C Issuer, to request an increase of the amount available to be issued under the Letter of Credit Agreement up to an aggregate maximum face amount of $50.0 million . The Letter of Credit Agreement is scheduled to terminate on August 4, 2019. As of June 28, 2015 , a $27.5 million undrawn letter of credit was outstanding against the Letter of Credit Agreement. This letter of credit was collateralized with $27.5 million of cash held in a specified cash collateral account. The specified cash account is required to remain as long as the undrawn letter of credit remains outstanding and is recorded in restricted cash in the Consolidated and Combined Balance Sheets.
NOTE 11: INCOME TAXES
For the three and six months ended June 28, 2015 , Tribune Publishing recorded income tax expense of $1.7 million and $3.5 million , respectively. The effective tax rate on pretax income was 33.2% and 37.5% in the three and six months

18


TRIBUNE PUBLISHING COMPANY
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Unaudited)


ended June 28, 2015 , respectively. During the three months ended June 28, 2015, the Company increased the estimated deferred tax rate on net deferred tax assets from 39.5% to 40.0% which resulted in a decrease in the current period income tax expense of $0.5 million . For the three and six months ended June 28, 2015 , the rate differs from the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35% primarily due to state income taxes, net of federal benefit, non-deductible expenses and the domestic production activities deduction, as well as a change in the deferred tax rate that was applied to current and non-current deferred tax assets and liabilities. For the three and six months ended June 29, 2014 , Tribune Publishing recorded income tax expense of $10.9 million and $19.6 million . The effective tax rate on pretax income was 41.9% and 42.1% in the three and six months ended June 29, 2014 . This rate differs from the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35% due primarily to state income taxes, net of federal benefit, nondeductible expenses, certain transaction costs not fully deductible for tax purposes and the domestic production activities deduction.
NOTE 12: PENSION AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS
Multiemployer Pension Plans —Tribune Publishing contributes to a number of multiemployer defined benefit pension plans under the terms of collective-bargaining agreements that cover its union-represented employees. See Note 4 for the description of costs and credits related to TCO-sponsored pension plans.
Defined Benefit Plans —As part of the acquisition of The San Diego Union-Tribune , the Company became the sponsor of the San Diego Plan, a single-employer defined benefit plan. The San Diego Plan provides benefits to certain current and former employees of The San Diego Union-Tribune. Future benefits under the San Diego Plan have been frozen since January 31, 2009. The funded status of the San Diego Plan is being actuarially determined as of May 21, 2015, the closing date for The San Diego Union-Tribune acquisition, and that determination had not been completed as of the filing date of this report. As of June 28, 2015, the estimated underfunded status of the San Diego Plan was $109.0 million . This estimate of the underfunded status of the plan is based upon the January 4, 2015 actuarially determined underfunded status of the San Diego Plan adjusted for the 2015 pre-acquisition activity recorded for the plan. As of January 4, 2015, the benefit obligation was $267.9 million and the fair value of the San Diego Plan's assets was $156.7 million . The Company expects to contribute approximately $3.0 million to the San Diego Plan in the last half of 2015. The net periodic benefit cost recorded subsequent to the acquisition was immaterial.
Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions —Prior to the Distribution Date, retirement benefits were provided to eligible employees of Tribune Publishing through defined benefit pension plans sponsored by TCO. Subsequent to the Distribution Date, Tribune Publishing provides postretirement health care and life insurance benefits to Tribune Publishing employees. There is some variation in the provisions of these plans, including different provisions for lifetime maximums, prescription drug coverage and certain other benefits. The components of net periodic benefit cost for Tribune Publishing were as follows (in thousands):
 
 
Three Months Ended
 
Six Months Ended
 
 
June 28, 2015
 
June 29, 2014
 
June 28, 2015
 
June 29, 2014
Service cost
 
$
65

 
$
71

 
$
132

 
$
176

Interest cost
 
164

 
366

 
391

 
816

Amortization of prior service credits
 
(701
)
 

 
(1,402
)
 

Amortization of gain
 
(609
)
 
(14
)
 
(636
)
 
(14
)
Net periodic benefit cost (credit)
 
(1,081
)
 
423

 
(1,515
)
 
978

Curtailment gain
 

 

 
(7,799
)
 

Net periodic benefit cost (credit) after curtailment gain
 
$
(1,081
)
 
$
423

 
$
(9,314
)
 
$
978

In the first quarter of 2015, Tribune Publishing notified plan members that the Company was no longer going to offer the life insurance benefit effective December 27, 2015. These life insurance modifications impact a grandfathered group of employees that were eligible for post-retirement life insurance benefits based on their employment date and certain employment qualifications. The impact of this plan modification was to reduce the postretirement medical, life and other benefits liability by $7.8 million and to recognize a gain of the same amount to compensation expense.

19


TRIBUNE PUBLISHING COMPANY
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Unaudited)


Expected Future Benefit Payments —Tribune Publishing expects to contribute $3.2 million to its other postretirement plans during 2015.
NOTE 13: STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
The Tribune Publishing Company 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Tribune Publishing Equity Plan”) provides for the granting of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units (“RSU”), performance share units, restricted and unrestricted stock awards, dividend equivalents and cash awards. In the six months ended June 28, 2015 , 464,892 options and 514,164 RSUs were granted under the Tribune Publishing Equity Plan. Stock-based compensation expense under the Tribune Publishing Equity Plan totaled $1.5 million and $3.0 million during the three and six months ended June 28, 2015 , respectively.
Prior to the Distribution Date, stock-based compensation expense for participants in the TCO 2013 Equity Incentive Plan who were solely dedicated to Tribune Publishing has been included in compensation expense. Stock-based compensation expense related to these Tribune Publishing employees totaled $0.6 million and $1.3 million for the three and six months ended June 29, 2014 , respectively. Stock-based compensation expense for participants in the TCO 2013 Equity Incentive Plan who provided services to but were not solely dedicated to Tribune Publishing have been allocated to Tribune Publishing through the corporate management fee and service center support costs, as described in Note 4. In the three and six months ended June 29, 2014 , the Company was allocated $1.5 million and $4.1 million , respectively, of stock-based compensation expense through the corporate management fee and service center support costs.
As of June 28, 2015 , the Company has $3.8 million of total unrecognized compensation costs related to unvested options, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.12 years . Additionally, as of June 28, 2015 , the Company has $16.1 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested RSUs, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.88 years .
NOTE 14: EARNINGS PER SHARE
Basic earnings per common share is calculated by dividing net income attributable to Tribune Publishing common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding. Diluted earnings per common share is similarly calculated, except that the calculation includes the dilutive effect of the assumed issuance of common shares under equity-based compensation plans, except where the inclusion of such common shares would have an anti-dilutive impact.
For the three and six months ended June 28, 2015 and June 29, 2014 , basic and diluted earnings per common share were as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):
 
 
Three Months Ended
 
Six Months Ended
 
 
June 28, 2015
 
June 29, 2014
 
June 28, 2015
 
June 29, 2014
Income - Numerator:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income available to Tribune Publishing stockholders plus assumed conversions
 
$
3,398

 
$
15,203

 
$
5,913

 
$
26,975

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shares - Denominator:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding (basic)
 
25,910

 
25,424

 
25,702

 
25,424

Dilutive effect of employee stock options and RSUs
 
124

 

 
210

 

Adjusted weighted average shares outstanding (diluted)
 
26,034

 
25,424

 
25,912

 
25,424

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income per common share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
 
$
0.13

 
$
0.60

 
$
0.23

 
$
1.06

Diluted
 
$
0.13

 
$
0.60

 
$
0.23

 
$
1.06


20


TRIBUNE PUBLISHING COMPANY
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Unaudited)


The number of stock options that were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share because their inclusion would result in an anti-dilutive effect on per share amounts was 855,054 and 791,280 for the three and six months ended June 28, 2015 , respectively. The number of RSUs that were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share because their inclusion would result in an anti-dilutive effect on per share amounts was 411,449 and 7,981 for the three and six months ended June 28, 2015 , respectively.
On August 4, 2014, approximately 25.4 million shares of the Company's common stock were distributed to TCO and TCO stockholders and warrant holders who held shares or warrants as of the record date of July 28, 2014. This share amount is being utilized for the calculation of both basic and diluted earnings per common share for all periods prior to the Distribution Date.
Dividends
On June 22, 2015, the Board of Directors of the Company declared a dividend of $0.175 per share on common stock outstanding, to be paid on August 14, 2015, to stockholders of record on July 15, 2015.
On May 15, 2015, the Company paid a dividend of $0.175 per share on common stock outstanding, to stockholders of record on April 15, 2015.
NOTE 15: ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
The following table sets forth the components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax where applicable (in thousands):    
 
 
June 28, 2015
 
December 28, 2014
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
 
 
 
 
Pension and other postretirement costs
 
$
9,269

 
$
10,502

Foreign currency translation adjustments
 
(60
)
 
(20
)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
 
$
9,209

 
$
10,482

The following table presents the amounts and line items in the Consolidated and Combined Statements of Income where adjustments reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) were recorded during the three and six months ended June 28, 2015 and June 29, 2014 (in thousands):
 
 
Three Months Ended
 
Six Months Ended
 
 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Components
 
June 28, 2015
 
June 29, 2014
 
June 28, 2015
 
June 29, 2014
 
Affected Line Items in the Consolidated and Combined Statements of Income
Pension and postretirement benefit adjustments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization of recognized actuarial gains
 
$
(1,311
)
 
$
(2,192
)
 
$
(2,039
)
 
$
(2,192
)
 
Compensation
Total before taxes
 
(1,311
)
 
(2,192
)
 
(2,039
)
 
(2,192
)
 
 
Tax effect
 
517

 
866

 
805

 
866

 
Income tax expense
Total reclassifications for the period
 
$
(794
)
 
$
(1,326
)
 
$
(1,234
)
 
$
(1,326
)
 
 

21


TRIBUNE PUBLISHING COMPANY
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Unaudited)


NOTE 16: SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION
Supplemental cash flow information for each of the periods presented is as follows (in thousands):
 
 
Six Months Ended
 
 
June 28,
2015
 
June 29,
2014
Cash paid during the period for:
 
 
 
 
Interest
 
$
10,454

 
$
55

Income taxes, net
 
13,529

 
11,060

Non-cash items in investing and financing activities:
 
 
 
 
Shares issued for acquisitions
 
11,039

 

Non-cash additions to construction in progress
 
7,042

 
80


22




Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
T he following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the other sections of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, including the Company’s Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements and related Notes filed as part of this Quarterly Report, and “Cautionary Statement Concerning Forward-Looking Statements.” Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations contains a number of forward-looking statements, all of which are based on our current expectations and could be affected by the uncertainties and other factors described throughout this Quarterly Report, including in Part II Item 1A, as well as the factors described in our annual report on Form 10-K as filed with the SEC on March 25, 2015, particularly under Item 1A. “Risk Factors.”
We believe that the assumptions underlying the Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements included in this Quarterly Report are reasonable. However, the Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements may not necessarily reflect our results of operations, financial position and cash flows for future periods or what they would have been had Tribune Publishing been a separate, stand-alone company during the periods presented.
OVERVIEW
Tribune Publishing Company, (collectively with its subsidiaries, the Company ” or Tribune Publishing ) was formed as a Delaware corporation on November 21, 2013. Tribune Publishing is a multiplatform media and marketing solutions company that delivers innovative experiences for audiences and advertisers. The Company's diverse portfolio of iconic news and information brands includes award-winning daily and weekly titles, digital properties and verticals in major markets across the country. Tribune Publishing’s media groups include the Chicago Tribune Media Group, the California News Group, the Sun Sentinel Media Group, the Orlando Sentinel Media Group, The Baltimore Sun Media Group, the Hartford Courant Media Group, the Morning Call Media Group and the Daily Press Media Group. See below for more information regarding the acquisition of The San Diego Union-Tribune .
On August 4, 2014 (the “Distribution Date”), Tribune Media Company, formerly Tribune Company (“TCO”) completed the spin-off of its principal publishing operations into an independent company, Tribune Publishing, by distributing 98.5% of the outstanding shares of Tribune Publishing common stock to holders of TCO common stock and warrants (the “Distribution”). In the Distribution, each holder of TCO Class A common stock, Class B common stock and warrants received 0.25 of a share of Tribune Publishing common stock for each share of TCO common stock or TCO warrant held as of the record date of July 28, 2014. Based on the number of shares of TCO common stock and TCO warrants outstanding as of 5:00 P.M. Eastern time on July 28, 2014 and the distribution ratio, 25,042,263 shares of Tribune Publishing common stock were distributed to the TCO stockholders and holders of TCO warrants and TCO retained 381,354 shares of Tribune Publishing common stock, representing 1.5% of outstanding common stock of Tribune Publishing. Subsequent to the Distribution, Tribune Publishing became a separate publicly-traded company with its own board of directors and senior management team. Shares of Tribune Publishing common stock are listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “TPUB.” In connection with the spin-off, Tribune Publishing paid a $275.0 million cash dividend to TCO from a portion of the proceeds of a senior secured credit facility entered into by Tribune Publishing.
On May 21, 2015 , the Company completed the acquisition of MLIM, LLC (“MLIM”), the indirect owner of The San Diego Union-Tribune (f/k/a the U-T San Diego ) and nine community weeklies and related digital properties in San Diego County. The total purchase price of $85 million, consisting of $73 million in cash, subject to a working capital adjustment, and $12 million in Tribune Publishing common stock. The Company financed the $73 million cash portion of the purchase price, less a $2 million preliminary working capital adjustment at close, with a combination of cash-on-hand, funds available under the Company's Senior ABL Facility, as well as the net proceeds under an expansion under the Senior Term Loan further described in Liquidity and Capital Resources below. On the closing of the transaction, the Company entered into a registration rights agreement with the seller, whereby the seller is entitled to certain registration rights with respect to the shares of common stock of the Company acquired in connection with the transaction. The Company has also recorded an estimated $3 million in additional working capital adjustments due from the seller, that had not been finalized as of the filing date.
Prior to the closing, certain assets and liabilities of MLIM related to the business and the operation of The San Diego Union-Tribune , including real property used by the business, were distributed to the seller or its affiliates. Upon the close of the transaction, MLIM became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, and retained certain liabilities, including existing pension obligations, and entered into a lease to use certain real property from the Seller.

23




As part of the acquisition the Company became the sponsor of the single-employer defined benefit plan, The San Diego Union-Tribune LLC Retirement Plan (the “San Diego Plan”). The San Diego Plan provides benefits to certain current and former employees of The San Diego Union-Tribune. Future benefits under the plan have been frozen since January 31, 2009. As of June 28, 2015, the estimated underfunded status of the San Diego Plan was $109.0 million which, is based upon the December 31, 2014 actuarial determination completed by the seller, adjusted for current year pre-acquisition activity.
Products and Services
Our product mix consists of three publication types: (i) daily newspapers, (ii) weekly newspapers and (iii) niche publications. Most of these publications also have a digital presence. The key characteristics of each of these types of publications are summarized in the table below.
 
Daily Newspapers
Weekly Newspapers
Niche Publications
Cost:
Paid
Paid and free
Paid and free
Distribution:
Distributed four to seven days per week
Distributed one to three days per week
Distributed weekly, monthly or on an annual basis
Income:
Revenue from advertisers, subscribers, rack/box sales
Paid:  Revenue from advertising, subscribers, rack/box sales
Paid:  Revenue from advertising, rack/box sales
 
 
Free:  Advertising revenue only
Free:  Advertising revenue only
Digital presence:
Maintain locally oriented websites, mobile sites and mobile apps, for select locations
Major publications maintain locally oriented websites and mobile sites for select locations
Selectively available online
As of June 28, 2015, Tribune Publishing’s prominent publications include:
Media Group
 
City
 
Masthead
 
Circulation Type
 
Paid or Free
Chicago Tribune Media Group
 
 
 
 
 
 
Chicago, IL
 
Chicago Tribune
www.chicagotribune.com
 
Daily
 
Paid
 
 
Chicago, IL
 
Chicago Magazine
www.chicagomag.com
 
Monthly
 
Paid
 
 
Chicago, IL
 
Hoy
www.vivelohoy.com
 
Daily
 
Free
 
 
Chicago, IL
 
Redeye
www.redeyechicago.com
 
Daily
 
Free
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
California Media Group
 
 
 
 
 
 
Los Angeles, CA
 
Los Angeles Times
www.latimes.com
 
Daily
 
Paid
 
 
Los Angeles, CA
 
Hoy Los Angeles www.hoylosangeles.com
 
Weekly
 
Free
 
 
San Diego, CA
 
The San Diego Union-Tribune www.sandiegouniontribune.com
 
Daily
 
Paid
Sun Sentinel Media Group
 
 
 
 
 
 
Broward County, FL, Palm Beach County, FL
 
Sun Sentinel
www.SunSentinel.com
 
Daily
 
Paid
 
 
Broward County, FL, Palm Beach County, FL
 
el Sentinel
www.ElSentinel.com
 
Weekly
 
Free
Orlando Sentinel Media Group
 
 
 
 
 
 
Orlando, FL
 
Orlando Sentinel
www.OrlandoSentinel.com
 
Daily
 
Paid
 
 
Orlando, FL
 
el Sentinel
www.ElSentinel.com
 
Weekly
 
Free

24




Media Group
 
City
 
Masthead
 
Circulation Type
 
Paid or Free
The Baltimore Sun Media Group
 
 
 
 
 
 
Baltimore, MD
 
The Baltimore Sun
www.baltimoresun.com
 
Daily
 
Paid
 
 
Annapolis, MD
 
The Capital
www.capitalgazette.com
 
Daily
 
Paid
 
 
Westminster, MD
 
Carroll County Times
www.carrollcountytimes.com
 
Daily
 
Paid
Hartford Courant Media Group
 
 
 
 
 
 
Hartford County, CT, Middlesex County, CT, Tolland County, CT
 
The Hartford Courant
www.courant.com
 
Daily
 
Paid
Daily Press Media Group
 
 
 
 
 
 
Newport News, VA (Peninsula)
 
Daily Press
www.dailypress.com
 
Daily
 
Paid
The Morning Call Media Group
 
 
 
 
 
 
Lehigh Valley, PA
 
The Morning Call
www.themorningcall.com
 
Daily
 
Paid
ForSaleByOwner.com is a national consumer-to-consumer focused real estate website. The site has been the largest “by owner” website in the country since 1999. The majority of the revenue generated by ForSaleByOwner.com is e-commerce, but approximately one third is generated through an in-house call center and strategic partnerships with service providers in the real estate industry. The business generates the majority of its revenue by selling listing packages directly to home sellers who receive online advertising, home pricing tools, marketing advice, yard signs and technical support. ForSaleByOwner.com also sells packages that allow home sellers to syndicate to other national websites such as Zillow and Realtor.com as well as their local multiple listing service (“MLS”).
Tribune Content Agency (“TCA”) is a syndication and licensing business providing quality content solutions for publishers around the globe.  Working with a vast collection of the world’s best news and information sources, it delivers a daily news service and syndicated premium content to 2,000 media and digital information publishers in nearly 100 countries. Tribune News Service delivers the best material from 70 leading companies, including Los Angeles Times, Chicago Tribune , Bloomberg News, Miami Herald, The Dallas Morning News, Seattle Times and The Philadelphia Inquirer . The Tribune Premium Content Service syndicates columnists such as Arianna Huffington, Cal Thomas, Clarence Page, Ask Amy, Mario Batali and Rick Steves. TCA manages the licensing of premium content from publications such as Rolling Stone, The Atlantic, Fast Company, Mayo Clinic, Variety and many more. TCA Originals is a new service that identifies remarkable journalism for production in Hollywood. Tribune Content Agency traces its roots to 1918.
The Company contracts with a number of national and local newspapers to both print and distribute their respective publications in local markets where it is a newspaper publisher. In some instances where it prints publications, it also manages and procures newsprint, ink and plates on their behalf. These arrangements allow the Company to leverage its investment in infrastructure in those markets that support its own publications. As a result, these arrangements tend to contribute significant incremental profitability relative to the underlying revenues. The Company currently distributes national newspapers (including USA Today , The New York Times , and The Wall Street Journal ) in its local markets under multiple agreements. Additionally, in Los Angeles, Chicago, South Florida and Hartford, the Company provides some or all of these services to other local publications.
Revenue Sources
In the six months ended June 28, 2015 , 55.2% of Tribune Publishing's operating revenues were derived from advertising. These revenues were generated from the sale of advertising space in published issues of the newspapers and on interactive websites and from the delivery of preprinted advertising supplements. Approximately 27.8% of operating revenues for the six months ended June 28, 2015 were generated from the sale of newspapers, digital subscriptions and other publications to individual subscribers or to sales outlets, which re-sell the newspapers. The remaining 17.0% of operating revenues for the six months ended June 28, 2015 were generated from the provision of commercial printing and delivery

25




services to other newspapers, direct mail advertising and services, digital marketing services, the distribution of syndicated content and other related activities.
Advertising revenue includes newspaper print advertising and digital advertising. Newspaper print advertising is typically in the form of display or preprint advertising whereas digital advertising can be in the form of display, banner ads, coupon ads, video, search advertising and linear ads placed on Tribune Publishing and affiliated websites. Advertising revenues are comprised of three basic categories: retail, national and classified. Changes in advertising revenues are heavily correlated with changes in the level of economic activity in the United States. Changes in gross domestic product, consumer spending levels, auto sales, housing sales, unemployment rates, job creation, circulation levels and rates all impact demand for advertising in Tribune Publishing’s newspapers and websites. Tribune Publishing’s advertising revenues are subject to changes in these factors both on a national level and on a local level in its markets. Circulation revenue results from the sale of print and digital editions of newspapers to individual subscribers and the sale of print editions of newspapers to sales outlets, which re-sell the newspapers. Other revenues are derived from commercial printing and delivery services provided to other newspapers, direct mail advertising and services, digital marketing services, the distribution of syndicated content and other related activities.
The advertising industry continues to experience a secular shift toward digital advertising, which can be less expensive and can offer more directly measurable returns than traditional print media. The digital advertising marketplace has become increasingly complex and fragmented, particularly as digital advertising networks and exchanges, real-time bidding and other programmatic-buying channels that allow advertisers to buy audience at scale play a more significant role. Competition from a wide variety of digital media and services, many of which charge lower rates than us, and a significant increase in inventory in the digital marketplace have affected, and will likely continue to affect, our ability to maintain or increase our advertising revenues.
Circulation revenue is primarily from traditional print products, where the industry has experienced declining print circulation volume in recent years due to, among other factors, increased competition from digital platforms and sources other than traditional newspapers (which are often free to users), higher subscription and single-copy rates and a growing preference among some consumers for receiving their news from a variety of sources.
Expenses and Operating Measures
Significant operating expense categories include compensation, newsprint and ink, circulation distribution, depreciation and amortization, allocations of corporate costs and other operating expenses. Compensation expense is affected by many factors, including the number of full-time equivalent employees, changes in the design and costs of various employee benefit plans, the level of pay increases and actions that impact staffing levels. Circulation distribution expenses primarily included delivery and inserting fees paid to third party contractors and postage costs for Tribune Publishing’s total market coverage products. Circulation distribution expenses can vary from year to year due to changes in volume levels, the fees negotiated with third party contractors and postage rates. Newsprint and ink are commodities and pricing can vary significantly from year to year. Allocated corporate costs included charges from TCO prior to the Distribution for certain corporate, service center and technology support services, as well as insurance, occupancy and other costs. Other expenses are principally for sales and marketing activities, occupancy costs, amounts paid to third parties for temporary labor, outside printing and production costs and other general and administrative expenses.
Tribune Publishing uses operating revenues, income from operations and Adjusted EBITDA as measures of financial performance. In addition, Tribune Publishing uses average net paid circulation for its newspapers, together with other factors, to measure its market share and performance. Net paid circulation includes both individually paid copy sales (home delivery, single copy and digital copy sales) and other paid copy sales (education, sponsored and hotel copy sales).
Tribune Publishing’s results of operations, when examined on a quarterly basis, reflect the seasonality of Tribune Publishing’s revenues. Second and fourth quarter advertising revenues are typically higher than first and third quarter revenues. Results for the second quarter reflect spring advertising revenues, while the fourth quarter includes advertising revenues related to the holiday season.
Chapter 11 Reorganization
On December 8, 2008 (the Petition Date ”) , TCO and 110 of its direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries (each a “Debtor” and, collectively, the “Debtors”), filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11 (“Chapter 11”) of title 11 of the United States Code in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware (the “Bankruptcy Court”). A joint

26




plan of reorganization for the Debtors (the “Plan”) became effective and the debtors emerged from Chapter 11 on December 31, 2012 (the “Effective Date”). Certain of the legal entities included in the Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements of Tribune Publishing were Debtors or, as a result of the restructuring transactions undertaken pursuant to the Plan are successor legal entities to legal entities that were Debtors (collectively, the “Tribune Publishing Debtors”). On March 16, 2015, the Chapter 11 estates of 88 of the Debtors were closed by a final decree issued by the Bankruptcy Court. On July 24, 2015, the Chapter 11 estates of an additional 8 of the Debtors were closed by final decree. The remainder of the Debtors’ Chapter 11 cases, including several of the Tribune Publishing Debtors’ cases, continue to be jointly administered under the caption “ In re:Tribune Media Company, et al. ,” Case No. 08-13141.
On the Effective Date, substantially all of the Debtors’ prepetition liabilities at December 30, 2012 were settled or otherwise satisfied under the Plan. However, certain other claims have been or will be settled or otherwise satisfied subsequent to the Effective Date. Although the allowed amount of certain unresolved claims has not been determined, Tribune Publishing’s liabilities subject to compromise associated with these unresolved claims were discharged upon emergence from Chapter 11 in exchange for the treatment outlined in the Plan.
Reorganization Items, Net —Reorganization items, net, generally includes provisions and adjustments to reflect the carrying value of certain prepetition liabilities at their estimated allowable claim amounts and, pursuant to ASC Topic 852, “Reorganizations,” is reported separately in Tribune Publishing’s Consolidated and Combined Statements of Income. Reorganization items, net, may also include professional advisory fees and other costs directly associated with the Debtors’ Chapter 11 cases.
Specifically identifiable reorganization provisions, adjustments and other costs directly related to Tribune Publishing have been included in the Company’s Consolidated and Combined Statements of Comprehensive Income for the three and six months ended June 28, 2015 and June 29, 2014 and consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
 
Three Months Ended
 
Six Months Ended
 
 
June 28, 2015
 
June 29, 2014
 
June 28, 2015
 
June 29, 2014
Reorganization costs, net:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contract rejections and claim settlements
 
$
(15
)
 
$

 
$
(15
)
 
$
(7
)
Other, net
 
(237
)
 

 
(838
)
 
(2
)
Total reorganization costs, net
 
$
(252
)
 
$

 
$
(853
)
 
$
(9
)
Tribune Publishing expects to incur certain expenses pertaining to the Chapter 11 proceedings throughout 2015 and potentially in future periods. These expenses are expected to consist primarily of other costs related to the implementation of the Plan and the resolution of unresolved claims.
Employee Reductions
Tribune Publishing identified reductions in its staffing levels of 296 and 274 in the three and six months ended June 28, 2015 , respectively. Of these reductions, 186 are for the Company's newly acquired operations in San Diego as the Company has consolidated many of those positions into its current operating structure. Tribune Publishing recorded pretax charges related to these reductions of $4.1 million and $3.4 million for the three and six months ended June 28, 2015 , respectively. The accrued liability for severance and related expenses was $3.9 million at June 28, 2015 and $5.0 million at December 28, 2014 .

27




Results of Operations
Operating results for the three and six months ended June 28, 2015 and June 29, 2014 are shown in the table below. References in this discussion to individual markets include daily newspapers in those markets and their related businesses (in thousands).
 
 
Three Months Ended
 
Six Months Ended
 
 
June 28,
2015
 
June 29,
2014
 
% Change
 
June 28,
2015
 
June 29,
2014
 
% Change
Operating revenues
 
$
410,429

 
$
429,923

 
(4.5
%)
 
$
806,661

 
$
846,445

 
(4.7
%)
Operating expenses
 
398,812

 
404,912

 
(1.5
%)
 
784,148

 
800,663

 
(2.1
%)
Income from operations
 
$
11,617

 
$
25,011

 
(53.6
%)
 
$
22,513

 
$
45,782

 
(50.8
%)
Overview
Three Months Ended June 28, 2015 compared to the Three Months Ended June 29, 2014
Operating revenues decreased 4.5% , or $19.5 million , in the three months ended June 28, 2015 due to a $16.6 million decline in advertising revenues and a $8.9 million decrease in other revenues, partially offset by an increase of $6.0 million in circulation revenues. Operating revenues include revenues from acquisitions.
Income from operations decreased 53.6% , or $13.4 million , in the three months ended June 28, 2015 due mainly to lower advertising revenues.
Six Months Ended June 28, 2015 compared to the Six Months Ended June 29, 2014
Operating revenues decreased 4.7% , or $39.8 million , in the six months ended June 28, 2015 due to a $29.8 million decline in advertising revenues and a $18.0 million decrease in other revenues, partially offset by an increase of $8.0 million in circulation revenues. Operating revenues include revenues from acquisitions
Income from operations decreased 50.8% , or $23.3 million , in the six months ended June 28, 2015 due mainly to lower advertising revenues.

28




Operating Revenues —Total operating revenues, by classification, for the three and six months ended June 28, 2015 and June 29, 2014 were as follows (in thousands):
 
 
Three Months Ended
 
Six Months Ended
 
 
June 28,
2015
 
June 29,
2014
 
% Change
 
June 28,
2015
 
June 29,
2014
 
% Change
Advertising
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Retail
 
$
117,572

 
$
125,895

 
(6.6
%)
 
$
226,867

 
$
239,236

 
(5.2
%)
National
 
40,166

 
44,873

 
(10.5
%)
 
85,074

 
95,876

 
(11.3
%)
Classified
 
67,803

 
71,363

 
(5.0
%)
 
133,429

 
140,054

 
(4.7
%)
Total advertising
 
225,541

 
242,131

 
(6.9
%)
 
445,370

 
475,166

 
(6.3
%)
Circulation
 
115,026

 
109,010

 
5.5
%
 
224,309

 
216,317

 
3.7
%
Other revenue
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial print and delivery
 
32,933

 
44,566

 
(26.1
%)
 
66,209

 
89,841

 
(26.3
%)
Direct mail and marketing
 
16,196

 
17,730

 
(8.7
%)
 
32,524

 
35,528

 
(8.5
%)
Digital marketing services
 
7,317

 
6,373

 
14.8
%
 
13,718

 
10,950

 
25.3
%
Content syndication and other
 
13,416

 
10,113

 
32.7
%
 
24,531

 
18,643

 
31.6
%
Total other revenue
 
69,862

 
78,782

 
(11.3
%)
 
136,982

 
154,962

 
(11.6
%)
Total operating revenues
 
$
410,429

 
$
429,923

 
(4.5
%)
 
$
806,661

 
$
846,445

 
(4.7
%)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ROP
 
$
111,266

 
$
115,212

 
(3.4
%)
 
$
219,950

 
$
228,489

 
(3.7
%)
Preprints
 
71,550

 
79,622

 
(10.1
%)
 
141,765

 
152,837

 
(7.2
%)
Digital
 
42,725

 
47,297

 
(9.7
%)
 
83,655

 
93,840

 
(10.9
%)
Total advertising
 
$
225,541

 
$
242,131

 
(6.9
%)
 
$
445,370

 
$
475,166

 
(6.3
%)
Three Months Ended June 28, 2015 compared to the Three Months Ended June 29, 2014
Advertising Revenues —Total advertising revenues decreased 6.9% , or $16.6 million , in the three months ended June 28, 2015 . Retail advertising fell 6.6% , or $8.3 million , due to declines in electronics, general merchandise, department stores and amusements categories. National advertising revenues fell 10.5% , or $4.7 million , due to declines in most categories, primarily packaged goods, wireless/telecom, movies, and transportation. Classified advertising revenues decreased 5.0% , or $3.6 million , primarily due to a decrease in the recruitment and automotive categories, partially offset by increases in legal and real estate categories. Preprint revenues, which are primarily included in retail advertising, decreased 10.1% , or $8.1 million . The declines in retail, national and classified advertising also reflect a decrease in digital advertising revenues, which are included in those categories, and decreased 9.7% , or $4.6 million in the three months ended June 28, 2015 .
Circulation Revenues —Circulation revenues increased 5.5% , or $6.0 million , in the three months ended June 28, 2015 due primarily to acquisitions. These increases were partially offset by overall decreases in existing net paid circulation. Total daily net paid circulation, including digital editions, averaged 1.9 million copies for the three months ended June 28, 2015 , down 1.9% from the prior year period. Total Sunday net paid circulation, including digital editions, for the three months ended June 28, 2015 averaged 3.7 million copies, up 26.9% from the comparable prior year period, primarily due to acquisitions.
Other Revenues —Other revenues decreased 11.3% , or $8.9 million , in the three months ended June 28, 2015 , due primarily to declines in commercial print and delivery revenues of $11.6 million for third-party publications, including certain publications of the Sun-Times Media Group, the Wall Street Journal and the New York Times and declines in direct mail and marketing of $1.5 million . These declines were partially offset by a $3.0 million increase in revenue from MCT News Service, a partnership which was carried as an equity investment in the first quarter of 2014 and in which the Company purchased the remaining 50% interest during the second quarter 2014.
Six Months Ended June 28, 2015 compared to the Six Months Ended June 29, 2014
Advertising Revenues —Total advertising revenues decreased 6.3% , or $29.8 million , in the six months ended June 28, 2015 . Retail advertising fell 5.2% , or $12.4 million , due to declines in electronics, general merchandise department stores,

29




amusements and specialty merchandise categories. Preprint revenues, which are primarily included in retail advertising, decreased 7.2% , or $11.1 million . National advertising revenues fell 11.3% , or $10.8 million , due to declines in most categories, primarily wireless/telecom, movies, packaged goods and resorts. Classified advertising revenues decreased 4.7% , or $6.6 million , primarily due to decreases in recruitment and automotive, partially offset by an increase in the legal category. These declines also reflect a decrease in digital advertising revenues, which are included in the above categories, and decreased 10.9% , or $ 10.2 million in the six months ended June 28, 2015 .
Circulation Revenues —Circulation revenues were up 3.7% , or $8.0 million , in the six months ended June 28, 2015 due primarily to acquisitions. These increases were partially offset by overall decreases in existing net paid circulation. Total daily net paid circulation, including digital editions, averaged 1.9 million copies for the six months ended June 28, 2015 , down 2.0% from the prior year period. Total Sunday net paid circulation, including digital editions, for the six months ended June 28, 2015 averaged 3.7 million copies, up 27.7% from the comparable prior year period, primarily due to acquisitions.
Other Revenues —Other revenues decreased 11.6% , or $18.0 million , in the six months ended June 28, 2015 , due primarily to declines in commercial print and delivery revenues of $ 23.6 million for third-party publications, including certain publications of the Sun-Times Media Group, the Wall Street Journal and the New York Times and declines in direct mail and marketing of $3.0 million . These declines were partially offset by a $7.7 million increase in revenue from MCT News Service.
Operating Costs and Expenses —Total operating expenses, by classification, for the three and six months ended June 28, 2015 and June 29, 2014 were as follows (in thousands):
 
 
Three Months Ended
 
Six Months Ended

 
June 28, 2015
 
June 29, 2014
 
% Change
 
June 28,
2015
 
June 29,
2014
 
% Change
Compensation
 
$
156,384

 
$
140,939

 
11.0
%
 
$
305,615

 
$
284,651

 
7.4
%
Circulation distribution
 
68,443

 
73,392

 
(6.7
%)
 
135,348

 
146,932

 
(7.9
%)
Newsprint and ink
 
31,444

 
35,499

 
(11.4
%)
 
62,739

 
70,997

 
(11.6
%)
Outside services
 
39,916

 
29,229

 
36.6
%
 
79,271

 
55,149

 
43.7
%
Corporate allocations
 

 
39,456

 
*
 

 
74,615

 
*
Occupancy
 
16,036

 
15,609

 
2.7
%
 
31,096

 
30,930

 
0.5
%
Promotion and marketing
 
15,616

 
14,504

 
7.7
%
 
28,251

 
24,566

 
15.0
%
Outside printing and production
 
12,196

 
11,845

 
3.0
%
 
24,380

 
22,421

 
8.7
%
Affiliate fees
 
14,053

 
9,170

 
53.2
%
 
28,480

 
18,475

 
54.2
%
Other general and administrative
 
31,575

 
30,754

 
2.7
%
 
63,110

 
63,066

 
0.1
%
Depreciation
 
10,934

 
2,894

 
*
 
21,759

 
5,634

 
*
Amortization
 
2,215

 
1,621

 
36.6
%
 
4,099

 
3,227

 
27.0
%
Total operating expenses
 
$
398,812

 
$
404,912

 
(1.5
%)
 
$
784,148

 
$
800,663

 
(2.1
%)
* Represents positive or negative change in excess of 100%
Three Months Ended June 28, 2015 compared to the Three Months Ended June 29, 2014
Tribune Publishing operating expenses decreased 1.5% , or $6.1 million , in the three months ended June 28, 2015 compared to the same period for 2014. The decrease was due primarily to the elimination of corporate allocations and lower circulation distribution expense and newsprint and ink, partially offset by higher outside services, depreciation, compensation and affiliate fees.
Corporate Allocations —Corporate allocations comprise allocated charges from TCO for certain corporate support services and are included in other operating expense. Subsequent to the Distribution Date, no additional charges were allocated from TCO. The allocated charges include corporate management fees, technology support costs, general insurance costs and occupancy costs, among others. Subsequent to the Distribution Date, these expenses are reflected in Compensation, Outside Services, Occupancy and Other General and Administrative.

30




Compensation Expense —Compensation expense increased 11.0% , or $15.4 million , in the three months ended June 28, 2015 due primarily to acquisitions, the addition of the technology department in the third quarter of 2014 which was part of Corporate Allocations prior to the Distribution, increases in staffing and a decrease in the pension credit allocated from TCO in 2014 prior to the Distribution. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in accrued incentives compared to the prior year quarter.
Circulation Distribution Expense —Circulation distribution expense decreased 6.7% , or $4.9 million , primarily due to lower commercial delivery of third party publications partially offset by increases in total net paid print circulation due to acquisitions. Total daily net paid print circulation for the three months ended June 28, 2015 averaged 1.5 million copies, up 10.4% from the prior year period. Total Sunday net paid print circulation for the three months ended June 28, 2015 averaged 3.3 million copies, up 40.7% from the prior year period.
Newsprint and Ink Expense —Newsprint and ink expense declined 11.4% , or $4.1 million , in the three months ended June 28, 2015 due mainly to a 4.7% decrease in newsprint consumption, which was primarily a result of a 16.9% decline in commercial printing revenue and a 7.0% decrease in the average cost per ton of newsprint.
Outside Services Expense —Outside services expense increased 36.6% , or $10.7 million , in the three months ended June 28, 2015 due primarily to acquisitions, inclusion of technology costs subsequent to the Distribution that were previously included in corporate allocations, corporate post-spin initiatives and internal control remediation efforts.
Occupancy Expense —Occupancy expense increased 2.7% , or $0.4 million primarily due to acquisitions.
Promotion and Marketing Expenses —Promotion and marketing expense increased 7.7% , or $1.1 million , in the three months ended June 28, 2015 due primarily to acquisitions.
Outside Printing and Production Expense —Outside printing and production expense includes costs related to commercial print and delivery. This expense increased 3.0% , or $0.4 million , in the three months ended June 28, 2015 primarily due to increased activity from client direct mail campaigns.
Affiliate Fees Expense —Affiliate fees expense includes fees paid to Classified Ventures for online automotive ads and CareerBuilder for online employment ads. Affiliate fees expense increased 53.2% , or $4.9 million , in the three months ended June 28, 2015 due primarily to an increase in rates for Classified Ventures auto fees under a new contract implemented in the fourth quarter 2014.
Other General and Administrative Expenses —Other general and administrative expenses include repairs and maintenance and other miscellaneous expenses. These expenses increased 2.7% , or $0.8 million , in the three months ended June 28, 2015 due primarily to acquisitions and increased repairs and maintenance expenses partially offset by a decrease in bad debt expense.
Depreciation and Amortization Expense —Depreciation and amortization expense increased $8.6 million in the three months ended June 28, 2015 , primarily as a result of depreciation generated from technology assets that were transferred to the Company as part of the Distribution and capital assets placed in service after the Distribution.
Six Months Ended June 28, 2015 compared to the Six Months Ended June 29, 2014
Tribune Publishing operating expenses decreased 2.1% , or $16.5 million , in the six months ended June 28, 2015 compared to the same period for 2014. The decrease was due primarily to the elimination of corporate allocations and lower circulation distribution expense and newsprint and ink, partially offset by higher outside services, depreciation, compensation and affiliate fees.
Corporate Allocations —Corporate allocations comprise allocated charges from TCO for certain corporate support services and are included in other operating expense. Subsequent to the Distribution, no additional charges were allocated from TCO. The allocated charges include corporate management fees, technology support costs, general insurance costs and occupancy costs, among others. Subsequent to the Distribution Date, these expenses are reflected in Compensation, Outside Services, Occupancy and Other General and Administrative.

31




Compensation Expense —Compensation expense increased 7.4% , or $21.0 million , in the six months ended June 28, 2015 due primarily to acquisitions, the addition of the technology department in the third quarter of 2014, which was part of Corporate Allocations prior to the Distribution, increases in staffing and a decrease in the pension credit allocated from TCO in 2014 prior to the Distribution. These increases were partially offset by the recognition of a $7.8 million non-cash gain related to termination of certain post-retirement benefits in the first quarter of 2015.
Circulation Distribution Expense —Circulation distribution expense decreased 7.9% , or $11.6 million , primarily due to lower commercial delivery of third party publications. Total daily net paid print circulation for the six months ended June 28, 2015 averaged 1.5 million copies, up 7.6% from the prior year period. Total Sunday net paid print circulation for the six months ended June 28, 2015 averaged 3.3 million copies, up 39.5% from the prior year period. Both daily and Sunday increases in net paid print circulation are due to acquisitions.
Newsprint and Ink Expense —Newsprint and ink expense declined 11.6% , or $8.3 million , in the six months ended June 28, 2015 due mainly to a 6.5% decrease in newsprint consumption, which was primarily as a result of a 17.4% decline in commercial printing revenue and a 5.1% decrease in the average cost per ton of newsprint.
Outside Services Expense —Outside services expense increased 43.7% , or $24.1 million , in the six months ended June 28, 2015 due primarily to acquisitions, inclusion of technology costs subsequent to the Distribution that were previously included in corporate allocations, corporate post-spin initiatives and internal control remediation efforts.
Occupancy Expense —Occupancy expense remained comparable year over year.
Promotion and Marketing Expenses —Promotion and marketing expense increased 15.0% , or $3.7 million , in the six months ended June 28, 2015 due primarily to increased digital-focused marketing and general advertising.
Outside Printing and Production Expense —Outside printing and production expense includes costs related to commercial print and delivery. This expense increased 8.7% , or $2.0 million , in the six months ended June 28, 2015 primarily due to increased activity from client direct mail campaigns.
Affiliate Fees Expense —Affiliate fees expense includes fees paid to Classified Ventures for online automotive ads and CareerBuilder for online employment ads. Affiliate fees expense increased 54.2% , or $10.0 million , in the six months ended June 28, 2015 due primarily to an increase in rates for Classified Ventures auto fees under a new contract implemented in the fourth quarter 2014.
Other General and Administrative Expenses —Other general and administrative expenses include repairs and maintenance and other miscellaneous expenses. These expenses were essentially flat for the six months ended June 28, 2015 compared to the prior year period.
Depreciation and Amortization Expense —Depreciation and amortization expense increased $17.0 million in the six months ended June 28, 2015 primarily as a result of depreciation generated from technology assets that were transferred to the Company as part of the Distribution.
Non-operating income and expenses —Total non-operating expenses for the three and six months ended June 28, 2015 and June 29, 2014 were as follows (in thousands):
 
 
Three Months Ended
 
Six Months Ended
 
 
June 28, 2015
 
June 29, 2014
 
% Change
 
June 28,
2015
 
June 29,
2014
 
% Change
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gain (loss) on equity investments, net
 
$
50

 
$
(294
)
 
*
 
$
(7
)
 
$
(629
)
 
(98.9
%)
Gain on investment transaction
 

 
1,484

 
*
 

 
1,484

 
*
Interest income (expense), net
 
(6,331
)
 
(53
)
 
*
 
(12,198
)
 
(55
)
 
*
Reorganization items, net
 
(252
)
 

 
*
 
(853
)
 
(9
)
 
*
Income tax expense
 
1,686

 
10,945

 
(84.6
%)
 
3,542

 
19,598

 
(81.9
%)

32




Gain (Loss) on Equity Investments, net —Gain (loss) on equity investments, net increased by $0.3 million and $0.6 million for the three and six month periods ended June 28, 2015, respectively, over the prior year periods.
Interest Expense, Net —Interest expense, net increased $6.3 million and $12.1 million for the three and six month periods ended June 28, 2015, respectively, over the prior year periods. The increase in interest expense is due to the $420 million Senior Term Facility which was initially entered into in August 2014.
Income Tax Expense —Income tax expense decreased $9.3 million and $16.1 million for the three and six month periods ended June 28, 2015, respectively, over the prior year periods primarily due to a decrease in taxable income. Additionally, d uring the three months ended June 28, 2015, the Company increased the estimated deferred tax rate on net deferred tax assets from 39.5% to 40.0% which resulted in a decrease in the current period income tax expense of $0.5 million .
For the three and six months ended June 28, 2015 , Tribune Publishing recorded income tax expense of $1.7 million and $3.5 million , respectively. The effective tax rate on pretax income was 33.2% and 37.5% in the three and six months ended June 28, 2015 , respectively. This rate differs from the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35% primarily due to state income taxes, net of federal benefit, non-deductible expenses and the domestic production activities deduction. For the three and six months ended June 29, 2014 , Tribune Publishing recorded income tax expense of $10.9 million and $19.6 million , respectively. The effective tax rate on pretax income was 41.9% and 42.1% in the three and six months ended June 29, 2014 , respectively. This rate differs from the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35% primarily due to state income taxes, net of federal benefit, non-deductible expenses, certain transaction costs not fully deductible for tax purposes and the domestic production activities deduction.

33




Non-GAAP Measures
Adjusted EBITDA Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income before income taxes, interest income, interest expense, depreciation and amortization, income and losses from equity investments, corporate management fee from TCO, pension credits, stock-based compensation, certain unusual and non-recurring items (including spin-related costs) and reorganization items.
 
 
Three Months Ended
 
Six Months Ended
 
 
June 28, 2015
 
June 29, 2014
 
% Change
 
June 28, 2015
 
June 29, 2014
 
% Change
Net Income
 
$
3,398

 
$
15,203

 
(77.6
%)
 
$
5,913

 
$
26,975

 
(78.1
%)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income tax expense
 
1,686

 
10,945

 
(84.6
%)
 
3,542

 
19,598

 
(81.9
%)
(Gain) loss on equity investments, net
 
(50
)
 
294

 
*
 
7

 
629

 
(98.9
%)
Gain on investment fair value adjustment
 

 
(1,484
)
 
*
 

 
(1,484
)
 
*
Interest expense, net
 
6,331

 
53

 
*
 
12,198

 
55

 
*
Reorganization items, net
 
252

 

 
*
 
853

 
9

 
*
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income from operations
 
11,617

 
25,011

 
(53.6
%)
 
22,513

 
45,782

 
(50.8
%)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortization
 
13,149

 
4,515

 
*
 
25,858

 
8,861

 
*
Allocated depreciation  (1)
 

 
5,195

 
*
 

 
9,976

 
*
Allocated corporate management fee
 

 
8,960

 
*
 

 
18,020

 
*
Restructuring, acquisition and remediation costs (2)
 
12,654

 
7,619

 
66.1
%
 
17,436

 
14,345

 
21.5
%
Litigation settlement (3)
 

 
(867
)
 
*
 

 
(867
)
 
*
Stock-based compensation (4)
 
1,471

 
622

 
*
 
3,001

 
1,319

 
*
Pension credits (5)
 

 
(4,968
)
 
*
 

 
(10,440
)
 
*
Gain from termination of post-retirement benefits (6)
 
(650
)
 

 
 
 
(8,449
)
 

 
 
Adjusted EBITDA (6) (7)
 
$
38,241

 
$
46,087

 
(17.0
%)
 
$
60,359

 
$
86,996

 
(30.6
%)
* Represents positive or negative change in excess of 100%
(1) - Allocated depreciation represents depreciation for primarily technology assets that were used by Tribune Publishing prior to the spin-off. As a result of the spin-off, these technology assets were assigned to Tribune Publishing and the related depreciation is included in post-spin operating results.
(2) - Restructuring (including spin-related), acquisition and remediation costs include costs related to Tribune Publishing's internal restructuring, the distribution and separation from TCO, acquisitions and material weakness remediation costs.
(3) - Adjustment to litigation settlement reserve.
(4) - Stock-based compensation is due to Tribune Publishing's or TCO's equity compensation plans and is included for comparative purposes.
(5) - Pension credits are due to allocations from TCO for Tribune Publishing employees defined benefit plan. As part of the spin-off, TCO retained this plan.
(6) -
In the first quarter of 2015, the Company did not deduct a gain of $7.8 million related to the termination of certain post-retirement benefits in the determination of Adjusted EBITDA. Management reassessed this gain and determined it is expected to be a non-recurring item and should be deducted in the determination of Adjusted EBITDA. Accordingly, the 2015 year-to-date period for Adjusted EBITDA, as presented, includes such adjustment for the non-recurring gain from termination of certain post-retirement benefits.
(7) -
The 2014 Adjusted EBITDA has been amended to exclude the adjustment for pre-spin intercompany rent for certain properties. The pre-spin intercompany rent was previously included to improve comparability between the 2013 pre-spin period and the 2014 pre-spin periods as the Company did not have intercompany rent until December 2013 for certain properties.
Adjusted EBITDA is a financial measure that is not calculated in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The Company's management uses Adjusted EBITDA (a) as a measure of operating performance; (b) for planning and forecasting in future periods; and (c) in communications with the Company's Board of Directors concerning the Company's financial performance. Management b elieves the presentation of Adjusted EBITDA enhances investors’ overall understanding of the financial performance of the Company's business as a stand-alone company. In addition, Adjusted EBITDA, or a similarly calculated measure, is used as the basis for certain

34




financial maintenance covenants that the Company is subject to in connection with certain credit facilities. Since not all companies use identical calculations, the Company's presentation of Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies and should not be used by investors as a substitute or alternative to net income or any measure of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Instead, management believes Adjusted EBITDA should be used to supplement the Company's financial measures derived in accordance with U.S. GAAP to provide a more complete understanding of the trends affecting the business.
Although Adjusted EBITDA is frequently used by investors and securities analysts in their evaluations of companies, Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and investors should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for, or more meaningful than, amounts determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Some of the limitations to using non-GAAP measures as an analytical tool are:
they do not reflect the Company's interest income and expense, or the requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on the Company's debt;
they do not reflect future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments; and
although depreciation and amortization charges are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and non-GAAP measures do not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Tribune Publishing believes that its future cash from operations and access to borrowings under the Senior ABL Facility discussed below will provide adequate resources to fund its operating and financing needs for the foreseeable future. Tribune Publishing’s access to, and the availability of, financing in the future will be impacted by many factors, including its credit rating, the liquidity of the overall capital markets and the current state of the economy. There can be no assurances that Tribune Publishing will have access to capital markets on acceptable terms.
Sources and Uses
The Company expects to fund capital expenditures, interest and principal payments due in 2015 and other operating requirements through a combination of cash flows from operations and investments, available borrowings under the Company’s revolving credit facility, and any refinancings thereof, and, if necessary, disposals of assets or operations. The Company’s financial and operating performance remains subject to prevailing economic and industry conditions and to financial, business and other factors, some of which are beyond the control of the Company and, despite the Company’s current liquidity position, no assurances can be made that cash flows from operations and investments, future borrowings under the revolving credit facility, and any refinancings thereof, or dispositions of assets or operations will be sufficient to satisfy the Company’s future liquidity needs.
The table below details the total operating, investing and financing activity cash flows for the six months ended June 28, 2015 and June 29, 2014 (in thousands):
 
 
Six Months Ended
 
 
June 28,
2015
 
June 29,
2014
Net cash provided by operating activities
 
$
38,729

 
$
77,072

Net cash used for investing activities
 
(88,020
)
 
(34,897
)
Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities
 
54,342

 
(39,331
)
Net increase in cash
 
$
5,051

 
$
2,844

Cash flow generated from operating activities is Tribune Publishing’s primary source of liquidity. Net cash provided by operating activities was $38.7 million for the six months ended June 28, 2015 , down $38.3 million from $77.1 million for the six months ended June 29, 2014 . The decrease was primarily driven by lower operating results as a result of the decline in advertising revenues as well as payments for interest, taxes and accrued incentive bonuses.

35




Net cash used for investing activities totaled $88.0 million in the six months ended June 28, 2015 and included $67.7 million for acquisitions and $19.8 million for capital expenditures. Net cash used for investing activities totaled $34.9 million in the six months ended June 29, 2014 and was comprised of capital expenditures and investments in equity investments.
Net cash provided by financing activities totaled $54.3 million in the six months ended June 28, 2015 . During the period the Company had proceeds from the issuance of senior debt of $69.0 million , $8.8 million in loan payments on senior debt, $4.8 million paid for stockholder dividends and $2.0 million paid for financing costs related to the issuance of senior debt. In the six months ended June 29, 2014 , the Company had net cash used for financing activities totaling $39.3 million , which primarily represents transactions with TCO.
Dividends
On June 22, 2015, the Board of Directors of the Company declared a dividend of $0.175 per share on common stock outstanding, to be paid on August 14, 2015, to stockholders of record on July 15, 2015.
On May 15, 2015, the Company paid a dividend of $0.175 per share on common stock outstanding, to stockholders of record on April 15, 2015.
The San Diego Union-Tribune Acquisition
On May 21, 2015, the Company purchased The San Diego Union-Tribune ( f/k/a the U-T San Diego) and nine community weeklies and related digital properties in San Diego County, California. The purchase price was $85 million, consisting of $73 million in cash, less a $2 million preliminary working capital adjustment at close, and $12 million in Tribune Publishing common stock, or 700,869 shares. The Company financed the cash portion of the purchase price with a combination of cash-on-hand and funds available under the Company's existing Senior ABL Facility as well as the net proceeds of the expansion of the Term Loans described below. Related to the shares issued, the Company entered into a registration rights agreement with the seller, whereby the seller is entitled to certain registration rights with respect to the 700,869 shares of common stock of the Company acquired in connection with the acquisition. As part of the acquisition the Company became the sponsor of a single employer defined benefit plan that will require approximately $3 million in contribution in 2015. The Company has also recorded an estimated $3 million in additional working capital adjustments due from the seller, that had not been finalized as of the filing date.
Senior Term Facility
On August 4, 2014, the Company entered into a credit agreement (the “Term Loan Credit Agreement”) with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacity, the “Term Collateral Agent”), and the lenders party thereto (the “Senior Term Facility”). The Senior Term Facility originally provided for secured loans (the “Term Loans”) in the aggregate principal amount of $350.0 million. The Senior Term Facility will mature on August 4, 2021. The Term Loans bear interest at a variable interest rate based on either LIBOR or a base rate, in either case plus an applicable margin. The Term Loans amortize in equal quarterly installments equal to 1.25% of principal amounts borrowed against the Senior Term Facility with the balance payable on the maturity date, August 4, 2021. The Senior Term Facility initially provided that it could be expanded by an amount up to (i) the greater of $100.0 million and an amount as will not cause the net senior secured leverage ratio after giving effect to such incurrence to exceed 2:1, plus (ii) an amount equal to all voluntary prepayments of the term loans borrowed under the Senior Term Facility, subject to certain conditions. As of June 28, 2015, $70 million of the expansion had been drawn for the acquisition described previously. Tribune Publishing Company is the borrower under the Senior Term Facility and each of the Company’s wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions, (the “Subsidiary Guarantors”) guarantee the payment obligations under the Senior Term Facility. The Senior Term Facility contains a number of covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of Tribune Publishing Company and its restricted subsidiaries to: incur more indebtedness; pay dividends; redeem stock or make other distributions in respect of equity; make investments; and certain other usual and customary covenants. As of June 28, 2015 , the outstanding balance under the Senior Term Facility is $411.3 million , the unamortized balance of the discount is $4.1 million and the Company was in compliance with the covenants of the Senior Term Facility. The weighted average interest rate for the variable rate debt is 5.75%.

36




Senior ABL Facility
On August 4, 2014, Tribune Publishing Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors entered into a credit agreement (the “ABL Credit Agreement”) with Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ABL Collateral Agent”), swing line lender and letter of credit issuer and the lenders party thereto (the “Senior ABL Facility”). The Senior ABL Facility will mature on August 4, 2019. The Senior ABL Facility provides for senior secured revolving loans and letters of credit of up to a maximum aggregate principal amount of $140.0 million . Up to $75.0 million of availability under the Senior ABL Facility is available for letters of credit and up to $15.0 million of availability under the Senior ABL Facility is available for swing line loans. The Senior ABL Facility also permits Tribune Publishing Company to increase the commitments under the Senior ABL Facility by up to $75.0 million . The Senior ABL Facility bears interest at a variable interest rate based on either LIBOR or a base rate, in either case plus an applicable margin. Tribune Publishing Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors are the borrowers under the Senior ABL Facility. Tribune Publishing Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors guarantee the payment obligations under the Senior ABL Facility. The Senior ABL Facility contains a number of covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of Tribune Publishing Company and its restricted subsidiaries to: incur more indebtedness; pay dividends; redeem stock or make other distributions in respect of equity; make investments; and certain other usual and customary covenants. Customary fees will be payable in respect of the Senior ABL Facility, including commitment fees of 0.25% and letter of credit fees. As of June 28, 2015 , $21.5 million of the Senior ABL Facility availability supported an outstanding undrawn letter of credit in the same amount.
Letter of Credit Agreement
On August 4, 2014, Tribune Publishing Company and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as letter of credit issuer (the “L/C Issuer”) entered into a letter of credit agreement (the “Letter of Credit Agreement”). The Letter of Credit Agreement provides for the issuance of standby letters of credit of up to a maximum aggregate principal face of $30.0 million . The Letter of Credit Agreement permits Tribune Publishing Company, at the sole discretion of L/C Issuer, to request to increase the amount available to be issued under the Letter of Credit Agreement up to an aggregate maximum face amount of $50.0 million . The Letter of Credit Agreement is scheduled to terminate on August 4, 2019. As of June 28, 2015 , a $27.5 million undrawn letter of credit was outstanding against the Letter of Credit Agreement. This letter of credit was collateralized with $27.5 million of cash held in a specified cash collateral account. The Company has been notified that the letter of credit requirement has been reduced and accordingly $10.5 million was released from this restricted cash account in the third quarter of 2015. The specified cash account is required to remain as long as the undrawn letter of credit remains outstanding and is recorded in restricted cash in the Consolidated and Combined Balance Sheets.
New Accounting Standards
In April 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2015-03, Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs . This ASU requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. This ASU is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015 and interim periods therein. It is to be applied retrospectively and early adoption is permitted. ASU 2015-03 affects presentation only and will have no effect on the Company's financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. The Company expects to adopt this standard in the first quarter of 2016.
In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers , concerning revenue recognition. The new standard supersedes a majority of existing revenue recognition guidance under U.S. GAAP, and requires a company to recognize revenue when it transfers goods or services to a customer in an amount that reflects the consideration to which a company expects to be entitled. Companies may need to use more judgment and make more estimates while recognizing revenue, which could result in additional disclosures to the financial statements. ASU 2014-09 allows for either a “full retrospective” adoption or a “modified retrospective” adoption. On July 9, 2015 the FASB voted to approve a one year delay of the effective date and to permit companies to voluntarily adopt the new standard as of the original effective date. Assuming issuance of a final rule delaying the effective date, the Company will adopt this standard on January 1, 2018. The Company is currently evaluating the revenue recognition impact this guidance will have once implemented and the implementation approach to be used.

37




Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
As of June 28, 2015 , there had been no material changes in the Company’s exposure to market risk from the disclosure included in the annual report on Form 10-K as filed with the SEC on March 25, 2015.
Item 4. Controls and Procedures
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
The Company carried out an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and Rule 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based upon that evaluation, the President and Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this report, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were not effective because of the material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting previously reported, and described below, which have not been fully remediated.
As previously reported in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2014, the Company identified material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting in preparing its Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2014, which material weaknesses have not yet been fully remediated. The first of the material weaknesses the Company identified relates to an insufficient complement of finance and accounting resources within the organization resulting in ineffective controls over financial reporting processes, including controls over the period-end close process, the preparation and review of the consolidated interim and annual financial statements, and the controls related to identifying and accumulating all required supporting information to determine the completeness and accuracy of the Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements and related disclosures.
The Company also identified a material weakness related to an ineffective control environment, which resulted from deficiencies in certain areas in which the Company’s controls were not precise enough to detect misstatements that, in the aggregate, could be material to the Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements.
Management has concluded that these material weaknesses did not result in any material misstatements of the Company’s Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements and disclosures for the years ended December 28, 2014, December 29, 2013 and December 30, 2012 and for the interim periods of those years. In light of these material weaknesses in internal controls over financial reporting, prior to filing this report, management completed additional procedures, including validating the completeness and accuracy of the related financial records. These additional procedures have allowed management to conclude that, notwithstanding the material weaknesses and the ineffectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures, the Company’s Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements in this report fairly present, in all material respects, the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows as of the dates, and for the periods presented, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S. For additional details, see Item 9A. Controls and Procedures—Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2014.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Management believes that significant progress has been made prior to filing this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q in remediating the underlying causes of the material weaknesses. We have taken, and will continue to take, a number of actions to remediate these material weaknesses. Among other things, we have:

augmented accounting and finance resources and hired additional accounting and finance professionals;

enhanced the documentation of account reconciliations; and

engaged a public accounting firm to assist with our SOX remediation design and testing.
We and our Board of Directors are committed to maintaining a strong internal control environment, and believe that these remediation efforts represent significant improvements in our control environment and in our controls over financial

38




reporting. Additional controls may also be required over time. The identified material weaknesses in internal control will not be considered fully addressed until the internal controls over these areas have been in operation for a sufficient period of time for our management to conclude that the material weaknesses have been fully remediated. We continue to develop new controls, enhance existing controls and test their operating effectiveness in order to make this final determination.
Other than as expressly noted above, there were no changes in the Company's internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation of our controls performed during the quarter ended June 28, 2015 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
PART II.
Item 1. Legal Proceedings
There have been no material developments in the legal proceedings included in the Company's annual report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 25, 2015.
The Company does not believe that any matters or proceedings presently pending will have a material adverse effect, individually or in the aggregate, on our Consolidated and Combined financial position, results of operations or liquidity. However, legal matters and proceedings are inherently unpredictable and subject to significant uncertainties, some of which are beyond our control. As such, there can be no assurance that the final outcome of these matters and proceedings will not materially and adversely affect our Consolidated and Combined financial position, results of operations or liquidity.
Item 1A. Risk Factors
In addition to the other information in this report, you should carefully consider the discussion under “Risk Factors” in Item 1A. as filed in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 25, 2015. We have described in our Annual Report on Form 10-K the primary risks related to our business, and we periodically update those risks for material developments. Below, we are providing, in supplemental form, the material changes to our risk factors that occurred during the past quarter. Our risk factors disclosed in Item 1A of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2014, provide additional disclosure and context for these supplemental risks and are incorporated herein by reference.
Adverse results from litigation or governmental investigations can impact our business practices and operating results.
From time to time, we could be party to litigation, including matters relating to alleged libel or defamation, and regulatory, environmental and other proceedings with governmental authorities and administrative agencies. Adverse outcomes in lawsuits or investigations may result in significant monetary damages or injunctive relief that may adversely affect our operating results or financial condition as well as our ability to conduct our businesses as we are presently conducting them.
In some instances, third parties may have an obligation to indemnify us for liabilities related to litigation or governmental investigations, and may be unable to, or fail to fulfill such obligations.  For example, in connection with The San Diego Union-Tribune acquisition, the seller agreed to indemnify us for certain outstanding legal matters, including the carrier litigation matter. It is possible that the resolution of one or more such legal matters could result in significant monetary damages. The carrier litigation matter, for example, is being appealed and if adversely determined against us, could result in damages of $10 million. If the seller in The San Diego Union-Tribune acquisition were to fail to indemnify us, we would be responsible for the monetary damages, which could adversely affect our financial condition and cash flow.
We assumed an underfunded pension liability as part of The San Diego Union-Tribune acquisition.
Because the San Diego Union-Tribune, LLC Retirement Plan is currently underfunded, our pension funding requirements could increase due to a reduction in the plan’s funded status. The extent of underfunding is directly affected by changes in interest rates and asset returns in the securities markets. It also is affected by the rate and age of employee retirements, along with actual experience compared to actuarial projections. These items affect pension plan assets and the calculation of pension obligations and expenses. Such changes could increase the cost to our obligations, which could have a material adverse effect on our results and our ability to meet those obligations. In addition, changes in the law, rules, or

39




governmental regulations with respect to pension funding could also materially and adversely affect cash flow and our ability to meet our pension obligations.
We have significant indebtedness which could adversely affect our financial condition and our operating activities.
In connection with the Distribution, on August 4, 2014 we entered into a credit agreement (the “Term Loan Credit Agreement”) with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacity, the “Term Collateral Agent”), and the lenders party thereto (the “Senior Term Facility”) in which we borrowed $350 million. We used a portion of the proceeds to fund a cash dividend to TCO of $275 million immediately prior to the Distribution. In addition, in connection with the distribution, on August 4, 2014 Tribune Publishing and the Subsidiary Guarantors, in their capacities as borrowers thereunder, entered into a credit agreement (the “ABL Credit Agreement”) with Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ABL Collateral Agent”), swing line lender and letter of credit issuer and the lenders party thereto (the “Senior ABL Facility”), with aggregate maximum commitments (subject to availability under a borrowing base) of approximately $140 million, and entered into a letter of credit arrangement to allow up to $30 million of cash backed letters of credit, with $27.5 million issued on our behalf as of the Distribution Date. We also had $19.3 million of additional letters of credit issued under the Senior ABL Facility as of the Distribution Date and undrawn as of December 28, 2014. The Senior ABL Facility includes flexibility for additional letters of credit to be issued thereunder. In addition, subject to certain conditions, without the consent of the applicable then existing lenders (but subject to the receipt of commitments), each of the Senior ABL Facility and the Senior Term Facility initially provided that they could be expanded by certain incremental commitments by an amount up to (i) $75 million in the case of the Senior ABL Facility and (ii) in the case of the Senior Term Facility, (A) the greater of $100 million and an amount as will not cause the net senior secured leverage ratio after giving effect to such incurrence to exceed 2.00 to 1.00, plus (B) an amount equal to all voluntary prepayments of the term loans borrowed under the Senior Term Facility on the distribution date and refinancing debt in respect of such loans. In connection with The San Diego Union-Tribune acquisition, we expanded the Senior Term Facility by $70 million of incremental commitments. Our level of debt could have important consequences to our stockholders, including:
limiting our ability to obtain additional financing to fund future working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other general corporate requirements;
requiring a substantial portion of our cash flows to be dedicated to debt service payments instead of other purposes, thereby reducing the amount of cash flows available for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;
increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;
limiting our ability to pay dividends;
exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates to the extent that our borrowings are at variable rates of interest;
limiting our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in the industry in which we compete;
placing us at a disadvantage compared to other, less leveraged competitors or competitors with comparable debt and more favorable terms and thereby affecting our ability to compete; and
increasing our cost of borrowing.
Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds
None.
Item 3. Defaults Upon Senior Securities
None.

40




Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
Not applicable.
Item 5. Other Information
None.
Item 6. Exhibits
Exhibits marked with an asterisk (*) are incorporated by reference to documents previously filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission, as indicated. All other documents are filed with this report. Exhibits marked with a tilde (~) are management contracts, compensatory plan contracts or arrangements filed pursuant to Item 601(b)(10)(iii)(A) of Regulation S-K.
Exhibit                  Description
Number
2.1
Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, by and among Tribune Publishing Company, LLC, MLIM Holdings, LLC, the Papa Doug Trust u/a/d January 11, 2010, Douglas F. Manchester, Douglas W. Manchester and MLIM, LLC, dated as of May 7, 2015.** †
2.2
Amendment No. 1 to Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, by and among Tribune Publishing Company, LLC, MLIM Holdings, LLC, the Papa Doug Trust u/a/d January 11, 2010, Douglas F. Manchester, Douglas W. Manchester, and MLIM, LLC, dated as of May 7, 2015.
3.1*
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Tribune Publishing Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Tribune Publishing Company Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-197932) filed on August 7, 2014).
3.2*
Amended and Restated By-Laws of Tribune Publishing Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Tribune Publishing Company Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-197932) filed on August 7, 2014).
10.1
Lender Joinder Agreement, by and among Tribune Publishing Company, Citicorp North America, Inc. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., dated as of May 21, 2015.
10.2
Registration Rights Agreement, by and between Tribune Publishing Company and MLIM Holdings, LLC, dated as of May 21, 2015.
10.3~
Employment Agreement, by and between Tribune Publishing Company, LLC and Denise Warren, dated as of May 6, 2015.
31.1
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.2
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32
Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
101.INS
XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Scheme Document
101.CAL
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

41




101.LAB
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase Document
101.PRE
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
** This agreement is included to provide you with information regarding its terms and is not intended to provide any other factual or disclosure information about Tribune Publishing or the other parties to the agreement. The agreement may contain representations and warranties by the parties to the agreement. These representations and warranties have been made solely for the benefit of the other party or parties to the agreement and (1) should not in all instances be treated as categorical statements of fact, but rather as a means of allocating the risk to one of the parties if those statements prove to be inaccurate; (2) may have been qualified by disclosures that were made to the other party or parties in connection with the negotiation of the attached agreement, which disclosures are not necessarily reflected in the agreement; (3) may apply standards of materiality in a manner that is different from what may be viewed as material to you or other investors; and (4) were made only as of the date of the agreement or other date or dates that may be specified in the agreement and are subject to more recent developments. Accordingly, these representations and warranties may not describe the actual state of affairs as of the date they were made or at any other time.
Schedules omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. Tribune Publishing agrees to furnish a supplemental copy of any omitted schedule to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

42




SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.


 
 
 
TRIBUNE PUBLISHING COMPANY
 
 
 
 
August 12, 2015
 
By:
/s/ Sandra J. Martin
 
 
 
Sandra J. Martin
 
 
 
(Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)
    



43
Exhibit 2.1
MEMBERSHIP INTEREST PURCHASE AGREEMENT
dated as of

May 7, 2015
by and among

TRIBUNE PUBLISHING COMPANY, LLC,
MLIM HOLDINGS, LLC,
THE PAPA DOUG TRUST,
DOUGLAS F. MANCHESTER,
DOUGLAS W. MANCHESTER
and
MLIM, LLC



LEGAL123381588.30

Table of Contents
Page


Article I.
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS                         1
1.1
Definitions                                     1
1.2
Construction                                      14
1.3
Knowledge                                      15
Article II.
PURCHASE AND SALE OF INTERESTS                  15
2.1
Purchase and Sale of Interests                              15
2.2
Purchase Price                                     15
2.3
Estimated Net Working Capital Amount; Estimated Acquisition Expenses      16
2.4
Adjustment Amount                                  17
2.5
Withholding                                      19
2.6
Purchase Price Allocation                              19
Article III.
CLOSING                                      19
3.1
Closing                                      19
3.2
Company Closing Deliveries                              20
3.3
Seller Party Closing Deliveries                          21
3.4
Acquiror Closing Deliveries                               22
Article IV.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY      22
4.1
Corporate Organization of the Company    22
4.2
Subsidiaries    23
4.3
Due Authorization    23
4.4
No Conflict    23
4.5
Notices and Consents    24
4.6
Capitalization of the Company    24
4.7
Capitalization of Subsidiaries    24
4.8
Financial Statements    25
4.9
Undisclosed Liabilities    26
4.10
Litigation and Proceedings; Government Orders    26
4.11
Legal Compliance    26
4.12
Contracts; No Defaults    27
4.13
Company Benefit Plans    29
4.14
Labor Relations    32
4.15
Taxes    34
4.16
Brokers’ Fees    35





LEGAL123381588.30  
i
 


Table of Contents
(continued)
Page


4.17
Insurance    35
4.18
Government Authorizations    35
4.19
Machinery, Equipment and Other Tangible Property    36
4.20
Real Property    36
4.21
Intellectual Property    37
4.22
Privacy and Security    39
4.23
Environmental Matters    40
4.24
Absence of Changes    40
4.25
Bank Accounts    42
4.26
Receivables; Major Customers; Major Advertisers    42
4.27
Suppliers    43
4.28
Inventory    43
4.29
Circulation    43
4.30
Assets; Excluded Assets    44
4.31
Certain Transactions    44
4.32
Disclosure    44
4.33
Complete Copies of Materials    45
4.34
Reliance    45
ARTICLE V.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLER PARTIES    45
5.1
Organization    45
5.2
Due Authorization    45
5.3
No Conflict    45
5.4
Ownership of Company Interests    46
5.5
Litigation    46
5.6
Assets; Excluded Assets    46
5.7
Tribune Common Stock    47
5.8
Disclosure    47
5.9
Reliance    48
ARTICLE VI.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF ACQUIROR    48
6.1
LLC Organization of Acquiror    48
6.2
Due Authorization    48





LEGAL123381588.30  
ii
 


Table of Contents
(continued)
Page


6.3
Capital Structure    48
6.4
No Conflict    49
6.5
Litigation and Proceedings    49
6.6
Governmental Authorities; Consents    49
6.7
SEC Documents; Financial Statements    49
6.8
Financial Ability    50
6.9
Brokers’ Fees    51
6.10
Acquisition of Interests for Investment    51
6.11
Financing    51
ARTICLE VII.
COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY AND THE SELLER PARTIES    51
7.1
Conduct of Business    51
7.2
Inspection    53
7.3
No Solicitation    54
7.4
Breach of Representations and Warranties; Notification; Access to Information    55
7.5
Spin-Off    56
7.6
Asset Transfer    56
7.7
Company Benefit Plans    56
ARTICLE VIII.
INDEMNIFICATION    56
8.1
General Indemnification    56
8.2
Indemnification for Seller Representations and Covenants    57
8.3
Claims    57
8.4
Third Party Claims    57
8.5
Integral Part of Agreement    59
8.6
Survival    59
8.7
Limitations    60
8.8
No Right of Indemnity or Contribution    62
8.9
Exclusive Remedy    62
8.10
Amount of Damages    62
8.11
Adjustment to Purchase Price    62
ARTICLE IX.
OTHER COVENANTS    62
9.1
Support of Transaction    62





LEGAL123381588.30  
iii
 


Table of Contents
(continued)
Page


9.2
Tax Matters    62
9.3
Automobiles and Other Personal Effects    65
9.4
Public Announcements    65
9.5
Company Audited Financial Statements    65
9.6
Further Assurances Regarding Asset Transfer    65
9.7
Financing    66
9.8
Distribution of Restricted Cash    66
9.9
Listing    66
9.10
Amendment of Indemnity Agreements    67
ARTICLE X.
CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS    67
10.1
Conditions to Obligations of Acquiror and the Seller Parties    67
10.2
Conditions to Obligations of Acquiror    67
10.3
Conditions to the Obligations of the Seller Parties    68
ARTICLE XI.
TERMINATION/EFFECTIVENESS    69
11.1
Termination    69
11.2
Effect of Termination    70
ARTICLE XII.
RESERVED    70
ARTICLE XIII.
MISCELLANEOUS    70
13.1
Waiver    70
13.2
Notices    71
13.3
Assignment    72
13.4
Rights of Third Parties    72
13.5
Expenses    72
13.6
Governing Law    73
13.7
Captions; Counterparts    73
13.8
Schedules and Annexes    73
13.9
Entire Agreement    73
13.10
Amendments    73
13.11
Severability    73
13.12
Jurisdiction    74
13.13
Enforcement    74





LEGAL123381588.30  
iv
 


Table of Contents
(continued)
Page


13.14
Waiver of Conflicts Regarding Representations; Access to Attorney‑Client Privileged Information    74
13.15
No Survival    75
13.16
Waiver of Claims Against Financing Parties    75
EXHIBITS*

Exhibit A    -    Listed Employees
Exhibit B    -    Certain Excluded Assets
Exhibit C    -    Sublease Agreement
Exhibit D    -    Lease Assignment
Exhibit E    -    Wire Instructions
Exhibit F    -    Net Working Capital
Exhibit G    -    Registration Rights Agreement

SCHEDULES*

Company Disclosure Schedule
Seller Party Disclosure Schedule
Acquiror Disclosure Schedule

* Omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. Registrant agrees to furnish a supplemental copy of any omitted schedule to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.






LEGAL123381588.30  
v
 



MEMBERSHIP INTEREST PURCHASE AGREEMENT
This Membership Interest Purchase Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of May 7, 2015, is entered into by and among Tribune Publishing Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Acquiror ”), MLIM Holdings, LLC (“ Seller ”), the Papa Doug Trust u/a/d January 11, 2010 (“ Trust Seller ”), Douglas F. Manchester and Douglas W. Manchester (each an “ Individual Seller ” and, together with Seller and Trust Seller, the “ Seller Parties ” and each, individually, a “ Seller Party ”), and MLIM, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, the Seller is the owner, beneficially and of record, of all of the issued and outstanding limited liability company membership interests (the “ Company Interests ”) of the Company;
WHEREAS, the Seller wishes to sell to Acquiror, and Acquiror wishes to purchase from the Seller, all of the Company Interests;
WHEREAS, the manager of Acquiror has approved and declared advisable the transactions contemplated by this Agreement upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement; and
WHEREAS, the Trust Seller and the Individual Sellers own or control, directly or indirectly, the Seller.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in this Agreement and intending to be legally bound hereby, Acquiror, the Company and each of the Seller Parties agree as follows:
Article I.
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
1.1      Definitions . As used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
AAM ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.29.
Acquiror ” has the meaning specified in the preamble hereto.
Acquiror Cure Period ” has the meaning specified in Section 11.1(c).
Acquiror‑Prepared Tax Returns ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.2(a).
Acquisition Expenses ” means all liabilities of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to the extent unpaid as of the Closing or that will be incurred after the Closing in connection with the Closing for fees, costs (including without limitation any costs relating to the purchase of a D&O Tail Policy), bonuses, charges and expenses accrued, incurred or obligated to be paid by the Company or any Subsidiary in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including (i) all legal, accounting, investment banking, Tax and financial advisory and all other fees and expenses of third Persons accrued, incurred or obligated (including under this Agreement) to be paid by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the negotiation and effectuation of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) all “single-trigger” or “double-trigger” change-in-control, retention or transaction bonuses, severance or similar payments that are made or become due as a result of the Closing, (iii) all compensation including bonuses, severance or similar payments to be paid or to become payable by the Company or any of its

LEGAL123381588.30

 

Subsidiaries to any of the individuals listed on Exhibit A and any employee of the MFG or its Affiliates (excluding the Company or any Subsidiary) including without limitation John Lynch, Ryan Kiesel, Richard Gibbons, Douglas F. Manchester and Douglas M. Manchester, (iv) the employer’s share of any payroll, social security unemployment or similar Taxes attributable to any payment described in subpart (ii) and (iii) above.
Acquisition Expenses Adjustment Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.4(c).
Acquisition Transaction ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.3(a).
Action ” means any claim, action, suit, litigation, audit, assessment, arbitration, prosecution, contest, hearing, inquest, examination or inquiry, or any proceeding (including any civil, criminal, administrative, or appellate proceeding) or investigation, by or before, any Governmental Authority.
Actual Acquisition Expenses ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.4(a).
Adjustment Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.4(c).
Affiliate ” means, with respect to any specified Person, any Person that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person, through one or more intermediaries or otherwise; provided , that, except with respect to Section 7.3 hereof, the term “Affiliate” shall not include the direct or indirect portfolio companies of the Individual Sellers or the Trust Seller or any of their affiliated investment funds, but only to the extent such portfolio companies are not acting on behalf of a Seller Party or are not operating primarily in the same industries as the Company and its Subsidiaries.
Agreement ” has the meaning specified in the preamble hereto.
Allocation ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.6.
Asset Transfer ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.2(h).
Auditor ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.4(b).
Average Trading Price ” means the volume-weighted average of the per share trading prices of Tribune Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange as reported through Bloomberg (based on all New York Stock Exchange trades in Tribune Common Stock during the primary trading session from 9:30 a.m., New York City time, to 4:00 p.m., New York City time, and not an average of daily averages) for the twenty (20) consecutive full trading days ending on the third (3rd) Business Day prior to the Closing Date (the “ Reference Period ”).
Business Day ” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which the Federal Reserve Bank of New York is closed.
Carrier Litigation ” means the case entitled Liliana Espejo, et al. v. The Copley Press, Inc., et al., San Diego Superior Court Case No. 37-2009-00082322-CU-OE-CTL (consolidated with San Diego Superior Court Case No. 37-2010-00085012-CU-OE-CTL), on appeal before the California Court of Appeal, Fourth Appellate District, Division One, Case No. D065397.
Closing ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.1.
Closing Balance Sheet ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.4(a).
Closing Cash Payment ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.2.

2
LEGAL123381588.30

 

Closing Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.1.
Closing Date Net Working Capital ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.4(a).
Closing Date Payment Spreadsheet ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.2.
COBRA ” means the group health plan continuation coverage requirements of Part 6 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA and Section 4980B of the Code and of any similar Law.
Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
Company ” has the meaning specified in the preamble hereto.
Company Audited Financial Statements ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.5.
Company Benefit Plan ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.13(a).
Company Cure Period ” has the meaning specified in Section 11.1(b).
Company Databases ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.22(b).
Company Group ” means the Company and the Subsidiaries of the Company.
Company Interests ” has the meaning specified in the Recitals hereto.
Company IP ” means (a) the Company Owned IP and (b) the Intellectual Property of third parties that is licensed to the Company or its Subsidiaries and used in the operation of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, as currently conducted. For avoidance of doubt and without limitation, Company IP includes such Intellectual Property comprising each of the Company Products, the Company Databases and the Morgue Files, but excludes Third Party Content.
Company Lease ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.12(a)(x).
Company Mobile Applications ” means any public or private mobile application owned, maintained, or operated by or on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and all content, text, graphics, images, audio, video, data, databases and Software included on or used to operate such mobile applications including all documentation, ASP, HTML, DHTML, SHTML, and XML files, cgi and other scripts, all Software programming code (source and object), archives, and server and traffic logs related to any such Company Mobile Applications, in each case exclusive of Third Party Content.
Company Owned IP ” means all Intellectual Property owned or purported to be owned by the Company or its Subsidiaries, including such Intellectual Property under development by the Company or its Subsidiaries.
Company Products ” means (a) the Company Websites, (b) the Company newspapers, (c) the Company Mobile Applications, and (d) any other product or service offerings currently sold or marketed by the Company or its Subsidiaries y, in each case exclusive of Third Party Content.
Company Pro Forma Financial Statements ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.8(b).
Company Representatives ” means the Seller Parties, the Company’s Subsidiaries, members or other Affiliates, or any of their or the Company’s respective directors, officers, employees, advisors, representatives or agents.

3
LEGAL123381588.30

 

Company Software ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.21(h).
Company Websites ” means any portion of any public or private website owned, maintained, or operated by or on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and all content, text, graphics, images, audio, video, data, databases and Software under Company’s control included on or used to operate such websites, including all documentation, ASP, HTML, DHTML, SHTML, and XML files, cgi and other scripts, all Software programming code (source and object), archives, and server and traffic logs related to any such websites, in each case exclusive of Third Party Content.
Competing Party ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.3(c).
Confidentiality Agreement ” means the Mutual Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure Agreement between Tribune Publishing Company LLC and its subsidiaries and affiliates and The San Diego Union Tribune LLC, dated February 24, 2014, as extended by the LOI, that certain Amendment No. 2 to the Mutual Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure Agreement, dated March 27, 2015, and that certain Amendment No. 3 to the Mutual Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure Agreement, dated May 7, 2015.
Contingent Seller Notes ” means the notes dated December 5, 2011, issued by MLIM, LLC to Platinum Jewel Principals, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Platinum Equity Capital Jewel Partners‑A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Platinum Equity Capital Jewel Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Platinum Equity Capital Jewel Partners‑PF, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership and David Black, respectively, in the aggregate original principal amount of $7,500,000.
Contract ” means any written or oral agreement, subcontract, lease, understanding, arrangement, instrument, note, guaranty, indemnity, deed, assignment, power of attorney, certificate, work order, insurance policy, commitment, covenant, assurance, purchase order or undertaking of any nature.
COTS ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.21(a).
D&O Tail Policy ” means an extended reporting period endorsement under the Company Group’s existing directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage for the Company Group’s directors and officers, which provides such directors and officers with coverage after the Closing Date.
Damages ” mean all losses, damages, injuries, liabilities (whether absolute, accrued, asserted or otherwise), claims, demands, settlements, obligations, decrees, orders, judgments, injunctions, awards, fines, penalties, Taxes and any interest on any of the foregoing, and other fees, costs and expenses (including any legal fee, expert fee, accounting fee, advisory fee and cost of investigating, preparing for, and defending against any of the foregoing).
Debt Financing ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.11.
Debt Financing Sources ” means the entities that have committed to provide or arrange or otherwise entered into agreements in connection with any Debt Financing, and the parties to any agreements, commitment letters, credit agreements, joinder agreements or other agreements entered pursuant thereto or relating thereto, together with their respective Affiliates, and their respective Affiliates’ officers, directors, employees, agents and representatives and their respective successors and assigns.
Deficit Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.4(d).

4
LEGAL123381588.30

 

Determination Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.4(b).
Environmental Indemnification ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.1.
Environmental Laws ” mean any and all applicable foreign, U.S. federal, state or local Laws relating to Hazardous Materials or the protection of health, natural resources or the environment, as in effect on the date hereof.
ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
ERISA Affiliate ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.13(a).
Estimated Acquisition Expenses ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.3.
Estimated Closing Date Net Working Capital ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.3.
Estimated Net Working Capital Deficit Amount ” means the amount, if any, by which Estimated Closing Date Net Working Capital is less than the Working Capital Target Amount (which shall result in a reduction to the portion of the Purchase Price payable at Closing in such amount in accordance with Section 2.2).
Estimated Net Working Capital Surplus Amount ” means the amount, if any, by which Estimated Closing Date Net Working Capital is greater than the Working Capital Target Amount (which shall result in an increase to the portion of the Purchase Price payable at Closing in such amount in accordance with Section 2.2).
Exchange Act ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.7(a).
Excluded Assets ” means (a) all right, title and interest of MLIM, LLC in and to 100% of the membership interests in MVHM and the assets and liabilities contained therein (including its Subsidiary MVH, the MVH Real Property held by MVH and the MVH Mortgage), which shall be distributed to the Trust Seller immediately prior to the Closing in a manner that is reasonably acceptable to Acquiror, and (b) to the extent that they do not constitute real property, the assets described on Exhibit B , which shall be distributed to MVH immediately prior to the Closing in a manner that is reasonably acceptable to Acquiror.
Excluded Companies ” means MVHM and MVH.
Excluded Representations ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.6.
Foreign Plan ” means: (i) any plan, program, policy, practice, Contract or other arrangement mandated by a Governmental Authority other than the United States; and (ii) any Company Benefit Plan that covers employees of the Company whose services are performed primarily outside of the United States.
Funded Debt ” of any Person as of any date means (i) all indebtedness of such Person and its Subsidiaries for borrowed money (including but not limited to bank debt, notes payable, guaranties, the Contingent Seller Notes and other similar obligations to repay indebtedness of others) or extensions of credit, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon; provided , that undrawn letters of credit and reimbursement obligations in respect of undrawn letters of credit shall not constitute Funded Debt for the purpose hereof and (ii) all sums due on termination and repayment or redemption of the indebtedness described in clause (i).

5
LEGAL123381588.30

 

GAAP ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.3.
General Cap ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.7(b).
Government Consent ” means any consent, approval, order, or authorization of, or registration, declaration, or filing with or exemption by, any Governmental Authority.
Governmental Authority ” means any federal, state, provincial, municipal, local or foreign government, governmental authority, regulatory or administrative agency, governmental commission, department, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, court or tribunal.
Governmental Authorization ” means any permit, license, certificate, franchise, concession, approval, consent, ratification, permission, clearance, confirmation, endorsement, waiver, certification, designation, rating, registration, qualification or authorization that is or has been issued, granted, given or otherwise made available by or under the authority of any Governmental Authority or pursuant to any Law.
Governmental Order ” means (i) any order, judgment, injunction, edict, decree, ruling, pronouncement, writ, stipulation, determination, decision, opinion, verdict, sentence, subpoena, or award, in each case, issued, made, entered, rendered, or otherwise put into effect by or under the authority of any Governmental Authority or any arbitrator or arbitration panel or (ii) any Contract with any Governmental Authority entered into in connection with any Action.
Hazardous Material ” means any (i) pollutant, contaminant, chemical, (ii) industrial, solid, liquid or gaseous toxic or hazardous substance, material or waste, (iii) petroleum or any fraction or product thereof, (iv) asbestos or asbestos‑containing material, (v) polychlorinated biphenyl, (vi) chlorofluorocarbons, and (vii) other substance, material or waste, in each case, which are regulated under any Environmental Laws, as in effect as of the Closing Date.
Increase Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.4(d).
Individual Seller ” has the meaning specified in the preamble hereto.
Insurance Collateral ” means (i) cash collateral that secures the five (5) currently outstanding letters of credit issued by Bank of America in favor of various insurance companies, including the Restricted Cash, and (ii) cash in the amount of $75,000 deposited with Sentry Insurance.
Insurance Letters of Credit ” means the five (5) currently outstanding letters of credit issued by Bank of America in favor of various insurance companies that are secured by portions of the Insurance Collateral.
Intellectual Property ” means any of the following: (i) patents and patent applications (including provisional applications, continuations and continuations-in-part) and patent disclosures; (ii) trademarks, service marks, logos, trade names and trade dress (including banners, flags, nameplates and mastheads) and registrations and applications for registration thereof including intent‑to‑use applications, together with all goodwill related to the foregoing; (iii) registered and unregistered copyrights (including exclusive exploitation rights and moral rights), registrations and applications for registration of copyright, and copyrightable works of authorship (including all clippings, art, photographs); (iv) internet domain names, uniform resource locators and other locators and names and locators associated with the Internet and registrations and applications for registration thereof; (v) algorithms, application programming interfaces, databases, data collections, network configurations, architectures, processes, proprietary information, protocols, specifications, Software,

6
LEGAL123381588.30

 

techniques, user interfaces, Systems and documentation of the foregoing; and (vi) inventions, trade secrets, subscriber and advertiser lists, know how, moral rights, publicity rights, and other proprietary intellectual or industrial property rights.
Inventory ” means the inventory of the Company and its Subsidiaries, including its inventories of merchandise, newsprint, ink, paper and other raw materials, work in process, finished goods and supplies (including photo supplies, composition supplies, camera supplies, pressroom supplies, pressroom plates, mailroom supplies, plant supplies and route and circulation supplies).
JL Liabilities ” means any liabilities listed on Schedule 1.1 .
Key Manager ” means any employee or consultant whose compensation or benefits during the last twelve months completed prior to the date of this Agreement exceeded $150,000.
Law ” means any statute, code, law, ordinance, rule, regulation or Governmental Order, in each case, of any Governmental Authority.
Lease ” means the sublease between MFG, as landlord, and SDUT, as tenant, in the form of attached Exhibit C .
Lease Assignment ” means the assignment and release in the form of attached Exhibit D .
Leased Real Property ” means all real property leased by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
Lien ” means any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, charge, encumbrance, security interest, equitable interest, claim, preference, right of possession, lease, tenancy, license encroachment, covenant, proxy, option, right of first refusal, preemptive right, community property interest, exception, impairment, imperfection of title or other lien of any kind.
Literary Works Litigation ” means the case entitled In re Literary Works in Electronic Databases Copyright Litigation, SDNY MDL No. 1379.
LLC Agreement ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.2(b).
LOI ” means the Letter of Intent dated February 20, 2015, between Acquiror and the Seller Parties.
made available to Acquiror ” means that a complete and accurate copy of the document referenced in such statement has been posted in the electronic data site maintained by Company and its counsel in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement at least 24 hours prior to the date hereof and remained at all times from the date of posting through Closing in such electronic data site.
Major Advertiser ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.26(c).
Material Adverse Effect ” means, with respect to any Person, any event, occurrence, change or effect that individually or in the aggregate (i) is, or would reasonably be expected to be, materially adverse to the ability of a Person to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and to satisfy all of its obligations contemplated by this Agreement or (ii) is, or would reasonably be expected to be, materially adverse on the business, assets, results of operations or financial condition of such Person and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; provided , however , that in no event would any of the following (or the effect of any of the following), alone or in combination, be deemed to

7
LEGAL123381588.30

 

constitute, or be taken into account in determining whether there has been or will be, a “Material Adverse Effect” on or in respect of any Person: (a) any change in applicable Laws or GAAP or any interpretation thereof, (b) any change in interest rates or economic, political, business or financial market conditions generally; provided , that such change does not have a disproportionate impact on such Person and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, compared to other companies operating primarily in the same industries as such Person and its Subsidiaries, (c) any change generally affecting any of the industries in which such Person or its Subsidiaries operates or the economy as a whole; provided , that such change does not have a disproportionate impact on such Person and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, compared to other companies operating primarily in the same industries as such Person and its Subsidiaries, (d) the announcement or the execution of this Agreement, the pendency or consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the performance of this Agreement (including any loss of, or adverse change in the relationship of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries with, any of its customers, employees, third party contractors, financing sources or suppliers caused by any of the foregoing), (e) the compliance with the terms of this Agreement or the taking of any action required or contemplated by this Agreement, (f) any action taken by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries at the request of Acquiror, (g) any natural disaster, or (h) any acts of terrorism or war or the outbreak or escalation of hostilities or change in geopolitical conditions.
Material Contracts ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.12(a).
Material Permits ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.18.
MFG ” means Manchester Financial Group, L.P.
MFG Note ” means that certain Promissory Note dated December 5, 2011, in the principal amount of $10,000,000 issued by MLIM, LLC in favor of MFG.
MLIM Audited Financial Statements ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.8(a).
MLIM Financial Statements ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.8(a).
MLIM Interim Financial Statements ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.8(a).
Morgue Files ” means all tangible materials present as of the date of this Agreement in the Company’s library of back issues of its newspaper including all clippings, art, photographs (including, digital files and film, negatives and positives), historical facts and memorabilia, bound files of such back issues, electronic archives, and microfilm and microfiche reproductions of such back issues.
Multiemployer Plan ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.13(d).
MVH ” means Mission Valley Holdings, LLC.
MVH Mortgage ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.1.
MVH Real Property ” shall mean the “Project” as defined in the Lease.
MVHM ” means Mission Valley Holdings Manager, LLC.
Net Working Capital ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.4(a).
Open Source Code ” means any Software source, object or other code that is distributed as “free software” or “open source software” or is otherwise distributed publicly in source code form

8
LEGAL123381588.30

 

under “copyleft” or terms that permit modification and redistribution of such software. Open Source Code includes software code that is licensed under the GNU General Public License, GNU Lesser General Public License, Mozilla License, Common Public License, Apache License, BSD License, Artistic License, Berkeley Software Distribution License, Open Source Initiative License, Sun Community Source License and the like.
Other Consent ” means any consent, approval, license, certificate, covenant, waiver, authorization, novation or notice of or to any Person, arising under any Material Contract or otherwise, other than a Government Consent.
Owned Real Property ” means all real property owned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
PBGC ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.13(e).
Permitted Liens ” means (i) mechanic’s, materialmen’s, carriers’, warehouseman’s, landlord’s and similar Liens with respect to any amounts not yet due or payable, (ii) Liens for Taxes not yet delinquent, or which are being contested in good faith through appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves therefor have been established in accordance with GAAP, (iii) Liens securing rental payments under capital leases arising or incurred in the ordinary course of business, (iv) other Liens arising in the ordinary course of business and not incurred in connection with the borrowing of money which do not materially adversely impair the present use of the applicable assets, and (v) the Permitted Real Property Liens.
Permitted Real Property Liens ” means Liens on real property (including easements, covenants, rights of way and similar restrictions) that (i) do not materially impair the current use of such real property, or (ii) are described in clause (i) or (ii) of the definition of Permitted Liens.
Person ” means any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture, joint stock company, Governmental Authority or other entity of any kind.
Personal Data ” means a natural person’s name, street address, telephone number, e‑mail address, photograph, social security number, driver’s license number, credit card number, passport number, or customer or account number, any other piece of information that allows the identification of a natural person that pertain to any past or present personnel of the Company or its Subsidiaries or any users of any of the Company Products.
Pre-Closing Tax Period ” means any Tax period that ends on or prior to the Closing Date and, in the case of a Straddle Period, the portion of such Straddle Period ending on and including the Closing Date.
Pre-Closing Taxes ” means (i) Taxes of or imposed on or with respect to any member of the Company Group attributable to Pre-Closing Tax Periods (in the case of any Straddle Period, as determined in accordance with Section 9.2(e)), including Taxes arising out of the Spin-Off, (iii) Taxes of any member of an affiliated, consolidated, combined or unitary group of which any member of the Company Group (or any predecessor) is or was a member on or prior to the Closing Date, including pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 or any analogous or similar state, local, foreign or other Law or regulation, and (iv) Taxes of any Person (other than a member of the Company Group (excluding the Excluded Companies)) imposed on any member of the Company Group (other than the Excluded Companies) as a transferee or successor, by Contract or pursuant to any Law, rule, or regulation, or otherwise, which Taxes relate to an event or transaction occurring before the Closing.

9
LEGAL123381588.30

 

Preliminary Closing Balance Sheet ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.3.
Prior Company Counsel ” has the meaning specified in Section 13.14.
Privacy Policy ” means each privacy policy of the Company or its Subsidiaries, including any privacy policy specifically applicable to (a) the privacy of subscribers and users of the Company Products during the applicable period of such Privacy Policy, (b) the collection, storage, disclosure, and transfer of any Personal Data during the applicable period of such Privacy Policy, and (c) any Personal Data contained in employee information maintained by the Company during the applicable period of such Privacy Policy.
Purchase Price ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.2.
Qualified Plan ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.13(c).
Reference Balance Sheet ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.3.
Registered IP ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.21(a).
Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Registration Rights Agreement in the form of attached Exhibit G .
Restricted Cash ” means the cash held in a certificate of deposit used to collateralize the Insurance Letters of Credit.
SDUT ” means The San Diego Union‑Tribune, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
SDUT Pension Plan ” means The San Diego Union-Tribune LLC Retirement Plan, plan number 001, as originally effective as of January 1, 1954, and as thereafter amended from time to time.
SEC ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.7(a).
Securities Act ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.7.
Seller ” has the meaning specified in the preamble hereto.
Seller Parties ” has the meaning specified in the preamble hereto.
Software ” means any and all computer programs, software (including object and source code), firmware, middleware, applications, APIs, web widgets, code and related algorithms, models and methodologies, files, documentation related to any of the foregoing and all other tangible embodiments thereof.
Special Cap ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.7(b).
Spin-Off ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.1.
Straddle Period ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.2(e).
Subsidiary ” means, with respect to a Person, a corporation or other entity of which more than 50% of the voting power of the equity securities or equity interests is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person.

10
LEGAL123381588.30

 

Systems ” means servers, computers, hardware systems, circuits, networks and other computer and telecommunications assets and equipment.
Tax Distributions ” means distributions by the Company to Seller in amounts reasonably calculated to permit Seller (or the direct or indirect owners of Seller, to the extent Seller is fiscally transparent for applicable Tax purposes) to pay federal and state income Taxes, franchise Taxes and other similar Taxes incurred in respect of the assets or operations of the Company Group.
Tax Returns ” means any return, declaration, report, statement or other document filed or required to be filed with a Governmental Authority with respect to Taxes, including any claims for refunds of Taxes, any schedules or attachments thereto and any amendments of or supplements to any of the foregoing.
Taxes ” means (i) all federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes of any kind whatsoever, or however denominated (whether disputed or not), including without limitation all income, gross receipts, license, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, escheat, occupation, premium, windfall profits, customs duties, capital stock, ad valorem, value added, inventory, franchise, profits, withholding, social security (or similar), unemployment, disability, real property, personal property, sales, use, transfer, registration, alternative or add‑on minimum or estimated taxes, and including any interest, penalty or addition thereto, in each case, imposed by a Governmental Authority and (ii)  any liability for payment of amounts described in clause (i) as a result of being (or ceasing to be) a member of any affiliated group as defined in Section 1504 of the Code, or being a member of any analogous combined, consolidated or unitary group defined under state, local, foreign or other Law (or being included (or required to be included) in any Tax Return relating thereto), as a transferee or successor, or otherwise pursuant to any Law, rule, or regulation.
TCPA Litigation ” means the case entitled Amanda Stone v. The San Diego Union‑Tribune, LLC, SDCA Case No. 3:15-cv-00237-BEN-KSC.
Third Party Claim ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.4(a).
Third Party Content ” means content, video, data, or advertisements of any kind or description that is displayed on or through a Company Product pursuant to a Contract between a third party and the Company.
Title IV Plan ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.13(e).
Transaction Documents ” mean this Agreement and the other agreements and certificates (i) delivered by the Seller Parties, the Company or their Affiliates to Acquiror and (ii) delivered by Acquiror or its Affiliates to the Seller Parties, the Company or their Affiliates, in each case, pursuant to Article III or Article X hereof, at or prior to the Closing.
Transfer Taxes ” means all transfer, sales, use, documentary, and stamp Taxes, all conveyance fees and recording charges and all other similar Taxes, fees and charges incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, excluding the Spin-Off.
Tribune Common Stock ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.2.
Tribune Publishing Company SEC Documents ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.7(a).
Trust Seller ” has the meaning specified in the preamble hereto.

11
LEGAL123381588.30

 

Trust Seller Debt ” means that certain agreement or arrangements between the Company or its Subsidiaries and Trust Seller relating to the payment of approximately $16,053,000 during June 2014 by Trust Seller to Company for purposes of paying off a Company credit facility with Bank of America.
Trust Seller Debt Affidavit ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.2(f).
U-T San Diego Business ” means each of (a) other than the Excluded Assets, the business comprised of all assets held by Seller or its Subsidiaries as of immediately prior to Closing, and (b) the publishing businesses conducted by or proposed to be conducted by the Company and its Affiliates (including but not limited to Seller, UT Community News, UT-TV, LLC, Manchester Freedom, LLC and Project Safari Real Property Holdings, LLC), including: (i) publishing The U-T San Diego newspaper and its internet site www.UTSanDiego.com; (ii) publishing the Night + Day and Discover SD weekly entertainment guide and website, www.discoversd.com; (iii) publishing the Spanish-language products, Enlace, Vida Latina San Diego, and SanDiegoRed.com; (iv) U-T TV, a digital platform that provides contents, news and programming; (v) publishing local community papers; (vi) the newspaper formerly known as North County Times; (vii) except to the extent an Excluded Asset, all assets related to each of these; (viii) publishing all Sunday editions of the foregoing publications; and (ix) except to the extent an Excluded Asset, operating a commercial printing, production and distribution business and a paper handling and storage business and the other operations conducted by the Company and its subsidiaries in connection with such business.
Wire Instructions ” means the wire instructions set forth on attached Exhibit E .
Woodard Litigation ” means the case entitled Woodard v. The San Diego Union‑Tribune, LLC, San Diego Superior Court Case No. 37‐2014‐00012003‐CU‐OE‐CTL.
Working Capital Adjustment Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.4(c).
Working Capital Target Amount ” means negative Three Million Dollars (-$3,000,000).
1.2      Construction .
(a)      Unless the context of this Agreement otherwise requires, (i) words of any gender include each other gender; (ii) words using the singular or plural number also include the plural or singular number, respectively; (iii) the terms “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” “hereto” and derivative or similar words refer to this entire Agreement; (iv) the terms “Article,” “Section,” “Schedule” or “Annex” refer to the specified Article or Section of, or Schedule or Annex to, this Agreement; (v) the word “including” shall mean “including, without limitation” and (vi) the word “or” shall be disjunctive but not exclusive.
(b)      Unless the context of this Agreement otherwise requires, references to agreements and other documents shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments and other modifications thereto.
(c)      Unless the context of this Agreement otherwise requires, references to statutes shall include all regulations promulgated thereunder and references to statutes or regulations shall be construed as including all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending or replacing the statute or regulation.

12
LEGAL123381588.30

 

(d)      The language used in this Agreement shall be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent and no rule of strict construction shall be applied against any party.
(e)      Whenever this Agreement refers to a number of days, such number shall refer to calendar days unless Business Days are specified.
(f)      All accounting terms used herein and not expressly defined herein shall have the meanings given to them under GAAP.
1.3      Knowledge . As used herein, the phrase “to the knowledge” of any Person shall mean (a) the actual knowledge of, (i) in the case of the Company or Seller, Douglas F. Manchester, Richard V. Gibbons, Ryan Kiesel, and Chris Lipp, (ii) in the case of Trust Seller, Douglas F. Manchester, (iii) in the case of Individual Seller (including in his capacity as a Seller), Individual Seller and (iv) in the case of Acquiror, the executive officers of Acquiror, and (b) the knowledge that each such person listed in (a) would reasonably be expected to obtain in the course of diligently performing his or her duties.
ARTICLE II.     
PURCHASE AND SALE OF INTERESTS
2.1      Purchase and Sale of Interests . Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, at the Closing, Seller shall sell, transfer, assign, convey and deliver to Acquiror, and Acquiror shall purchase and accept from Seller, all of the Company Interests owned by Seller, free and clear of all Liens, but excluding the Excluded Assets. The parties hereby acknowledge that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Company will distribute the Excluded Assets to the Trust Seller and MVH immediately prior to the Closing in accordance with the provisions of the definition of Excluded Assets (such distribution, the “ Spin-Off ”). For avoidance of doubt, the Spin-Off shall include the distribution to the Trust Seller of all obligations under that certain Promissory Note Secured by Deed of Trust originally dated October 18, 2012 by MVH in favor of American National Insurance Company for a mortgage on the MVH Real Property (the “ MVH Mortgage ”) and all documents and agreements attendant to the MVH Mortgage.
2.2      Purchase Price . Subject to the adjustments set forth in this Agreement, the aggregate purchase price (the “ Purchase Price ”) payable by Acquiror to Seller or such other Persons as set forth herein for the Company Interests shall be $85,000,000, which shall consist of (a) the Closing Cash Payment (as defined below) and (b) the issuance and delivery at Closing of an aggregate number of shares of common stock of Tribune Publishing Company, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Tribune Common Stock ”), equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i) $12,000,000 by (ii) the Average Trading Price; provided , that in the event of any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend or dividend payable in other securities, reorganization, reclassification, merger, combination, recapitalization, or other like event that occurs after the date hereof and prior to the Closing (or in respect of which a record date or effective date, as applicable, has been declared and passed within such period) that changes the outstanding shares of Tribune Common Stock into a different number of shares or a different class of stock, then any number, amount or definition contained herein that is used for purposes of determining the number of shares of Tribune Common Stock to be received by Seller or such other Persons as set forth herein for the Company Interests will be appropriately adjusted to provide Seller or such Persons with the same economic effect as contemplated by this Agreement prior to such event; provided , further , that the aggregate payment hereunder to be made in the form of shares of Tribune Common Stock shall be made only in whole shares of Tribune Common Stock, and any

13
LEGAL123381588.30

 

fractional share shall be rounded up to the nearest whole share. Subject to the adjustments set forth in this Agreement, the “ Closing Cash Payment ” shall be an amount equal to:
(a)      $73,000,000
(b)      plus , any Estimated Net Working Capital Surplus Amount, if any;
(c)      less , any Estimated Net Working Capital Deficit Amount, if any;
and
(d)      less the sum of (i) the Estimated Acquisition Expenses, (ii) any and all amounts outstanding under the MFG Note as of the Closing, including, without limitation, any and all accrued interest, prepayment penalties or other amounts due and owing thereunder (which amounts under the MFG Note shall be paid to MFG at the Closing) (iii) any and all amounts outstanding relating to the Trust Seller Debt including, without limitation, any and all accrued interest, prepayment penalties or other amounts due and owing thereunder (which amounts under the Trust Seller Debt shall be paid to Trust Seller at the Closing) and (iv) the amount of any Funded Debt of the Company Group outstanding as of the Closing other than the MFG Note and the Trust Seller Debt to the extent accounted for in clause (ii) and (iii) herein and the Contingent Seller Notes.
Not less than three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, the Seller shall deliver to Acquiror, in a form reasonably acceptable to Acquiror, a spreadsheet certified by an authorized officer of the Seller setting forth the Seller’s calculation of the Closing Cash Payment calculated in accordance with this Section 2.2 and including all amounts outstanding under the MFG Note, all amounts outstanding under the Trust Seller Debt and all other Funded Debt (the “ Closing Date Payment Spreadsheet ”).
2.3      Estimated Net Working Capital Amount; Estimated Acquisition Expenses . Not less than five (5) Business Days prior to the Closing Date and in no event more than seven (7) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall prepare (in consultation with Acquiror) and deliver to Acquiror (1) an unaudited estimated consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the opening of business on the Closing Date; provided , however , that such balance sheet shall reflect the Spin-Off and Asset Transfer (the “ Preliminary Closing Balance Sheet ”), and (2) a certificate signed by an officer of the Company certifying on behalf of the Company as to, in each case as of the opening of business on the Closing Date: (a) its good faith estimate of (i) Closing Date Net Working Capital based upon the financial information reflected in the Preliminary Closing Balance Sheet (“ Estimated Closing Date Net Working Capital ”) and (ii) the aggregate amount of Acquisition Expenses (“ Estimated Acquisition Expenses ”) and (b) the Company’s calculation of any Estimated Net Working Capital Deficit Amount or Estimated Net Working Capital Surplus Amount. The Preliminary Closing Balance Sheet shall be prepared (A) using the books and records of the Company and its Subsidiaries (after giving effect to the Spin-Off and Asset Transfer) and in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”) (except that it is an estimate), applied in a manner consistent with the preparation of the unaudited balance sheet for March 31, 2014 included in the MLIM Interim Financial Statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.8 (the “ Reference Balance Sheet ”) (except that the Preliminary Closing Balance Sheet shall reflect the Spin-Off and Asset Transfer), and (B) in accordance with the definition of Net Working Capital set forth in this Agreement and the illustrative calculation of Net Working Capital attached hereto as Exhibit F . The Company shall give Acquiror and its representatives timely access to all information and reasonable access to employees as Acquiror or its representatives shall reasonably request in connection with the foregoing items, including reasonable supporting documentation and/or all work

14
LEGAL123381588.30

 

papers of the personnel who prepared such items (with respect to the auditors of the Company and its Subsidiaries, subject to the execution of customary work paper access letters if requested). In the event that Acquiror notifies the Company, in writing, at least one (1) Business Day prior to the Closing Date, that it disputes the amounts of any of the estimates described above, the parties shall cooperate in good faith to resolve any such dispute as promptly as practicable; provided , that (I) if, prior to the Closing, the parties agree in writing to any changes to any of the estimates described above, such estimate(s) shall be modified as so agreed and (II) if the parties are unable, prior to the Closing, to agree on adjustments to such disputed estimates, then the certificate delivered by the Company pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall control with respect thereto, subject to any modifications to which the parties have agreed in writing. No later than one (1) Business Day prior to the Closing, the Company shall provide Acquiror with wire instructions, to the extent available, for each Person entitled to a portion of the Acquisition Expenses estimated in the Company’s certificate.
2.4      Adjustment Amount .
(a)      As soon as reasonably practicable following the Closing Date, and in any event within sixty (60) calendar days thereof, Acquiror shall prepare and deliver to Seller (i) an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries reflecting the Spin-Off and Asset Transfer (the “ Closing Balance Sheet ”), (ii) a calculation of Net Working Capital (“ Closing Date Net Working Capital ”) based upon the financial information reflected in the Closing Balance Sheet, and (iii) a calculation of the Acquisition Expenses (the “ Actual Acquisition Expenses ”) in each case, calculated as of the opening of business on the Closing Date; provided , however , that such calculations shall reflect the Spin-Off and Asset Transfer. The Closing Balance Sheet shall be prepared (A) using the books and records of the Company and its Subsidiaries (after giving effect to the Spin-Off and Asset Transfer) and in accordance with GAAP, applied in a manner consistent with the preparation of the Reference Balance Sheet (except that the Closing Balance Sheet shall reflect the Spin-Off and Asset Transfer), and (B) in accordance with the definition of Net Working Capital set forth in this Agreement and the illustrative calculation of Net Working Capital attached hereto as Exhibit F . Following the Closing, Acquiror shall provide Seller and its representatives timely access to all information and reasonable access to the employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries (during regular business hours, in such manner as to not interfere with the normal operation of Acquiror and the Company and its Subsidiaries) as Seller may reasonably request in connection with the foregoing items, including reasonable documentation and/or all work papers of the personnel who prepared such items (with respect to the auditors of the Company and its Subsidiaries, subject to the execution of customary work paper access letters if requested) and shall cause the personnel of the Company and its Subsidiaries to cooperate with Seller in connection with its review of the Closing Balance Sheet. “ Net Working Capital ” as of any date shall mean (i) the consolidated current assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries (after giving effect to the Spin-Off and Asset Transfer) as of such date (excluding deferred Tax assets), minus (ii) the consolidated current liabilities of the Company and its Subsidiaries (after giving effect to the Spin-Off and Asset Transfer) as of such date (excluding (x) deferred Tax liabilities, (y) the Acquisition Expenses, and (z) the MFG Note, the Trust Seller Debt, the MVH Mortgage, and accruals related to Carrier Litigation) in each case, calculated in accordance with GAAP applied in a manner consistent with the preparation of the Reference Balance Sheet (except that such calculations shall be made after giving effect to the Spin-Off and Asset Transfer) and the illustrative calculation of Net Working Capital attached hereto as Exhibit F ; provided , however , that, for purposes of calculating Net Working Capital, “current assets” and “current liabilities” shall include line items substantially the same as those included as “current assets” and “current liabilities” in the illustrative calculation of Net Working Capital attached hereto as Exhibit F .

15
LEGAL123381588.30

 

(b)      If Seller shall disagree with the calculation of Closing Date Net Working Capital and/or the Actual Acquisition Expenses, it shall notify Acquiror of such disagreement in writing within forty‑five (45) days after its receipt of the Closing Balance Sheet. In the event that Seller does not provide such a notice of disagreement within such forty‑five (45) day period, Seller shall be deemed to have accepted the Closing Balance Sheet and the calculation of Closing Date Net Working Capital and the Actual Acquisition Expenses delivered by Acquiror, which shall be final, binding and conclusive for all purposes hereunder. In the event any such notice of disagreement is timely provided, Acquiror and Seller shall use reasonable best efforts for a period of forty‑five (45) days (or such longer period as they may mutually agree) to resolve any disagreements with respect to the calculations of Closing Date Net Working Capital and/or Actual Acquisition Expenses. If, at the end of such period, they are unable to resolve such disagreements, then an independent accounting or financial consulting firm of recognized national standing as may be mutually selected by Acquiror and Seller (the “ Auditor ”) shall resolve any remaining disagreements. Each of Acquiror and Seller shall promptly provide their assertions regarding the Closing Date Net Working Capital and/or Actual Acquisition Expenses and, to the extent relevant thereto, the Closing Balance Sheet in writing to the Auditor and to each other. The Auditor shall be instructed to render its determination with respect to such disagreements as soon as reasonably possible (which the parties hereto agree should not be later than forty‑five (45) days following the day on which the disagreement is referred to the Auditor). The Auditor shall base its determination solely on (i) the written submissions of the parties and shall not conduct an independent investigation and (ii) the extent (if any) to which the Closing Date Net Working Capital and/or Actual Acquisition Expenses require adjustment (only with respect to the remaining disagreements submitted to the Auditor). The determination of the Auditor shall be final, conclusive and binding on the parties. The date on which Closing Date Net Working Capital and Actual Acquisition Expenses are finally determined in accordance with this Section 2.4 is hereinafter referred to as the “ Determination Date .” The Auditor shall not assign any value to Closing Date Net Working Capital or Actual Acquisition Expenses that is higher than the highest amount proposed by Acquiror or Seller or lower than the lowest amount proposed by Acquiror or Seller. All fees and expenses of the Auditor relating to the work, if any, to be performed by the Auditor hereunder shall be borne pro rata as between Acquiror, on the one hand, and Seller, on the other, in proportion to the allocation of the dollar value of the amounts in dispute between Acquiror and Seller made by the Auditor such that the party prevailing on the greater dollar value of such disputes pays the lesser proportion of the fees and expenses.
(c)      The “ Adjustment Amount ,” which may be positive or negative, shall mean the Working Capital Adjustment Amount plus the Acquisition Expenses Adjustment Amount. The “ Working Capital Adjustment Amount ” shall mean Closing Date Net Working Capital (as finally determined in accordance with Section 2.4), minus Estimated Closing Date Net Working Capital. The “ Acquisition Expenses Adjustment Amount ” shall mean the Estimated Acquisition Expenses minus the Actual Acquisition Expenses (as finally determined in accordance with Section 2.4). If the Adjustment Amount is a positive number, then the Purchase Price shall be increased by the Adjustment Amount, and if the Adjustment Amount is a negative number, the Purchase Price shall be decreased by the absolute value of the Adjustment Amount. The Adjustment Amount shall be paid in accordance with Section 2.4(d).
(d)      If the Adjustment Amount is a positive number (such amount, the “ Increase Amount ”), then, promptly following the Determination Date, and in any event within five (5) Business Days of the Determination Date, Acquiror shall pay to Seller an amount in cash equal to the Increase Amount. If the Adjustment Amount is a negative number (the absolute value of such amount, the “ Deficit Amount ”), then, promptly following the Determination Date, and in any event within five

16
LEGAL123381588.30

 

(5) Business Days of the Determination Date, Seller shall pay to Acquiror an amount in cash equal to the Deficit Amount.
2.5      Withholding . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Acquiror, the Seller Parties and the Company shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from the cash otherwise deliverable under this Agreement, and from any other consideration otherwise paid or delivered in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, to any Person such amounts that Acquiror, the Seller Parties and the Company, respectively, are required to deduct and withhold with respect to any such deliveries and payments under the Code or any provision of state, local, provincial or foreign Tax Law. To the extent that amounts are so withheld and duly deposited with the appropriate Governmental Authority, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the Person in respect of which such deduction and withholding was made. The parties hereto shall make commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate in good faith to minimize any amounts that Acquiror is required to deduct or withhold.
2.6      Purchase Price Allocation . Acquiror shall allocate the Purchase Price among the assets of the Company Group (other than the Excluded Companies) in accordance with Section 1060 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder (and any similar provision of state, local or foreign Law, as appropriate) (the “ Allocation ”). Acquiror shall deliver to the Seller its proposed Allocation within ninety (90) days after the Determination Date. Acquiror and the Seller shall work in good faith to resolve any disputes relating to the Allocation within sixty (60) days of Acquiror’s delivery of the proposed Allocation. If at the end of such period Acquiror and the Seller are unable to resolve any such disputes, then the Seller shall not be bound by Acquiror’s proposed Allocation, and each of Acquiror and the Seller shall be entitled to file its Tax Returns (including Internal Revenue Service Form 8594), and prepare its financial statements and other documents that may be affected by the Allocation in such manner as it deems appropriate in its sole discretion. If, and only if, the parties are able to reach agreement on the Allocation, then the parties hereto shall file all Tax Returns (including Internal Revenue Service Form 8594) consistent with the Allocation.
ARTICLE III.     
CLOSING
3.1      Closing . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the consummation of the purchase and sale of the Company Interests and the other transactions contemplated hereby (the “ Closing ”) shall take place upon the later of (a) June 12, 2015, and (b) as soon as practicable after satisfaction or waiver of the last to be fulfilled of the conditions in Article X (other than those conditions that are to be satisfied at Closing), at such time and place as Acquiror and Seller may mutually agree. The date on which the Closing actually occurs is referred to in this Agreement as the “ Closing Date .”
3.2      Company Closing Deliveries . At the Closing, the Company shall deliver (or cause to be delivered) to Acquiror all of the following:
(a)      the written resignation of each of the Manager(s) and officers of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries;
(b)      a certificate of the Secretary of the Company, dated as of the Closing Date and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Acquiror, certifying and attaching: (A) the certificate of formation of the Company and the limited liability company agreement of the Company (“ LLC Agreement ”); (B) the unanimous written consent of the member of the Company authorizing, approving and adopting this Agreement and the other transactions contemplated hereby; and (C) the

17
LEGAL123381588.30

 

incumbency and signatures of the officers of the Company executing this Agreement and the other agreements, instruments and other documents executed by or on behalf of the Company pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby;
(c)      evidence of termination of the employment by Company or any of its Subsidiaries of each of the individuals listed on Exhibit A ;
(d)      a non-foreign affidavit, duly executed by the Seller in accordance with Section 1445 and the Treasury Regulations thereunder;
(e)      evidence in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Acquiror of the termination and cancellation of the MFG Note, the termination of any and all Liens in respect thereof, including, without limitation, that certain UCC Financing Statement (#20114715747) filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on December 8, 2011, and the return to the Company of any and all collateral pledged by or on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in connection therewith;
(f)      with respect to the Trust Seller Debt, (i) a promissory note in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Acquiror, duly executed by Company and Trust Seller, memorializing the Trust Seller Debt, (ii) an affidavit in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Acquiror, duly executed by Company, confirming the Trust Seller Debt as bona fide debt of Company made in the ordinary course of the Company’s business and not in anticipation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “ Trust Seller Debt Affidavit ”), and (iii) evidence in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Acquiror of the termination and cancellation of the promissory note delivered pursuant to (i) above;
(g)      such instruments as are reasonably acceptable to Acquiror evidencing the Spin-Off and which shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the assignment of membership interests set forth in Section 3.3(a);
(h)      such instruments as are reasonably acceptable to Acquiror pursuant to which all assets that are primarily related to the U-T San Diego Business (other than the Excluded Assets) and that are owned by Affiliates of the Seller Parties, other than the Company or its Subsidiaries, are transferred and assigned to the Company or its Subsidiaries in a manner reasonably acceptable to Acquiror (the “ Asset Transfer ”);
(i)      evidence of the purchase by the Company of a D&O Tail Policy;
(j)      a spreadsheet certified by the Seller setting forth Seller’s calculation of the portion of the Purchase Price payable at Closing, calculated in accordance with Section 2.2; and
(k)      payoff letters in customary form satisfactory to Acquiror (specifying effectiveness upon receipt of payment and providing releases satisfactory to Acquiror) with respect to all payments relating to the MFG Note and the Trust Seller Debt in amounts not greater than the amounts set forth in the Closing Date Payment Spreadsheet executed by MFG and the Trust Seller as applicable.
3.3      Seller Party Closing Deliveries . At the Closing, the Seller Parties and Seller, as applicable, shall deliver (or cause to be delivered) to Acquiror all of the following:
(e)      An assignment of membership interests, in a form to be agreed upon by Acquiror and the Seller Parties, representing all of the Company Interests held by Seller, duly executed, free and clear of all Liens;

18
LEGAL123381588.30

 

(f)      a spreadsheet setting forth the Persons to whom Acquisition Expenses are payable and each such Person’s portion of the Estimated Acquisition Expenses, and a payoff letter from each such Person in form and content reasonably satisfactory to Acquiror;
(g)      a certificate of the Secretary of Seller, dated as of the Closing Date and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Acquiror, certifying and attaching: (A) the certificate of formation and limited liability company agreement of Seller; (B) the unanimous written consent the members of the Seller authorizing, approving and adopting this Agreement and the other transactions contemplated hereby; and (C) the incumbency and signatures of the officers of the Seller executing this Agreement and the other agreements, instruments and other documents executed by or on behalf of the Seller pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby;
(h)      a properly completed IRS Form W‑9 or applicable IRS Form W‑8, as applicable, certifying as to Seller’s exemption from U.S. federal backup withholding;
(i)      such instruments as are reasonably acceptable to Acquiror evidencing the Spin-Off;
(j)      a counterpart signature page to the Trust Seller Debt Affidavit;
(k)      such instruments as are reasonably acceptable to Acquiror evidencing the Asset Transfer;
(l)      the Lease and the Lease Assignment, each executed by MFG. The Parties acknowledge that the Lease Assignment will be deemed fully executed and delivered prior to the execution of the Lease; and
(m)      the Registration Rights Agreement.
3.4      Acquiror Closing Deliveries . At the Closing, Acquiror shall deliver (or cause to be delivered) all of the following:
(a)      To Seller or its designee, by wire transfer of immediately available funds in accordance with the Wire Instructions, an amount equal to the Closing Cash Payment;
(b)      To Seller or its designee, a certificate representing the shares of Tribune Common Stock as set forth in Section 2.2 or evidence that such shares have been issued in book entry form, free and clear of any Liens, other than transfer restrictions under applicable federal and state securities laws;
(c)      To MFG, payment in full for all amounts due and owing under the MFG Note as set forth in the Closing Date Payment Spreadsheet;
(d)      To Trust Seller, payment in full for all amounts due and owing under the Trust Seller Debt as set forth in the Closing Date Payment Spreadsheet;
(e)      To Seller, the Lease and the Lease Assignment, each executed by SDUT;
(f)      The Registration Rights Agreement; and
(g)      Evidence of the issuance of new letters of credit in favor of Sentry Insurance (as holder of cash in the amount of $75,000 serving as Insurance Collateral) and each of the insurance company beneficiaries of the Insurance Letters of Credit such that the Insurance Collateral will no

19
LEGAL123381588.30

 

longer be required as collateral for obligations of the Company or its Subsidiaries to such insurance companies.
ARTICLE IV.     
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY
Except as set forth in the Schedules to this Agreement, the Company represents and warrants to Acquiror as of the date of this Agreement as follows:
4.1      Corporate Organization of the Company . The Company has been duly formed and is validly existing as a limited liability company in good standing under the Laws of the State of Delaware and has all necessary power and authority to own, lease and use its properties and assets and to conduct its business as it is now being conducted. The copies of the certificate of formation of the Company and of the LLC Agreement made available to Acquiror are true, correct and complete. The Company is duly licensed or qualified and in good standing as a foreign limited liability company in each jurisdiction in which the ownership of its property or the character of its activities is such as to require it to be so licensed or qualified, except such jurisdictions where the failure to be so licensed or qualified would not be, individually or in the aggregate, material. The Company is not in violation of its certificate of formation or the LLC Agreement.
4.2      Subsidiaries . The Subsidiaries of the Company are set forth on Schedule 4.2 . The Subsidiaries have been duly formed and are validly existing as limited liability companies under the laws of their jurisdiction of incorporation or organization, in each case as set forth on Schedule 4.2 , and have the power and authority to own, lease and use their properties and assets and to conduct their business as it is now being conducted. The Company has made available to Acquiror true, correct and complete copies of the certificate of formation and limited liability company agreement of each of its Subsidiaries. Each Subsidiary is duly licensed or qualified and in good standing as a foreign or extra‑provincial corporation (or other entity, if applicable) in each jurisdiction in which its ownership of property or the character of its activities is such as to require it to be so licensed or qualified or in good standing, as applicable, except where the failure to be so licensed or qualified or in good standing would not be, individually or in the aggregate material. None of the Subsidiaries is in violation of its certificate of formation or limited liability company agreement.
4.3      Due Authorization . The Company has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and under each other Transaction Document to which it is or, at the Closing will become, a party, and to perform its obligations hereunder and each such other Transaction Document, and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly and validly authorized and approved by the board of managers of the Company, and no other proceeding on the part of the Company is necessary to authorize this Agreement or any other Transaction Document. This Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which the Company is or, at the Closing, will become a party, have been or, at the Closing, will be, as the case may be, duly and validly executed and delivered by the Company and (assuming the due authorization and valid execution and delivery of this Agreement by Acquiror) constitute, or with respect to any Transaction Document to be executed at Closing, will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and similar Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity.

20
LEGAL123381588.30

 

4.4      No Conflict . Subject to the receipt of the Government Consents and Other Consents set forth on Schedule 4.5 and except as set forth on Schedule 4.4 , the execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement, or any other agreement or document contemplated by this Agreement, and the consummation or performance of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby do not and will not: (a) contravene, conflict with or result in a violation of the certificate of formation, the limited liability company agreement or other organizational documents of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (b) contravene, conflict with or result in a violation of, or give any Governmental Authority or other Person the right to challenge any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or to exercise any remedy or obtain any relief under, any Law or any Governmental Order to which the Company or its Subsidiaries, or any of the assets owned or used by the Company or its Subsidiaries, is subject; (c) contravene, conflict with or result in a violation of any of the terms or requirements of, or give any Governmental Authority the right to revoke, withdraw, suspend, cancel, terminate or modify, any required Governmental Authorization; (d) contravene, conflict with or result in a violation or breach of, or result in a default under, any provision of any Material Contract; (e) give any Person the right to (i) declare a default or exercise any remedy under any Material Contract, (ii) accelerate the maturity or performance of any Material Contract, or (iii) cancel, terminate or modify any Material Contract; or (f) result in the imposition or creation of any Lien upon any of the properties or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or constitute an event which, after notice or lapse of time or both, would result in any such violation, breach, termination or creation of a Lien, other than Permitted Liens.
4.5      Notices and Consents . Except as set forth on Schedule 4.5 , no Government Consent or Other Consent or notice under any Contract or Material Permit is required on the part of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to the Company’s execution or delivery of this Agreement, or any other agreement or document contemplated by this Agreement, or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.
4.6      Capitalization of the Company .
(a)      The membership interests of the Company consist solely of the Company Interests, which are held as set forth on Schedule 4.6(a) . All of the issued and outstanding Company Interests have been duly authorized and validly issued and were not issued in violation of any Person’s preemptive or other purchase rights.
(b)      The Company has not granted any interest in, or option or other right (contingent or otherwise), including any right of first refusal or right of first offer, to acquire membership interests or any equity or other ownership interest in the Company. Except as set forth in the LLC Agreement, the Company is not, and no other Person is, a party to any (i) voting trust or agreement, membership agreement, pledge agreement, buy‑sell agreement, right of first refusal, preemptive right, stock appreciation right, redemption or repurchase right, anti‑dilutive right or proxy relating to the Company Interests or the Company, (ii) Contract restricting the transfer of, or requiring the registration for sale of, the Company Interests, or (iii) option, warrant, call, right or other Contract to issue, deliver, grant, convert, exchange, sell, subscribe for, purchase, redeem or acquire any membership interests or equity or other ownership interest of the Company or agreement to enter into any Contract with respect thereto.
4.7      Capitalization of Subsidiaries . The Company or one of its wholly owned Subsidiaries, in each case as set forth on Schedule 4.7 , own of record and beneficially all the membership interests of the Company’s Subsidiaries free and clear of any Liens. None of the Company’s Subsidiaries have granted any interest in, or option or other right (contingent or otherwise), including any right of first

21
LEGAL123381588.30

 

refusal or right of first offer, to acquire the membership interests or any equity or other ownership interest in any of the Company’s Subsidiaries. Except as set forth in the limited liability company agreements of the Company’s Subsidiaries, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is, nor is any other Person, a party to any (i) voting trust or agreement, membership agreement, pledge agreement, buy‑sell agreement, right of first refusal, preemptive right, stock appreciation right, redemption or repurchase right, anti‑dilutive right or proxy relating to the Company’s Subsidiaries or their membership interests, (ii) Contract restricting the transfer of, or requiring the registration for sale of, the membership interests of the Company’s Subsidiaries, or (iii) option, warrant, call, right or other Contract to issue, deliver, grant, convert, exchange, sell, subscribe for, purchase, redeem or acquire any membership interests or equity or other ownership interest of the Company’s Subsidiaries or agreement to enter into any Contract with respect thereto.
4.8      Financial Statements .
(a)      The Company has made available to Acquiror (i) the audited consolidated balance sheets and statements of income, cash flow and changes in members’ equity of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012, December 29, 2013 and January 4, 2015 and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012, December 29, 2013 and January 4, 2015, in each case together with the auditor’s reports thereon (the “ MLIM Audited Financial Statements ”) and, (ii) an unaudited consolidated balance sheet and statements of income and cash flow of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of March 31, 2015 and for the three-month period then ended (the “ MLIM Interim Financial Statements ” and, together with the MLIM Audited Financial Statements, the “ MLIM Financial Statements ”). The MLIM Financial Statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position and results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the dates and for the periods indicated in such MLIM Financial Statements and have been prepared in conformity with GAAP consistently applied throughout the periods covered (except in the case of the MLIM Interim Financial Statements for the absence of footnotes and for normal year‑end adjustments, which individually and in the aggregate are not expected to be material).
(b)      The Company has made available to Acquiror a pro forma unaudited consolidated balance sheet and statements of income and cash flow of the Company and its Subsidiaries specifically excluding the Excluded Assets and including any assets transferred in the Asset Transfer, in each case as of December 29, 2013 and January 4, 2015 and March 31, 2015 and for the fiscal years ended December 29, 2013 and January 4, 2015 and the three-month period ended March 31, 2015 (collectively, the “ Company Pro Forma Financial Statements ”). The Company Pro Forma Financial Statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position and results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries (excluding the Excluded Assets and including any assets transferred in the Asset Transfer), as of the dates and for the periods indicated in such Company Pro Forma Financial Statements and have been prepared in conformity with GAAP consistently applied throughout the periods covered (except for (i) the exclusion of the Excluded Assets and inclusion of the assets transferred in the Asset Transfer and (ii) the absence of footnotes and for normal year-end adjustments, which individually and in the aggregate are not expected to be material).
(c)      The books, records and accounts of the Company and its Subsidiaries accurately and fairly reflect, in all material respects and in reasonable detail, the transactions in and dispositions of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries. Schedule 4.8(c) lists, and the Company has made available to the Acquiror, copies of the documentation creating or governing, all securitization transactions and “off-balance sheet arrangements” (as defined in Item 303(c) of Regulation S-K promulgated by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission) effected by the Company since

22
LEGAL123381588.30

 

December 31, 2011. The Company (including its Subsidiaries) maintains internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (w) transactions by the Company and its Subsidiaries are executed in accordance with the general or specific authorizations of management of the Company or its Subsidiaries, as applicable, (x) transactions of the Company and its Subsidiaries are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain accountability for assets, (y) access to assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries is permitted only in accordance with the general or specific authorization of management of the Company or its Subsidiaries, as applicable, and (z) the recorded accountability for assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries is compared with the existing assets of the Company or its Subsidiaries, as applicable, at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.
4.9      Undisclosed Liabilities . As of the date of this agreement, except as disclosed on Schedule 4.9 , there is no liability, duty, debt or obligation of or claim against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, except for liabilities and obligations (i) reflected or reserved for on the MLIM Interim Financial Statements or disclosed in the notes thereto, (ii) that (A) have arisen since the date of the most recent balance sheet included in the MLIM Interim Financial Statements in the ordinary course of the operation of business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, and (B) are not materially greater in the aggregate than the amount of liabilities set forth in the MLIM Interim Financial Statements, (iii) that are which have been incurred in connection with the negotiation and execution of this Agreement and which if unpaid as of Closing will result in a reduction in Purchase Price in accordance with Section 2.2, (iv) pursuant to any Material Contract to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is party (other than liabilities attributable to any breach or default thereof by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries), or (v) attributable to the Contingent Seller Notes, the MFG Note, the Trust Seller Debt, the Carrier Litigation, the SDUT Pension Plan or the Insurance Letters of Credit. The Contingent Seller Notes, the MFG Note, the Trust Seller Debt and the MVH Mortgage are the only Funded Debt of the Company and its Subsidiaries.
4.10      Litigation and Proceedings; Government Orders . Except for Actions under Environmental Laws (as to which certain representations and warranties are made pursuant to Section 4.23), except for the Carrier Litigation or matters disclosed on Schedule 4.10 , there are no, and have not been since December 5, 2011 any pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, Actions at law or in equity or, investigations pending before or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened by any Governmental Authority against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Company, against any present or former officer, director or employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in his or her capacity as such. There are no writs, injunctions, decrees, arbitration decisions, unsatisfied judgments or similar orders outstanding against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has engaged in any action that (i) would reasonably be expected to constitute a libel, slander or defamation of any party, or (ii) has, within the past three (3) months, been the subject of an internal investigation by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
4.11      Legal Compliance . Except for compliance with Environmental Laws (as to which certain representations and warranties are made pursuant to Section 4.23) and except for the Carrier Litigation:
(a)      the Company and its Subsidiaries are and have at all times been in compliance in all material respects with the Laws that are applicable to it or to the conduct of its business or the ownership or use of any of its assets;

23
LEGAL123381588.30

 

(b)      no event has occurred, and no condition or circumstance exists, that would reasonably be expected to (with or without notice or lapse of time) constitute or result directly or indirectly in a material violation by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of, or a failure on the part of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to comply in all material respects with, applicable Laws; and
(c)      neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any written notice or other communication (in writing or, to the knowledge of the Company, otherwise) from any Governmental Authority or any other Person regarding any actual, alleged, possible or potential material violation of, or failure to comply in all material respects with, applicable Laws.
4.12      Contracts; No Defaults .
(a)      Schedule 4.12 contains a listing of all Contracts described in clauses (i) through (xv) below to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party, or by which any of their respective assets are bound, as of the date of this Agreement (collectively, the “ Material Contracts ”). True, correct and complete copies of the Material Contracts have been made available to Acquiror or its agents or representatives.
(i)      Each Contract listed, or required to be listed, on Schedule 4.14(d) or Schedule 4.14(e) ;
(ii)      Each Contract providing for the indemnification by the Company of any of its officers, directors, employees, or agents, in each case, in their capacity as such, or of any other Person outside of the ordinary course of business;
(iii)      Each Contract that (A) purports to restrict the business activity of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their Affiliates or to limit the freedom of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their Affiliates to engage in any line of business or to compete with any Person or in any geographic area including any agreement relating to obligations of exclusivity, rights of first refusal, rights of parity of treatment, grants of most favored nation or best price status, or rights of first negotiation to which Company has granted or is otherwise subject, or (B) imposes any other restriction on the right or ability of Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their Affiliates to transact business or deal in any other manner with any Person other than the other party to any such Contract, or (C) purports to restrict the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their Affiliates to solicit or hire for employment or otherwise engage any Person to be an employee or contractor of the Company or from soliciting any existing or potential customer (other than Contracts that do not prohibit the Company from hiring in response to general advertisements) or (D) to distribute any Company Products through any exclusive arrangement;
(iv)      Each Contract requiring the purchase by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of all or substantially all of its requirements of a particular product from a supplier and involving payments after the date of this Agreement in excess of $100,000 in the aggregate in any calendar year;
(v)      Each Contract relating to the acquisition, transfer, development, sharing, or license of any Intellectual Property that is material to the conduct of the Company’s and/or its Subsidiaries’ respective businesses as currently conducted (except for any Contract with respect to any COTS);
(vi)      Each Contract (other than Contracts of the type (without giving effect to dollar thresholds) described in other clauses of this Section 4.12(a)) that the Company reasonably anticipates will involve aggregate payments or consideration furnished by or to the Company or any

24
LEGAL123381588.30

 

of its Subsidiaries of more than $500,000 in (A) calendar year 2014 or (B) in the aggregate in subsequent years if the Contract is not terminable without penalty prior to such aggregate payments;
(vii)      Each Contract relating to (A) the acquisition or publishing of third party syndicated content for any of the Company Products, (B) the acquisition of newsprint, (C) third party printing of the Company’s newspaper and (D) the placement of advertisements in the Company Products made with advertisers, advertising agencies and brokers that the Company reasonably anticipates will involve aggregate payments or consideration furnished by or to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of more than $250,000.
(viii)      Each note, debenture, other evidence of indebtedness, guarantee, loan, credit or financing agreement or instrument or other Contract for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, including any agreement or commitment for future loans, credit or financing, including the amount of the Insurance Letters of Credit (including accrued and unpaid interest thereon) as of the date hereof;
(ix)      Each Contract for the acquisition of any Person or any business unit thereof or the disposition of any material assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, in each case other than Contracts in which the applicable acquisition or disposition has been consummated and there are no material obligations ongoing;
(x)      Each lease, rental or occupancy agreement, license, installment and conditional sale agreement, and other Contract that (A) provides for the ownership of, leasing of, title to, use of, or any leasehold or other interest in any real property (each, a “ Company Lease ”) or (B) provides for the ownership of, leasing of, title to, use of, or any leasehold or other interest in any personal property and involves aggregate payments in excess of $100,000 in any calendar year;
(xi)      Each joint venture or similar Contract, partnership agreement or limited liability company agreement to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any third party, on the other hand, are parties;
(xii)      Each Contract that involves a sharing of revenues, profits, losses, costs or liabilities with a third party;
(xiii)      Each Contract requiring capital expenditures after the date of this Agreement in an amount in excess of $100,000 in any calendar year;
(xiv)      Each intercompany Contract of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; and
(xv)      Any other Contract, if a breach or termination of such Contract would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company and its Subsidiaries.
(b)      Each Material Contract is either in written form or a written summary setting forth the material terms and conditions of each oral Material Contract has been made available to Acquiror. Each Material Contract is (i) in full force and effect and (ii) represents the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries party thereto and, to the knowledge of the Company, represents the legal, valid and binding obligations of the other parties thereto.
(c)      (i) Neither the Company, any of its Subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any other party thereto is in material breach of or default under any Material Contract, (ii) as of the date of this Agreement, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any claim or notice of breach of or default under any Material Contract, and (iii) to the knowledge of the

25
LEGAL123381588.30

 

Company, no event has occurred which individually or together with other events, would reasonably be expected to result in a material breach of or a default under any Material Contract (in each case, with or without notice or lapse of time or both). The Company has not received any notice from any party to any Material Contract that such party intends to terminate or materially modify a Material Contract. To the Company’s knowledge, none of the parties to any Material Contract has expressed an intent to terminate or materially reduce the amount of its business with the Company in the future. None of the Excluded Companies is a party to any Material Contract nor are their respective assets bound by any Material Contract.
4.13      Company Benefit Plans .
(a)      Schedule 4.13(a) sets forth a complete list of each plan, agreement, policy, practice or program providing compensation (including deferred compensation and severance) or other benefits of any kind, whether written or unwritten and whether funded or unfunded to any current or former director, officer or employee (including their spouses, children, dependents, survivors and beneficiaries), including each “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA which is maintained, established, participated in, sponsored, contributed to or required to be contributed to by the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate and with respect to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has or would reasonably be expected to have any liability or obligation (each a “ Company Benefit Plan ”). “ ERISA Affiliate ” means any Person that, together with the Company, would be treated as a single employer under Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code. The Company and each of its Subsidiaries has complied in all material respects with all reporting and disclosure obligations under ERISA, the Code and all other applicable Laws governing the maintenance and administration of each Company Benefit Plan.
(b)      The Company has made available to Acquiror true, correct and complete copies of (i) each Company Benefit Plan, as amended to date, and all related trust documents; (ii) the three most recent annual reports (Form Series 5500 and all schedules, actuarial and financial statements attached thereto), if any, required under ERISA or the Code in connection with each Company Benefit Plan; (iii) if the Company Benefit Plan is subject to the minimum funding standards of Section 302 of ERISA, the most recent annual and periodic accounting of the Company Benefit Plan’s assets; (iv) the most recent actuarial valuation report for the Company Benefit Plan; (v) the most recent summary plan description together with the summaries of material modifications thereto, if any, required under ERISA with respect to each Company Benefit Plan; (vi) all written Contracts relating to each Company Benefit Plan, including administrative service agreements and group insurance contracts; (vii) all non‑routine and material correspondence to or from any Governmental Authority relating to any Company Benefit Plan during the current and preceding six calendar years; (viii) all COBRA forms and related form notices currently in use; (ix) all insurance policies in the possession of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their Affiliates pertaining to fiduciary liability insurance covering the fiduciaries for each Company Benefit Plan (and a description of such insurance policies not in the possession of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries); (x) all discrimination tests required under the Code for each Company Benefit Plan including, without limitation, those Company Benefit Plans intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code for the three most recently completed plan years; (xi) the most recent IRS determination or opinion letter issued with respect to each Company Benefit Plan intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code; and (xii) for each Company Benefit Plan that is a “top-hat” plan, a copy of all filings with the U.S. Department of Labor.
(c)      Each Company Benefit Plan has been established, maintained, administered, operated and, except as provided in Section 4.14(e) with respect to the SDUT Pension Plan, funded in all

26
LEGAL123381588.30

 

material respects in accordance with its terms and all applicable Laws, including ERISA and the Code (and the regulations and ruling issued thereunder). The Company, each of its Subsidiaries, each ERISA Affiliate and each other Person (including each fiduciary) have properly performed all of their duties and obligations (whether arising by operation of Law, by Contract or otherwise) under or with respect to each Company Benefit Plan, including, without limitation, all fiduciary, reporting, disclosure, and notification duties and obligations. All contributions, premiums and other payments required to be paid to (or with respect to) each Company Benefit Plan on or before the Closing Date have been made on or before their respective due dates and within the applicable time period prescribed by ERISA, if any, and all obligations in respect of each Company Benefit Plan as of the Closing Date have been accrued and reflected in the MLIM Interim Financial Statements to the extent required by GAAP (and to the extent not required by GAAP have been set forth in Schedule 4.13(c) ). Each Company Benefit Plan which is intended to be qualified within the meaning of Section 401(a) of the Code (each a “ Qualified Plan ”) is so qualified and its related trust is exempt from taxation under Section 501(a) of the Code. Each Qualified Plan (A) has received a favorable determination or opinion letter as to its qualification and may continue to rely on an unexpired favorable determination or opinion letter as to its qualification, or (B) has been established under a standardized master and prototype or volume submitter plan for which a current favorable Internal Revenue Service advisory letter or opinion letter has been obtained by the plan sponsor and is valid as to the adopting employer. Nothing has occurred, or could reasonably be expected to occur, that could adversely affect the qualification or exemption of any Qualified Plan or its related trust or require the filing of a submission under the IRS’s employee plans compliance resolution system or the taking of any corrective action pursuant to such system in order to maintain the qualified status of any Qualified Plan. No “prohibited transaction,” within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code or Sections 406 and 407 of ERISA, and not otherwise exempt under Section 408 of ERISA, has occurred with respect to any Company Benefit Plan. Except with respect to the SDUT Pension Plan, each Company Benefit Plan can be amended, terminated or otherwise discontinued after the Closing in accordance with its terms, without liability to Acquiror or the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than ordinary administration expenses). There are no audits, proceedings or non‑routine inquiries pending, or to the knowledge of the Company, threatened by the Internal Revenue Service, Department of Labor, or any other Governmental Authority with respect to any Company Benefit Plan. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries or any of their Affiliates is subject to any penalty or Tax with respect to any Company Benefit Plan under Section 502(i) of ERISA or Sections 4975 through 4980 of the Code.
(d)      No Company Benefit Plan is a multiemployer pension plan (as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA) (a “ Multiemployer Plan ”).
(e)      Except for the SDUT Pension Plan, (i) no Company Benefit Plan is a pension plan that is subject to Title IV of ERISA (any such plan a “ Title IV Plan ”), and (ii) none of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, and any ERISA Affiliate has any liability with respect to any Title IV Plan, including any Title IV Plan that is a Multiemployer Plan. The Company has fulfilled its obligations under the minimum funding standards of Section 412 of the Code and Section 302 of ERISA with respect to the SDUT Pension Plan to the extent such obligations have been disclosed in the actuarial valuation reports provided to the Company or its Subsidiaries in connection with its administration of the SDUT Pension Plan, and there is no existing or applied for waiver as to any such minimum funding standards. To the knowledge of the Company, the Company has no obligations under the minimum funding standards of Section 412 of the Code and Section 302 of ERISA with respect to the SDUT Pension Plan for any period that have not been disclosed in an actuarial valuation report with respect to the SDUT Pension Plan. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries or any of their

27
LEGAL123381588.30

 

Affiliates currently maintains, establishes, sponsors, participates in or contributes to, any “employee pension benefit plan” (as that term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA) in which stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their Affiliates is or was held as a plan asset. The Company does not maintain, sponsor, contribute to or have any liability under a Foreign Plan. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.13(e), no “reportable event” within the meaning of Section 4043 of ERISA has occurred with respect to any Company Benefit Plan. There is no Lien pursuant to Section 4068 of ERISA in favor of, or enforceable by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (the “ PBGC ”) or any other entity with respect to any of the assets of the Company. There is no Lien pursuant to Section 303(k) of ERISA or Section 430(k) of the Code in favor of, or enforceable by the PBGC or any other entity with respect to any of the assets of the Company that is based on any failure on the part of the Company to fulfill its obligations under the minimum funding standards of Section 412 of the Code and Section 302 of ERISA with respect to the SDUT Pension Plan to the extent such obligations have been disclosed any prior actuarial valuation reports with respect to the SDUT Pension Plan.
(f)      With respect to the Company Benefit Plans, (i) no actions, suits or claims (other than routine claims for benefits in the ordinary course) are pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, and (ii) to the knowledge of the Company, no facts or circumstances exist that would reasonably be expected to give rise to any such actions, suits or claims.
(g)      No Company Benefit Plan provides (except at no cost to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their Affiliates), or reflects or represents any liability of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to provide, retiree life insurance coverage, retiree health benefit coverage or other retiree employee welfare benefit coverage to any Person for any reason, except as may be required by COBRA or other applicable Law.
(h)      Neither the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, will or may result (either alone or in connection with any other circumstance or event) in the acceleration or creation of any rights of any Person to payments (including any bonus, golden parachute or severance payment) or benefits or increases in any payments or benefits or any loan forgiveness, vesting, distribution, or obligation to fund benefits, with respect to any current or former employee, director or consultant of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (whether or not under any Company Benefit Plan). No such payment that is owed or may become due to any current or former employee, director or consultant of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries will be non‑deductible to the Company and its Subsidiaries under Section 280G of the Code or subject to excise Tax under Section 4999 of the Code. None of the Company or its Subsidiaries is a party to or bound by any Tax indemnity agreement or any other agreement that will require the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to “gross up” or otherwise compensate any such Person because of the imposition of any excise Tax on a payment to such Person.
(i)      Each Company Benefit Plan, employment agreement, or other compensation arrangement of the Company that constitutes a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” subject to Section 409A of the Code has been written, executed, and operated in all material respects in compliance with Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder.
(j)      Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.13(j) , each Contract with any investment manager, advisor or other professional, including any actuary or trustee, providing services relating to any Company Benefit Plan, including the SDUT Pension Plan, is terminable by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company, or the SDUT Pension Plan administrator, as applicable, without notice and without additional cost or penalty.

28
LEGAL123381588.30

 

4.14      Labor Relations .
(a)      Schedule 4.14(a) sets forth with respect to each employee of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries (including any employee of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries who is on a leave of absence or on layoff status) as of the date of this Agreement:
(i)      the date as of which such employee was originally hired by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries;
(ii)      such employee’s title;
(iii)      the aggregate dollar amount of base salary, annual bonus and commissions received by such employee from the Company with respect to services performed in the last fiscal year; and
(iv)      such employee’s base salary as of the date of this Agreement.
(b)      Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.14(b) , the employment of each of the employees of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries is terminable by the Company or each of its Subsidiaries, as applicable, at will. The Company has made available to Acquiror accurate and complete copies of all employee manuals and handbooks, policy statements and other material materials relating to the employment of the current employees of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries.
(c)      To the knowledge of the Company as of the date of this Agreement:
(i)      no management level employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries intends within the next twelve (12) months to terminate his or her employment with the Company or the Subsidiaries, as applicable; and
(ii)      no employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party to or is bound by any confidentiality agreement, noncompetition agreement or other Contract (with any Person) that may have a material and adverse effect on: (A) the performance by such employee of any of his duties or responsibilities as an employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, as applicable; or (B) the business or operations of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
(d)      As of the date of this Agreement, except as set forth on Schedule 4.14(d) , neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to nor bound by any union Contract, collective bargaining agreement or similar Contract. Schedule 4.14(d) sets forth the status of any negotiations regarding any union Contract, collective bargaining agreement or similar Contract and any tentative agreements or understandings in connection therewith.
(e)      The Contracts listed on Schedule 4.14(e) include all individual (i) agreements to which either the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party that include retention, change in control bonus (including without limitation any agreement with which Company or any of its Subsidiaries may be required to provide, or accelerate the vesting of, any payments, benefits, or equity rights upon the occurrence of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement) or severance benefits, (ii) employment agreements which either the Company or any of its Subsidiaries have entered into with employees other than ordinary course, at-will written or oral offers or agreements terminable without notice and without cost or penalty and (iii) independent contractor or consulting agreements to which either the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party with respect to any independent contractor or consultant other than ordinary course, at-will written or oral offers or agreements terminable without notice (or with less than 30 days’ notice) and without cost or penalty. The

29
LEGAL123381588.30

 

Company has made available to Acquiror true, correct and complete copies of each such written Contract, as amended to date.
(f)      Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is engaged in any unfair labor practice of any nature. There has not been in the past two years, and as of the date of this Agreement there are no (i) strikes, work stoppages, work slowdowns or lockouts pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against any member of the Company Group or (ii) unfair labor practice charges against the Company pending before the National Labor Relations Board by or on behalf of any employee of the Company. There are no actions, suits, claims, labor disputes or material grievances pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened relating to any labor, safety or discrimination matters involving any employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, including, without limitation, charges of unfair labor practices or discrimination complaints.
(g)      The Company has complied in all material respects with all Laws relating to the classification of service providers as independent contractors and with respect to the use of temporary and leased employees; provided , however , the Company makes no representation or warranty hereunder in respect of the Carrier Litigation.
4.15      Taxes .
(a)      Each member of the Company Group has timely filed or caused to be timely filed all Tax Returns required to be filed by it and such Tax Returns are true, correct and complete in all material respects. All Taxes of the Company Group, which are due and payable (whether or not shown on any Tax Return), have been duly and timely paid in full, and no Company Group member has incurred any liability for Taxes since the date of the most recent balance sheet included in the Company Pro Forma Financial Statements other than in the ordinary course of business. All Taxes which any member of the Company Group was required by Law to withhold or collect have been duly withheld or collected and, to the extent required, have been timely paid over to the proper Governmental Authorities or, in the case of any such Taxes for which the due date for deposit with the proper Governmental Authorities has not yet occurred, are held in separate bank accounts for such purpose. No member of the Company Group currently is the beneficiary of any extension of time within which to file any Tax Return.
(b)      There are no Liens for Taxes upon any of the assets of the Company Group other than Liens for Taxes not yet delinquent. There are no Actions concerning any Tax liability of the Company Group ongoing, nor has any of the Seller Parties or member of the Company Group received written or, to the knowledge of the Seller Parties, other notice from any Governmental Authority that such an Action is proposed or threatened. No deficiencies for any Taxes have been finally decided against or with respect to any of member of the Company Group, which have not been settled and paid. There are no outstanding (i) waivers or extensions of statutes of limitations with respect to assessments of Taxes of any member of the Company Group or (ii) powers of attorney with any Governmental Authority with respect to Taxes of any member of the Company Group.
(c)      For U.S. federal and applicable state income Tax purposes, (A) the Seller is and since inception has been properly classified as a partnership, and will properly be so classified through and until the Closing, under Treasury Regulations Sections 301.7701-2 and 301.7701-3, and (B) each of the members of the Company Group is and has since inception been properly classified as an entity disregarded as separate from the Seller, and will properly be so classified through the Closing, under Treasury Regulations Sections 301.7701-2 and 301.7701-3.

30
LEGAL123381588.30

 

(d)      No member of the Company Group has engaged or participated in any listed transaction within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011‑4(b)(2).
(e)      No member of the Company Group is a party to any Tax allocation, Tax indemnity, Tax sharing or similar agreement, in each case other than the LLC Agreement and customary commercial contracts entered into with third parties in the ordinary course of business not primarily related to Taxes.
(f)      No member of the Company Group has liability for the Taxes of any other Person (other than another member of the Company Group) under any applicable Law (including as a transferee or successor).
(g)      None of the Seller Parties, or any member of the Company Group has ever received a written or, to the knowledge of the Seller Parties, other claim from a Governmental Authority in a jurisdiction where a Company Group member does not file Tax Returns that such Company Group member is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction.
(h)      Each of the Seller Parties is a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.
(i)      The Company has made available to Acquiror complete and accurate copies of all U.S. federal income Tax Returns filed by or on behalf of each Company Group member for all completed Tax years ended on or after December 31, 2011 and (ii) all ruling requests, private letter rulings, notices of proposed deficiencies, closing agreements, settlement agreements and any similar documents or communications sent or received by any Company Group member relating to Taxes.
(j)      The unpaid Taxes of Company Group (excluding the Excluded Companies) did not, as of the date of the most recent balance sheet included in the Company Pro Forma Financial Statements, exceed the amount accrued for current Taxes payable (for clarity, excluding any deferred Tax liabilities established to reflect timing differences between book and Tax income) set forth on the face of the most recent balance sheet included in the Company Pro Forma Financial Statements (rather than in any notes thereto).
4.16      Brokers’ Fees . No broker, finder, investment banker or other Person is entitled to any brokerage fee, finders’ fee or other commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement based upon arrangements made by the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their Affiliates or any of their respective stockholders, directors, officers or employees.
4.17      Insurance . Schedule 4.17 contains a list of all policies of property, fire and casualty, product liability, workers’ compensation, and other forms of insurance held by, or for the benefit of, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as of the date of this Agreement (including policy number, insurer, expiration date and type of coverage). True, correct and complete copies of such insurance policies have been made available to Acquiror. All premiums due and payable with respect to such policies have been paid when due and Company is otherwise in material compliance with the terms of such policies. During the twelve-month period ending on the date of this Agreement, there has been no termination or threatened termination of, or premium increase (other than in the ordinary course) with respect to, any such policies. Neither the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has any pending claims for insurance. No policy listed on Schedule 4.17 is held by any of the Excluded Companies.
4.18      Government Authorizations . Except with respect to licenses, approvals, consents, registrations and permits required under applicable Environmental Laws (as to which certain representations and warranties are made pursuant to Section 4.23), the Company and its Subsidiaries

31
LEGAL123381588.30

 

have obtained all of the licenses, approvals, consents, registrations and permits necessary under applicable Laws to permit the Company and its Subsidiaries to own, operate, use and maintain their assets in the manner in which they are now operated and maintained and to conduct the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries as currently conducted (the “ Material Permits ”). All such Material Permits are valid and in full force and effect. The Company has made available to Acquiror accurate and complete copies of all of the Material Permits. No Material Permits are held by or issued in the name of any of the Excluded Companies. The Company and its Subsidiaries are, and have been, in compliance in all material respects with all Material Permits. No event has occurred, and no condition or circumstance exists, that would reasonably be expected to (with or without notice or lapse of time) (i) constitute or result directly or indirectly in a material violation of or a failure to comply in any material respect with any term or requirement of any Material Permit, or (ii) result directly or indirectly in the revocation, withdrawal, suspension, cancellation, termination or modification of any Material Permit. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received, and, to the knowledge of the Company, no employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has received, any notice or other communication from any Governmental Authority or any other Person regarding (A) any actual, alleged, possible or potential violation of or failure to comply with, in each case, in any material respect, any term or requirement of any material Governmental Authorization, or (B) any actual, proposed, possible or potential revocation, withdrawal, suspension, cancellation, termination or material modification of any Material Permit.
4.19      Machinery, Equipment and Other Tangible Property . The Company or one of its Subsidiaries (other than the Excluded Companies) owns and has good and marketable title to all material machinery, equipment and other tangible property reflected on the books of the Company and its Subsidiaries as owned by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens. All equipment, furniture, fixtures, improvements and other tangible assets (other than Inventory) owned by the Company and any of its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, is structurally sound, free of defects and deficiencies and in reasonable operating condition and repair (ordinary wear and tear excepted). Schedule 4.19 lists all personal property having a depreciated book value of $10,000 or more currently used by the Company or its Subsidiaries in the conduct of their business, and no such property is held or owned by any of the Excluded Companies. Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ personal property is sufficient for the conduct of Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ business after the Closing in substantially the same manner as conducted prior to Closing and constitutes all of the personal property necessary to conduct Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ business as currently conducted, and no such property is held or owned by any of the Excluded Companies.
4.20      Real Property . Schedule 4.20 lists, as of the date of this Agreement, all Leased Real Property (including reference to the underlying Company Lease). No default exists under any Company Lease. The Company has no liabilities or obligations under any current or prior lease for real property other than the Company Leases. The Company or one of its Subsidiaries has a valid and subsisting leasehold estate in, and enjoys peaceful and undisturbed possession of, all Leased Real Property, subject only to any Permitted Liens. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.20 , neither Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has subleased any portion of the premises of the Leased Real Property. No Company Lease is or will be terminable because of the execution of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. No consent or notice is required from or to any party under any Company Lease because of the execution of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and neither Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received notice that any party to any Company Lease intends to cancel, terminate, or refuse to renew any Company Lease or to exercise any option or other right thereunder. To

32
LEGAL123381588.30

 

Company’s knowledge, there are no facts or circumstances that could reasonably be expected to adversely affect the possession, use or occupancy of the real property that it uses in the ordinary course. The facilities used by Company and its Subsidiaries are in good working order and sufficient to conduct its business in the ordinary course, and do not require any material upgrades, repair or maintenance, whether or not required by applicable Law. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has any Owned Real Property other than the MVH Real Property.
4.21      Intellectual Property .
(a)      Schedule 4.21 lists (i) each patent, trademark, service mark, trade name, copyright, mask work and domain name owned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as of the date of this Agreement for which applications (including intent‑to‑use applications) have been filed or registrations or patents have been obtained, whether in the United States or internationally as of the date of this Agreement (the “ Registered IP ”), (ii) each common law trademark owned by the Company that is not within the scope of clause (i) that is used in the conduct of the Company’s and/or its Subsidiaries’ respective businesses as currently conducted, (iii) a list of Company Products; provided , that such list of Company Products is not intended to serve as a complete list and shall in no event be deemed to limit the definition or scope of the Company Products, (iv) each license, sublicense or other Contract under which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is granted rights by any Person in (A) any Company Products, (B) any Company Databases or (C) any Systems or other Intellectual Property (other than commercial off‑the‑shelf Software generally available to purchasers and end‑users on standard commercial terms (“ COTS ”)) that is material to the conduct of the Company’s and/or its Subsidiaries’ respective businesses as currently conducted and (v) each license, sublicense or other Contract under which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has granted rights to any Person in (1) any Company Products, (2) any Company Databases or (3) any Systems or other Intellectual Property that is material to the conduct of the Company’s and/or its Subsidiaries’ respective businesses as currently conducted (other than nonexclusive Contracts entered into on Company’s standard form of commercial agreement with its end users (e.g., end user license agreement, terms of service, etc.) with respect to Company Products).
(b)      With respect to (x) the Registered IP and the other Company Owned IP, the Company or a Subsidiary exclusively owns all right, title, and interest in and to any such Intellectual Property free and clear of all Liens, other than Permitted Liens and (y) any other Company IP, the Company or one of its Subsidiaries has the right to use such Intellectual Property as presently used in the operation of their business pursuant to license, sublicense, agreement or permission.
(c)      (i) The Company and its Subsidiaries are not interfering with, infringing upon, misappropriating or otherwise violating any Intellectual Property rights or other proprietary right, libel, slander, privacy or publicity of any Person including in their conduct of business, their marketing and sale of the Company Products or their use of the Company IP or, to the knowledge of the Company and only to the extent reasonably likely to result in a material liability of the Company Group, the Third Party Content, (ii) as of the date of this Agreement, there is no pending written notice, charge, complaint, claim or other written assertion received by the Company and its Subsidiaries from any Person that alleged or alleges that the Company or its Subsidiaries are interfering with, infringing upon, misappropriating or otherwise violating any Intellectual Property rights or other proprietary right, libel, slander, privacy or publicity of any Person and, to the knowledge of the Company, there is no valid basis for the same, and (iii) no Company Owned IP or (to the knowledge of the Company) no other Company IP is now involved in any opposition, cancellation, interference, reissue, reexamination, or other challenge to the registrability, validity, or

33
LEGAL123381588.30

 

enforceability of such Intellectual Property, and to the knowledge of the Company, no such action is being threatened in writing and there is no reasonable basis for such action.
(d)      To the Company’s knowledge, (i) there is no, nor has there been any, infringement or violation by any Person of any of the Company Owned IP or the rights therein or thereto and (ii) there is no, nor has there been any, misappropriation by any Person of any of the Company Owned IP.
(e)      To the Company’s knowledge, all Company Products currently made available to the public (i) are free from any material defect, bug, virus, or programming, design or documentation error or corruptant, (ii) are functional and operate and run in a commercially reasonable manner and (iii) conform in all material respects to the documented specifications and purposes thereof.
(f)      The Systems are, in all material respects, in reasonable operating condition and repair (ordinary wear and tear excepted) and together with the Company IP are sufficient for the operation of the Company’s business as currently conducted. No material System acquisitions or developments are in process or planned to occur in the next twenty-four months.
(g)      To the knowledge of the Company as of the date of this Agreement, none of the material Software (including firmware and other Software embedded in hardware devices) or Systems owned or developed by the Company or its Subsidiaries (but excluding any COTS) (collectively, “ Company Software ”) (i) contains any material bug, defect, or error (including any material bug, defect, or error relating to or resulting from the display, manipulation, processing, storage, transmission, or use of date data) or (ii) fails to comply in material respects with any applicable warranty or other contractual commitment relating to the use, functionality, or performance of such Company Software or any product or System containing or used in conjunction with such Company Software.
(h)      No Software developed by the Company and, to the knowledge of the Company as of the date of this Agreement, no other Company Software contains any “back door,” “drop dead device,” “time bomb,” “Trojan horse,” “virus,” or “worm” (as such terms are commonly understood in the software industry) or any other code designed or intended to have, or capable of performing, any of the following functions: (i) materially disrupting, disabling, harming, or otherwise impeding in any manner the operation of, or providing material unauthorized access to, a computer system or network or other device on which such code is stored or installed; or (ii) materially damaging or destroying any data or file without the user’s consent.
(i)      The source code for all Company Software has been documented in a manner that is consistent, in all material respects, with customary code annotation conventions and practices in the software industry. No source code for any Company Software has been delivered, licensed, made available to, otherwise accessed by, any escrow agent or other Person who was not, as of such time, an employee or other Company Representative of, or subject to a confidentiality agreement with or similar confidentiality obligation to, the Company or its Subsidiaries. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has any duty or obligation (whether present, contingent, or otherwise) to deliver, license, or make available the source code for any Company Software to any escrow agent or other Person. No event has occurred, and no circumstance or condition exists, that (with or without notice or lapse of time) will, or would reasonably be expected to, result in an obligation of the Company to deliver, license, or disclose the source code for any Company Software to any Person other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

34
LEGAL123381588.30

 

(j)      Schedule 4.21(j) identifies (i) each Company Product that calls, incorporates, interacts with, is a derivative of or has embedded in it any Open Source Code; (ii) each such item of such Open Source Code and (iii) the applicable license terms for each such item of Open Source Code.
(k)      No Company Product contains, is derived from, is distributed with, or is being or was developed using Open Source Code that is licensed under any terms that (i) impose or could impose a requirement or condition that any Company Product, Company Software or part thereof (A) be disclosed or distributed in source code form, (B) be licensed for the purpose of making modifications or derivative works, or (C) be redistributable at no charge, or (ii) otherwise impose or could impose any other material limitation, restriction, or condition on the right or ability of the Company or any Subsidiary to use or distribute any Company Product or Company Software.
4.22      Privacy and Security .
(a)      Schedule 4.22(a) contains each Privacy Policy of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that has been in effect within the past five (5) years and identifies, with respect to each such Privacy Policy, (i) the period of time during which such Privacy Policy was or has been in effect, (ii) whether the terms of a later Privacy Policy of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries apply to the data or information collected under such earlier Privacy Policy, and (iii) if applicable, the mechanism (such as opt‑in, opt‑out, or notice only) used to apply a later Privacy Policy of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to data or information previously collected under such earlier Privacy Policy.
(b)      Schedule 4.22(b) contains a list of the names of each distinct electronic or other database known to currently contain (in whole or in part) Personal Data maintained by or for the Company or any Subsidiary (the “ Company Databases ”), the types of Personal Data known to be contained in each such database, and the security policies that have been adopted and maintained with respect to each such database. To the knowledge of the Company, (i) no material breach or violation of any such security policy has occurred or is threatened, and (ii) there has been no material unauthorized or illegal use of or access to any of the data or information in any of the Company Databases.
(c)      The Company and its Subsidiaries have complied in all material respects with all of the Privacy Policies of the Company and its Subsidiaries and with all applicable U.S. Law and, to the knowledge of the Company, any other Law pertaining to privacy, Personal Data or marketing by email, telephone or SMS/text messages. No Action is pending and, to the knowledge of the Company and its Subsidiaries, no Person has threatened to commence any Action concerning any claim that the Company or any Subsidiary has violated in any material respect the terms of any applicable Privacy Policy or Law with in connection with or relating to the Company Databases or the Company Products. The consummation of the transactions will not breach or otherwise cause any violation of any such U.S. Law and, to the knowledge of the Company, any other Law pertaining to privacy, rules, policies or procedures. With respect to all Personal Data acquired by Company in the course of its operations since December 5, 2011, Company has taken reasonable measures appropriate to the sensitivity of the Personal Data acquired (including implementing and monitoring administrative, technical and physical security measures) to reduce the likelihood of (i) loss or (ii) unauthorized access, use, modification, disclosure or other misuse of the Personal Data. To the Company’s knowledge, there has been no unauthorized access to or other misuse of that Personal Data.
4.23      Environmental Matters . Except as set forth on Schedule 4.23 , the Company and its Subsidiaries are and have been in material compliance with all Environmental Laws. There are no conditions or circumstances at any property currently or formerly owned, operated or leased by the

35
LEGAL123381588.30

 

Company or its Subsidiaries, or, to the knowledge of the Company, at any other property that are reasonably likely to result in the Company or any of its Subsidiaries incurring material liabilities under Environmental Laws. The Company and its Subsidiaries hold, and have held, all permits required under applicable Environmental Laws to allow the Company and its Subsidiaries to operate their assets in a manner in which they are now and have been operated and maintained and to conduct the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries as currently and previously conducted. All such permits are in full force and effect and, there are no Actions pending to revoke or cancel any such permits. The Company has received no written claims or notices of violation that remain unresolved, and, to the knowledge of the Company, no such claims have been threatened, against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries alleging material violations of or material liability under any Environmental Laws. This Section 4.23 provides the sole and exclusive representations and warranties to the Company in respect of environmental matters, including any and all matters arising under Environmental Laws, including with respect to compliance therewith and liabilities thereunder.
4.24      Absence of Changes .
(a)      From January 4, 2015 to the date of this Agreement, there has not been any Material Adverse Effect on the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
(b)      From January 4, 2015 to the date of this Agreement, the Company and its Subsidiaries have, in all material respects, conducted their business and operated their properties in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice.
(c)      Without limitation of Section 4.24(a) and (b) above and except as set forth on Schedule 4.24, from January 4, 2015 to the date of this Agreement:
(i)      there has not occurred, been or arisen any material loss, damage or destruction to, or any interruption in the use of, any material assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;
(ii)      neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has made any capital expenditure in excess of $50,000;
(iii)      neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has sold or otherwise transferred, and has not leased or licensed, any business or entity to any other Person;
(iv)      neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has (i) established or adopted any Company Benefit Plan, or (iii) except pursuant to the terms of existing Company Benefit Plans or in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice paid any material bonus or made any material profit‑sharing or similar payment to, or materially increased the amount of the wages, salary, commissions, fringe benefits or other compensation or remuneration payable to, any of its directors, officers or employees;
(v)      neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has changed any of its methods of accounting or accounting practices (including any change in depreciation, amortization or revenue recognition policies or rates) in any material respect;
(vi)      except for Tax distributions in the ordinary course of business pursuant to the limited liability company agreement of the Company as in effect as of the date hereof, made or declared any dividend or distribution to the members of the Company;

36
LEGAL123381588.30

 

(vii)      issued, granted, delivered or sold (or authorized the same) any membership interest or equity or ownership interest or other equity rights of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;
(viii)      entered into, terminated (excluding any expiration in accordance with its terms) or materially modified or amended any Material Contract, or modified, amended, terminated, breached, or waived, released, rescinded or assigned any rights or claims under, any Contract resulting, or that could reasonably be expected to result, individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect to the Company, in each case, except as expressly required by this Agreement
(ix)      sold, assigned, transferred, conveyed, leased, licensed or otherwise disposed of any material assets or properties, except for sale of its commercial products in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice
(x)      entered into any joint venture, partnership, limited liability company, operating or similar agreement with any Person;
(xi)      made any loans or advances to any Person (except for advances to employees or officers of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice) or forgave, or agreed to the forgiveness of, any material debt or otherwise released or waived any material right or material claim;
(xii)      incurred, assumed, guaranteed or otherwise become subject to any indebtedness for borrowed money in excess of $250,000;
(xiii)      entered into any intercompany agreements or any agreements with directors or officers of the Company or its Subsidiaries or holders of the Company Interests, or any member of any of their families;
(xiv)      acquired by merger or consolidation with, or merged or consolidated with, or purchased any material portion of the assets of, any corporation, partnership, association, joint venture or other business organization or division thereof;
(xv)      there has not been any Tax election made or changed, any annual Tax accounting period changed, any Tax accounting method or practice adopted or changed, any Tax Return amended, any closing agreement regarding, or settlement of, any Tax claim or assessment entered into, any extension or waiver of the limitation period applicable to any Tax consented to or any right to claim a material Tax refund, offset or other reduction in Tax liability surrendered; and
(xvi)      neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has agreed, committed or offered (in writing or otherwise), and has not attempted, to take any of the actions referred to in clauses (i) through (xv) above.
4.25      Bank Accounts . Schedule 4.25 accurately sets forth, with respect to each account maintained by or for the benefit of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries at any bank or other financial institution:
(a)      the name and location of the institution at which such account is maintained;
(b)      the name in which such account is maintained and the account number of such account; and

37
LEGAL123381588.30

 

(c)      the names of all individuals authorized to draw on or make withdrawals from such account.
4.26      Receivables; Major Customers; Major Advertisers .
(a)      Schedule 4.26(a) lists all accounts receivable (including the aging thereof) of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014. All existing accounts receivable of the Company and its Subsidiaries (including those accounts receivable reflected on the balance sheet included in the most recent Company Pro Forma Financial Statements that have not yet been collected, those accounts receivable that have arisen since December 31, 2014 and have not yet been collected and those accounts receivable included in the Estimated Closing Date Net Working Capital) represent bona fide transactions of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business, have been collected or are current and collectible in the aggregate recorded amounts thereof (less the allowance for doubtful accounts also appearing in such balance sheet and net of returns and payment discounts allowable by Company’s policies) and can reasonably be anticipated to be paid in full without outside collection efforts within 45 days of the due date, and are not subject to counterclaims or setoffs.
(b)      Schedule 4.26(b) accurately identifies and provides the revenues received from each customer or other Person that accounted for more than $500,000 of the consolidated gross revenues of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than MVH and MVHM, in 2014, in each case, together with the aggregate consolidated gross revenues from such Person during each such period. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries (i) has any outstanding dispute with any customer or other Person identified or required to be identified on Schedule 4.26(b) , or (ii) has received any notice or other communication, or any other information, indicating that any customer or other Person identified or required to be identified on Schedule 4.26(b) may terminate or materially modify existing Contracts with the Company or its Subsidiaries, may cease dealing with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or may otherwise materially reduce the volume of business transacted by such Person with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries below historical levels.
(c)      Schedule 4.26(c) lists the names of the top twenty (20) advertisers of the Company and its Subsidiaries, as determined by consolidated gross revenues received by the Company and its Subsidiaries other than MVH and MVHM in 2014 (collectively, the “ Major Advertisers ”). Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any notice or other communication, or any other information, indicating that Major Advertiser may terminate or materially modify existing Contracts with the Company or its Subsidiaries, may cease dealing with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or may otherwise materially reduce the volume of business transacted by such Major Advertiser with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries below historical levels.
4.27      Suppliers . Schedule 4.27 accurately identifies each supplier or other Person that received in respect of purchases more than $500,000 from the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than MVH and MVHM, in 2014, in each case, together with the aggregate amounts paid to such Person in respect of purchases during each such period. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any notice or other communication, or any other information, indicating that any supplier or other Person identified or required to be identified on Schedule 4.27 may terminate or materially modify existing Contracts with the Company or its Subsidiaries, may cease dealing with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or may otherwise materially reduce the volume of business transacted by such Person with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries below historical levels.
4.28      Inventory . All Inventory is of a quality usable or saleable in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice. The Inventory levels maintained by the Company and its Subsidiaries

38
LEGAL123381588.30

 

(i) are in quantities sufficient to service the operations of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course and for such periods as are consistent with past practices and (ii) are not excessive and are adequate for the conduct of the operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business at the current level of operations.
4.29      Circulation . To the knowledge of the Company, for each of the publications of the Company subject to the Alliance for Audited Media (“ AAM ”), the circulation as reported by AAM for the 52‑week period ended December 31, 2013 is true and correct. To the knowledge of the Company, for each of the publications of the Company subject to AAM, the circulation as submitted to AAM for the 6-month periods ended September 30, 2014 and March 31, 2014 are true and correct in all material respects. All of the information supplied by the Company or its Subsidiaries to AAM in connection with the foregoing reported circulation is, true and correct in all material respects and the Company has made available to Acquiror complete copies of such report. All reports filed by the Company and its Subsidiaries with the United States Postal Service in connection with, and second class mail postal permits applicable to, any publication of the Company or its Subsidiaries were true and correct in all material respects at the time of their filing.
4.30      Assets; Excluded Assets . The assets of Company and its Subsidiaries as of immediately following Closing and taking into account the Asset Transfer: (i) constitute all of the assets, tangible and intangible, of any nature whatsoever, owned by the Seller Parties or their Affiliates that are used in the operation of, or are necessary to operate, the U‑T San Diego Business (other than the Excluded Assets) in substantially the same manner as presently operated; and (ii) include all of the operating assets of the Company or its Affiliates which relate to, or are used or held for use in connection with the U‑T San Diego Business (other than the Excluded Assets). The Excluded Assets being distributed to Trust Seller pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof consist solely of the membership interests of MVHM, the membership interests of MVH and the MVH Real Property (including the MVH Mortgage), and (except for the MVH Real Property and the Excluded Assets listed on attached Exhibit B ) no other asset of any type used in the conduct of the U‑T San Diego Business is owned or controlled by MVHM or MVH or included in the Excluded Assets. Other than the assets that are subject to the Asset Transfer and the entities that own such assets prior to the Asset Transfer, the Company and its Subsidiaries other than MVHM and MVH own all of the Seller Parties’ assets, and hold the legal rights to use such assets, necessary to carry on U‑T San Diego Business in all respects. The sole asset of MVHM is the membership interests of MVH and the sole asset of MVH is the MVH Real Property.
4.31      Certain Transactions . Except as set forth on Schedule 4.31 and for (a) relationships with Company or its Subsidiaries as an officer, director, or employee (and compensation by Company or its Subsidiaries in consideration of such services) and (b) relationships with Company as holders of the Company Interests, none of the directors, officers, or holders of the Company Interests, or any member of any of their families, is at present a party to, or was a party to during the year preceding the date of this Agreement, any transaction with Company, including any Contract (x) providing for the furnishing of services to or by, (y) providing for rental of real or personal property to or from, or (z) otherwise requiring payments to or from, any such Person or any corporation, partnership, trust, or other entity in which any such Person has or had a five percent or more interest (as a stockholder, partner, beneficiary, or otherwise) or is or was a director, officer, employee, trustee, supplier, distributor, or customer of Company. Except as contemplated by this Agreement, (i) there are no amounts due or payable, or amounts to become due and payable by the Company and its Subsidiaries to the Seller Parties and their Affiliates, and (ii) there are no claims by the Seller Parties or its Affiliates against the Company and its Subsidiaries.

39
LEGAL123381588.30

 

4.32      Disclosure . No representation or warranty made by the Company in this Agreement, nor any certificate, or exhibit prepared and furnished or to be prepared and furnished by Company or the Company Representatives under this Agreement or in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, when read together in their entirety, contains as of the date hereof or will contain upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement any untrue statement of a material fact, or omits as of the date hereof or will omit upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to state a material fact necessary to make the statements or facts contained herein or therein not misleading, in light of the circumstances under which they were made.
4.33      Complete Copies of Materials . Company has made available to Acquiror true and complete copies of each document listed in the Schedules to this Agreement, including all amendments, supplements, modifications and side letters related thereto.
4.34      Reliance . The Company makes the foregoing representations and warranties with the knowledge and expectation that Acquiror is placing reliance thereon.
ARTICLE V.     
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLER PARTIES
Each Seller Party represents and warrants, severally and not jointly, to Acquiror as of the date of this Agreement as follows:
5.1      Organization . If such Seller Party is not a natural person, (a) such Seller Party is an entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of its organization and has all necessary corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and assets and to carry on its business as now being conducted and (b) is duly licensed or qualified and in good standing, in each jurisdiction in which the ownership of its property or the character of its activities is such as to require it to be so licensed or qualified, except where the failure to be so licensed or qualified would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the ability of such Seller Party to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement.
5.2      Due Authorization . Such Seller Party has all requisite power and authority and legal capacity to execute and deliver this Agreement and (subject to the approvals described in Section 5.3) perform his, her or its obligations hereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement by such Seller Party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly authorized and approved by all necessary corporate or similar action on the part of such Seller Party (if such Seller Party is not a natural person), and no other proceeding on the part of such Seller Party is necessary to authorize this Agreement. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by such Seller Party and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Seller Party, enforceable against such Seller Party in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and similar Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity.
5.3      No Conflict . Subject to the receipt of the consents, approvals, authorizations and other requirements set forth in Section 4.5, the execution and delivery of this Agreement by such Seller Party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not: (a) contravene, conflict with or result in a violation of the certificate of formation, the limited liability company agreement or other organizational documents of such Seller Party (as applicable); (b) contravene, conflict with or result in a violation of, or give any Governmental Authority or other Person the right to challenge any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or to exercise

40
LEGAL123381588.30

 

any remedy or obtain any relief under, any Law or any Governmental Order to which such Seller Party or such Seller Party’s Company Interests is subject; (c) contravene, conflict with or result in a violation of any of the terms or requirements of, or give any Governmental Authority the right to revoke, withdraw, suspend, cancel, terminate or modify, any required license, permit or approval from any Governmental Authority or other Person; or (d) result in the imposition or creation of any Lien upon any of the Company Interests.
5.4      Ownership of Company Interests . The membership interests of the Company consist solely of the Company Interests, and the Company has not granted any interest in, or option or other right (contingent or otherwise), including any right of first refusal or right of first offer, to acquire membership interests or any equity or other ownership interest in the Company. As of the date of this Agreement, (i) such Seller Party owns, of record and beneficially, all of the Company Interests identified as being owned by such Seller Party in Schedule 4.6(a) to this Agreement, (ii) such Seller Party has good and valid title to such Company Interests free and clear of all Liens, (iii) other than such Company Interests, such Seller Party does not own any other equity or ownership interests of the Company and has no right or obligation to purchase or acquire any other equity or ownership interests of the Company, and (iv) there is no voting trust or other agreement or understanding to which such Seller Party is a party or is bound with respect to the voting, registration or transfer of the Company Interests.
5.5      Litigation . There is no Action at law or in equity pending or, to the knowledge of such Seller Party, threatened against such Seller Party or any of its properties, assets or businesses that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to materially impair the ability of such Seller Party to perform its or his obligations hereunder or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. To the knowledge of such Seller Party, no event has occurred, and no claim, dispute or other condition or circumstance exists, that would reasonably be expected to directly or indirectly give rise to or serve as a basis for the commencement of any such Action. No Seller Party:
(c)      has, at any time since January 1, 2012, (i) made a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (ii) filed, or had filed against such Seller Party, any bankruptcy petition or similar filing, (iii) suffered the attachment or other judicial seizure of all or a substantial portion of such Seller Party’s assets, (iv) admitted in writing such Seller Party’s inability to pay such Seller Party’s debts as they become due, (v) been convicted of, or pleaded guilty to, any felony, or (vi) taken or been the subject of any action that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on such Seller Party’s ability to comply with or perform any of such Seller Party’s covenants or obligations under this Agreement; or
(d)      is subject to any Governmental Order that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on such Seller Party’s ability to comply with or perform any of such Seller Party’s covenants or obligations under this Agreement
5.6      Assets; Excluded Assets . The assets of Company and its Subsidiaries as of immediately following Closing and taking into account the Asset Transfer: (i) constitute all of the assets, tangible and intangible, of any nature whatsoever, owned by the Seller Parties or their Affiliates that are used in the operation of, or are necessary to operate, the U‑T San Diego Business (other than the Excluded Assets) in substantially the same manner as presently operated; and (ii) include all of the operating assets of the Company or its Affiliates which relate to, or are used or held for use in connection with the U‑T San Diego Business (other than the Excluded Assets). The Excluded Assets being distributed to Trust Seller pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof consist solely of the membership interests of MVHM, the membership interests of MVH and the MVH Real Property (including the MVH

41
LEGAL123381588.30

 

Mortgage), and (except for the MVH Real Property and the Excluded Assets listed on attached Exhibit B ) no other asset of any type used in the conduct of the U‑T San Diego Business is owned or controlled by MVHM or MVH or included in the Excluded Assets. Other than the assets that are subject to the Asset Transfer and the entities that own such assets prior to the Asset Transfer, the Company and its Subsidiaries other than MVHM and MVH own all of the Seller Parties’ assets, and hold the legal rights to use such assets, necessary to carry on U‑T San Diego Business in all respects. The sole asset of MVHM is the membership interests of MVH and the sole asset of MVH is the MVH Real Property. Immediately following the Asset Transfer, Seller’s wholly owned subsidiaries, UT-TV, LLC, Project Safari Real Property Holdings, LLC, UT Community News and Manchester Freedom, LLC will hold no assets. As of immediately prior to the Asset Transfer, the sole asset of each of UT Community News and Manchester Freedom, LLC was Intellectual Property with a book value in each case less than $10,000 in the aggregate.
5.7      Tribune Common Stock . Seller has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its participation in the transactions contemplated hereby. Seller is acquiring shares of the Tribune Common Stock for its own account and not with a view toward or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, or with any present intention of distributing or selling such shares of the Tribune Common Stock. Seller understands and agrees that such shares of the Tribune Common Stock may not be sold, transferred, offered for sale, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of without registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), except pursuant to an exemption from such registration available under such Act, and without compliance with state, local and foreign securities Laws, in each case, to the extent applicable. Seller understands that the shares of the Tribune Common Stock to be issued hereby are characterized as “restricted securities” under the federal securities Laws inasmuch as they are being issued in a transaction not involving a public offering and that under such Laws and applicable regulations such securities may be resold without registration under the Securities Act only in certain limited circumstances. In this connection, Seller represents that it is knowledgeable with respect to Rule 144 and Regulation S of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated under the Securities Act. Seller understands that any certificates evidencing the shares of the Tribune Common Stock to be issued hereby, or the book-entry account maintained in respect thereof, will bear an appropriate restrictive legend to the effect of the provisions of this Section 5.7.
5.8      Disclosure . No representation or warranty made by such Seller Party in this Agreement, nor any certificate, or exhibit prepared and furnished or to be prepared and furnished by such Seller Party or its representatives under this Agreement or in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, when read together in their entirety, contains as of the date hereof or will contain upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement any untrue statement of a material fact, or omits as of the date hereof or will omit upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to state a material fact necessary to make the statements or facts contained herein or therein not misleading, in light of the circumstances under which they were made.
5.9      Reliance . Each Seller Party makes the foregoing representations and warranties with the knowledge and expectation that Acquiror is placing reliance thereon.
ARTICLE VI.     
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF ACQUIROR
Except as set forth in the Schedules to this Agreement, Acquiror represents and warrants to the Seller Parties and the Company as of the date of this Agreement as follows:

42
LEGAL123381588.30

 

6.1      LLC Organization of Acquiror . Acquiror has been duly formed and is validly existing as a limited liability company in good standing under the Laws of the State of Delaware and has all necessary limited liability company power and authority to own or lease its properties and to conduct its business as it is now being conducted.
6.2      Due Authorization . Acquiror has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which it is or, at the Closing, will become, a party, and to perform all obligations to be performed by it hereunder. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly authorized and approved by all necessary limited liability company or similar action on the part of Acquiror, and no other limited liability company proceeding on the part of Acquiror is necessary to authorize this Agreement. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by such Acquiror and this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Acquiror, enforceable against Acquiror in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and similar Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity. No vote or other action of the stockholders of Acquiror’s ultimate parent company (“ Parent ”) is required by applicable Law, the certificate of incorporation of Parent, the bylaws of Parent or otherwise in order for Acquiror to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.
6.3      Capital Structure .
(a)      The authorized capital stock of Tribune Publishing Company consists of 300,000,000 shares of Tribune Common Stock, of which 25,608,448 shares are issued and outstanding as of May 5, 2015, and 30,000,000 shares of preferred stock of Tribune Publishing Company, par value $0.01 per share, of which no shares are issued and outstanding as of May 5, 2015. No shares of capital stock are held in Tribune Publishing Company’s treasury. All outstanding shares of Tribune Common Stock are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and were issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws. Other than pursuant to the Tribune Publishing Company 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan and except as contemplated by this Agreement, there are no outstanding subscriptions, options, warrants, puts, calls, exchangeable or convertible securities or other similar rights, agreements or commitments relating to the issuance of shares of capital stock under which Tribune Publishing Company is or may become obligated to issue shares of capital stock.
(b)      The shares of Tribune Common Stock issuable as consideration pursuant to this Agreement, upon the terms and conditions contemplated by the this Agreement, when issued, shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
(c)      Other than the Registration Rights Agreement, upon issuance, the shares of Tribune Common Stock issuable as consideration pursuant to this Agreement will not be subject to any Contract relating to the voting or registration of, or restricting Seller from selling, pledging or otherwise disposing of any such shares of Tribune Common Stock.
6.4      No Conflict . Except as set forth on Schedule 6.6 , the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Acquiror and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not (a) contravene, conflict with or result in a violation of the organizational documents of Acquiror; (b) contravene, conflict with or result in a violation of, or give any Governmental Authority or other Person the right to challenge any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or to exercise any remedy or obtain any relief under, any Law or any Governmental Order to which Acquiror is subject; (c) contravene, conflict with or result in a violation of any of the terms or

43
LEGAL123381588.30

 

requirements of, or give any Governmental Authority the right to revoke, withdraw, suspend, cancel, terminate or modify, any required license, permit or approval from any Governmental Authority or other Person; except to the extent that the occurrence of the foregoing would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on such Acquiror or its ability to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement.
6.5      Litigation and Proceedings . There are no Actions at law or in equity, or, to the knowledge of Acquiror, investigations, pending before or by any Governmental Authority or, to the knowledge of Acquiror, threatened, against Acquiror which, if determined adversely, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the ability of Acquiror to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement. There is no unsatisfied judgment or any open injunction binding upon such Acquiror which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the ability of such Acquiror to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement.
6.6      Governmental Authorities; Consents . Assuming the truth and completeness of the representations and warranties of the Company and the Seller Parties in Article IV and Article V, respectively, contained in this Agreement, no consent, approval or authorization of, or designation, declaration or filing with, any Governmental Authority or other Person is required on the part of such Acquiror with respect to such Acquiror’s execution or delivery of this Agreement or the Registration Rights Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, except as otherwise disclosed on Schedule 6.6 .
6.7      SEC Documents; Financial Statements .
(a)      Since January 1, 2014, Tribune Publishing Company has filed or furnished on a timely basis all reports, schedules, forms, statements and other documents (including exhibits and all other information incorporated therein) required to be filed or furnished by Tribune Publishing Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ” and all such documents, collectively, the “ Tribune Publishing Company SEC Documents ”). As of their respective dates, the Tribune Publishing Company SEC Documents complied in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as the case may be, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder applicable to such Tribune Publishing Company SEC Documents and, except to the extent that information contained in such Tribune Publishing Company SEC Document has been revised, amended, modified or superseded by a later filed Tribune Publishing Company SEC Document, none of the Tribune Publishing Company SEC Documents when filed or furnished contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
(b)      The consolidated financial statements (including any related notes and schedules) contained or incorporated by reference in the Tribune Publishing Company SEC Documents: (i) complied as to form in all material respects with the published rules and regulations of the SEC applicable thereto when filed; (ii) were prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods covered (except as may be indicated in the notes to such financial statements or as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC, including Regulation S-X, or, in the case of unaudited financial statements, as permitted by Form 10-Q, Form 8-K or any successor form under the Exchange Act); and (iii) fairly present, in all material respects, the financial position of Tribune Publishing Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the respective dates thereof and the results of operations and cash flows of Tribune Publishing Company and its consolidated

44
LEGAL123381588.30

 

Subsidiaries for the periods covered thereby (subject, in the case of the unaudited financial statements, to normal and recurring year-end adjustments that are not, individually or in the aggregate, material).
(c)      As of the date of this Agreement, there are no outstanding or unresolved comments in comment letters received from the SEC with respect to the Tribune Publishing Company SEC Documents.
(d)      Except as otherwise disclosed in Tribune Publishing Company’s filings with the SEC available on EDGAR to the public, since December 28, 2014, (i) there have not been any changes in the assets, liabilities, financial condition or operations of Tribune Publishing Company from that reflected in Tribune Publishing Company’s audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2014, included in Tribune Publishing Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, except changes in the ordinary course of business and changes that would not be reasonably expected, either individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) Tribune Publishing Company has not incurred any liabilities (contingent or otherwise) other than (A) trade payables, accrued expenses and other liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business, (B) liabilities not required to be reflected in Tribune Publishing Company’s financial statements pursuant to GAAP or required to be disclosed in filings made with the SEC, and (C) liabilities which would not individually or in the aggregate be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (iii) Tribune Publishing Company has not altered its critical accounting policies.
6.8      Financial Ability . Acquiror intends to have at the Closing, cash on hand and/or incremental commitments under its existing or new existing credit facilities necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including paying the Purchase Price, paying the MFG Note and paying the Trust Seller Debt.
6.9      Brokers’ Fees . Except as set forth on Schedule 6.9 (which such fees shall remain solely the responsibility of Tribune Publishing Company and its Affiliates), no broker, finder, investment banker or other Person is entitled to any brokerage fee, finders’ fee or other commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement based upon arrangements made by Acquiror or any of its Affiliates.
6.10      Acquisition of Interests for Investment . Acquiror has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its participation in the transactions contemplated hereby. Acquiror is acquiring the Company Interests for investment and not with a view toward or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, or with any present intention of distributing or selling the Company Interests. Acquiror understands and agrees that the Company Interests may not be sold, transferred, offered for sale, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of without registration under the Securities Act, except pursuant to an exemption from such registration available under such Act, and without compliance with state, local and foreign securities Laws, in each case, to the extent applicable.
6.11      Financing . Acquiror has delivered to the Company true, correct and complete copies of (i) the executed commitment letter, dated as of the date hereof, from Citibank Global Markets Inc. and its affiliates set forth therein (together with all exhibits, annexes, schedules and attachments thereto, the “ Debt Commitment Letter ”), pursuant to which, and subject to the terms and conditions thereof, the lenders party thereto have committed to lend the amounts set forth therein to Acquiror for the purpose of financing the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (such financing, the “ Debt Financing ”). The Debt Commitment Letter is, as of the date hereof, in full force and effect and has not been withdrawn, terminated or rescinded in any respect. The Debt Commitment Letter is a legal, valid and

45
LEGAL123381588.30

 

binding obligation of Acquiror and, to the knowledge of Acquiror, the other parties thereto. Acquiror has fully paid any and all commitment fees or other fees or deposits required by the Debt Commitment Letter to be paid on or before the date hereof. There are no other conditions precedent related to the funding of the full amount of the Debt Financing except as expressly set forth in the Debt Commitment Letter.
ARTICLE VII.     
COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY AND THE SELLER PARTIES
7.1      Conduct of Business . From the date of this Agreement through the Closing, the Company shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, except as contemplated by this Agreement (including in connection with the Spin-Off and Asset Transfer) or as consented to by Acquiror in writing (which consent shall not be unreasonably conditioned, withheld, delayed or denied), conduct its business and operate its properties in the ordinary course consistent with past practice and use commercially reasonable efforts to (i) preserve intact, in all material respects, their business organizations and goodwill, (ii) keep available the services of their present officers and employees and (iii) maintain their respective relationships with those Persons having ongoing business relationships with them. Company will promptly notify Acquiror of any event or occurrence that would result, or could reasonably be expected to result, individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect to the Company. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, except in connection with the Spin-Off or Asset Transfer, as set forth on Schedule 7.1 or as consented to by Acquiror in writing (which consent shall not be unreasonably conditioned, withheld, delayed or denied), the Company shall not, and the Company shall cause its Subsidiaries not to, except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement:
(a)      change or amend the certificate of formation, limited liability company agreement, certificate of incorporation, bylaws or other organizational documents of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, except as otherwise required by Law;
(b)      except for Tax Distributions, make or declare any dividend or distribution to the members of the Company;
(c)      issue, grant, deliver or sell (or authorize the same) any membership interest or equity or ownership interest or other equity rights of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;
(d)      enter into, terminate (excluding any expiration in accordance with its terms) or materially modify or amend any Material Contract, or modify, amend, terminate, breach, or waive, release, rescind or assign any rights or claims under, any Contract resulting, or that could reasonably be expected to result, individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect to the Company, in each case, except as expressly required by this Agreement;
(e)      (i) sell, assign, transfer, convey, lease, license or otherwise dispose of any material assets or properties, except for sale of its commercial products in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, or (ii) pledge or hypothecate any assets of the Company or its Subsidiaries or otherwise permit any such assets to become subject to any Lien, except for Permitted Liens;
(f)      except as otherwise required by Law, as required by Company Benefit Plans or Contracts in effect on the date of this Agreement and disclosed in Schedule 4.13(a) , (i) increase the amount of the wages, salary, commissions, fringe benefits or other compensation or remuneration payable to any directors, officers or Key Managers, or, except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, increase the amount of the wages, salaries, commissions, fringe benefits

46
LEGAL123381588.30

 

or other compensation for the benefit of employees other than Key Managers, (ii) grant any new rights or amend any existing rights to any retention, change in control or other bonus or special remuneration or any severance or termination pay to any employee or consultant of the Company or its Subsidiaries; (iii) make any material change in the key management structure of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, excluding the termination of existing Key Managers for cause and the hiring of Key Managers to replace those terminated for cause; (iv) adopt, enter into or amend any Company Benefit Plan, or (v) adopt, enter into or amend any individual employment or consulting agreement for Key Managers or, except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, any individual employment or consulting agreement for anyone other than Key Managers;
(g)      acquire by merger or consolidation with, or merge or consolidate with, or purchase any material portion of the assets of, any corporation, partnership, association, joint venture or other business organization or division thereof;
(h)      enter into any joint venture, partnership, limited liability company, operating or similar agreement with any Person;
(i)      make any loans or advances to any Person (except for advances to employees or officers of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice) or forgive, or agree to the forgiveness of, any material debt or otherwise release or waive any material right or material claim;
(j)      incur, assume, guarantee or otherwise become subject to any indebtedness for borrowed money;
(k)      make or change any Tax election, change any annual Tax accounting period, adopt or change any Tax accounting method or practice, amend any Tax Return, enter into any closing agreement regarding, or settlement of, any Tax claim or assessment, consent to any extension or waiver of the limitation period applicable to any Tax or surrender any right to claim a material Tax refund, offset or other reduction in Tax liability;
(l)      change any accounting method or practice (including any change in depreciation, amortization or revenue recognition policies or rates), except as required by Law;
(m)      settle or waive any defense in respect of any litigation proceedings involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, except in any case in which the aggregate uninsured amounts to be paid after the Closing by the Company and its Subsidiaries in connection with such waiver or settlement would not reasonably be expected to exceed $50,000 in the aggregate;
(n)      except as required or permitted under this Agreement, knowingly take any action that would or is reasonably likely to (i) make any representation or warranty of Company contained in this Agreement inaccurate, (ii) result in any of the conditions in Article X not being satisfied, or (iii) impair the ability of Company to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;
(o)      make any capital expenditure of more than $25,000 individually or $50,000 in the aggregate;
(p)      fail to keep in full force insurance policies covering Company’s properties and assets under substantially similar terms and conditions as Company’s policies as of the date of this Agreement;

47
LEGAL123381588.30

 

(q)      engage in a reduction of force or layoff affecting more than 100 employees, in the aggregate, of the Company and its Subsidiaries;
(r)      enter into any intercompany agreements or any agreements with directors or officers of the Company or its Subsidiaries or holders of the Company Interests, or any member of any of their families; or
(s)      enter into any agreement, or otherwise become obligated, to do any action prohibited under this Section 7.1.
7.2      Inspection . Company and each of the Seller Parties will confer with Acquiror and its representatives, at such times as they may reasonably request, about operational and integration matters to the extent permitted by applicable Law. Subject to confidentiality obligations under any Contract and similar restrictions (including under Laws), and except for any information that is subject to attorney‑ client privilege from disclosure, the Company shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, afford to Acquiror and its accountants, counsel and other representatives reasonable access, during normal business hours, in such manner as to not interfere with the normal operation of the Company and its Subsidiaries, to all of their respective properties, offices, books, contracts, documents, commitments, communications (including e-mail), Tax Returns, records and appropriate directors, officers and employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries, and shall furnish such representatives with all financial and operating data and other information concerning the business, properties, personnel and other affairs of the Company and its Subsidiaries as such representatives may reasonably request (including consultation with respect to any complaints, subpoenas, written requests, investigations, audits, reviews or hearings (or communications indicating that any complaints, subpoenas, written requests, investigations, audits, reviews or hearings may be contemplated) of any Governmental Authority); provided , however , that Acquiror shall not be permitted to perform any environmental sampling at any Owned Real Property or Leased Real Property, including sampling of soil, groundwater, surface water, building materials, or air or wastewater emissions. All information obtained by Acquiror and its representatives shall be subject to the Confidentiality Agreement. Company will permit Acquiror’s representatives to meet with the officers of Company responsible for the financial statements and internal controls of Company to discuss such matters as Acquiror may deem reasonably necessary or appropriate to satisfy obligations under Sections 302 and 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and any rules and regulations relating thereto.
7.3      No Solicitation .
(e)      So long as Acquiror is complying with all of its obligations pursuant to this Agreement in all material respects, unless and until this Agreement shall have been terminated in accordance with its terms, neither the Company nor any of the Seller Parties will, directly or indirectly, including through any of their Subsidiaries, members or Affiliates, initiate, solicit or knowingly encourage any inquiries or the making of any proposal or offer with respect to a merger, acquisition, license or similar transaction involving the (i) purchase of Company Interests, (ii) the purchase or transfer (including by license) of material assets of the Company or its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (iii) any other transaction the closing of which would prevent or materially delay the consummation of the transaction contemplated by this Agreement (any such transaction described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) being referred to hereinafter as (an “ Acquisition Transaction ”).
(f)      So long as Acquiror is complying with all of its obligations in all material respects pursuant to this Agreement, unless and until this Agreement shall have been terminated in accordance with its terms, neither the Company nor any of the Seller Parties shall, directly or indirectly, including

48
LEGAL123381588.30

 

through the Company Representatives (i) discuss, negotiate, undertake, authorize, recommend, propose or enter into, either as the proposed surviving, merged, acquiring or acquired company, any Acquisition Transaction other than the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or (ii) furnish or cause to be furnished, to any Person (other than Acquiror and its representatives), any information concerning the business, operations, properties or assets of the Company or its Subsidiaries in connection with any proposal or offer with respect to any Acquisition Transaction other than the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Company and each of the Seller Parties shall, and each shall use commercially reasonably efforts to cause the Company Representatives to, immediately cease and cause to be terminated any existing discussions or negotiations with any Persons (other than Acquiror and its representatives) conducted heretofore with respect to any of the foregoing. The Company and each of the Seller Parties agrees not to (and to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Company Representatives not to) release any third party in connection with an Acquisition Transaction from the confidentiality or non‑use provisions of any agreement to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party.
(g)      If Company, any of the Seller Parties or any of the Company Representatives is approached in any manner by a third party concerning an Acquisition Transaction (a “ Competing Party ”), Company, such Seller Party or such Company Representative, as the case may be, shall promptly inform Acquiror regarding such contact and furnish Acquiror with a copy of any inquiry or proposal or, if not in writing, a written description thereof, including the name of such Competing Party and the proposed purchase price or other transaction consideration.
7.4      Breach of Representations and Warranties; Notification; Access to Information .
(a)      Company and each of the Seller Parties will (i) in the event of, and promptly after becoming aware of, the occurrence of or the pending or threatened occurrence of any event that would cause or constitute a breach of any of the representations and warranties (or would cause or constitute a breach if such representations and warranties were made on or immediately following the date of such event), by Company or any of the Seller Parties that would be reasonably likely to cause the failure of the conditions set forth in Section 10.1, 10.2 or 10.3, give detailed written notice thereof to Acquiror and use commercially reasonable efforts to prevent or promptly remedy such breach, and (ii) promptly give Acquiror detailed written notice of any material change in the normal course of any business, operations, or financial condition of Company or its Subsidiaries or their respective assets or properties, or any emergency related thereto.
(b)      Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Company or any of the Seller Parties, as applicable, will promptly give detailed written notice to Acquiror of (i) any discussions or actions (of any type, preliminary or otherwise) relating to bankruptcy or other insolvency proceeding of Company or its Subsidiaries, (ii) any complaints, subpoenas, written requests, investigations, audits, reviews or hearings (or communications indicating that any complaints, subpoenas, written requests, investigations, audits, reviews or hearings may be contemplated) of any Governmental Authority (for which Company or any of the Seller Parties has received written or oral notice), (iii) any material loss of or damage to any property owned by Company, (iv) any change in material existing relationships with outside third parties (for which Company or any of the Seller Parties has received written or oral notice), (v) the institution or threat of any litigation that could affect Company, (vi) the failure of Company or any of the Seller Parties to comply with or satisfy any covenant, condition, or agreement to be complied with or satisfied by it in accordance with this Agreement, or (vii) any other matter that could result, individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect on the Company or its Subsidiaries.

49
LEGAL123381588.30

 

(c)      No notice or information provided to Acquiror or its representatives pursuant to Section 7.2 or this Section 7.4 will affect or be deemed to modify any representation or warranty in this Agreement, any right of Acquiror to indemnification with respect to such matter under Article VIII, or the conditions to the obligations of Acquiror to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.
7.5      Spin-Off . Prior to the Closing, the Company and Seller (or Seller Parties as applicable) shall prepare and enter into such instruments or other agreements as are reasonably acceptable to Acquiror to complete the Spin-Off which shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the Closing.
7.6      Asset Transfer . Prior to the Closing, the Company and Seller (or Seller Parties as applicable) shall prepare and enter into such instruments or other agreements as are reasonably acceptable to Acquiror to complete the Asset Transfer which shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the Closing.
7.7      Company Benefit Plans . Seller shall terminate, or cause the Company to terminate, any Company Benefit Plan, including any 401(k) plan, at the request of Acquiror prior to Closing and Seller shall complete or cause the Company to complete all documents required for such termination, including required notices to participants and venders in respect of any such Company Benefit Plan.
ARTICLE VIII.     
INDEMNIFICATION
8.1      General Indemnification . Subject to the limitations in this Article VIII, each of the Seller Parties other than Douglas W. Manchester (each a “ Indemnifying Seller Party ,” and, collectively, the “ Indemnifying Seller Parties ”), jointly and severally, by reason of their acceptance of the consideration provided for under this Agreement, will indemnify and hold Acquiror harmless from and against, and reimburse Acquiror with respect to, any and all Damages of every nature whatsoever incurred by Acquiror by reason of, arising out of, or in connection with (a) any breach of any representation or warranty of the Company in this Agreement or in any certificate delivered by the Company or any officer of the Company in accordance with this Agreement, (b) the failure, partial or total, of the Company to perform any agreement or covenant required by this Agreement to be performed by it, (c) Pre-Closing Taxes, (d) the Excluded Assets and all related liabilities, including without limitation the MVH Mortgage, (e) the amount of any Acquisition Expenses and any Funded Debt (other than the Trust Seller Debt, the MFG Note, the Contingent Seller Notes and any other Funded Debt solely to the extent such debt is included in the calculation of any Adjustment Amount), (f) any Environmental Law with respect to or arising from (i) operations on the Owned Real Property or any Leased Real Property or (ii) the operation of the business by the Company or its Subsidiaries at or prior to the Closing (“ Environmental Indemnification ”), (g) the Spin-Off , (h) the Carrier Litigation, including, for avoidance of doubt, any current and future judgments and attorneys’ fees associated therewith, (i) the TCPA Litigation, including, for avoidance of doubt, any current and future judgments and attorneys’ fees associated therewith, (j) the Literary Works Litigation, including, for avoidance of doubt, any current and future judgments and attorneys’ fees associated therewith, (k) the Woodard Litigation, including, for avoidance of doubt, any current and future judgments and attorneys’ fees associated therewith (l) the JL Liabilities, and (m) fraud. For purposes of calculating Damages incurred in connection with Article VIII, the representations, warranties and covenants contained in this Agreement shall not be deemed qualified by any references to “materiality,” “Company Material Adverse Effect” or any similar standard or qualification. For purposes of this Article VIII, “ Acquiror ” shall be deemed to mean and include each officer, director,

50
LEGAL123381588.30

 

employee, consultant, stockholder, Affiliate, agent, and other representative of Acquiror, or any ERISA Affiliate of Acquiror.
8.2      Indemnification for Seller Representations and Covenants . Subject to the limitations in this Article VIII, each Seller Party, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold Acquiror harmless from and against, and reimburse Acquiror with respect to, any Damages of every nature whatsoever incurred by Acquiror by reason of, or arising out of, or in connection with (a) any breach of any representation or warranty of such Seller Party in this Agreement or in any certificate delivered by such Seller Party, or (b) the failure, partial or total, of such Seller Party to perform any agreement or covenant required by this Agreement to be performed by such Seller Party. The provisions of Sections 8.3 and 8.4 (as applicable) shall apply to the Seller Parties with respect to any claims made pursuant to this Section 8.2 by Acquiror against a Seller Party; provided , however , that any failure by Acquiror to provide any notice to the Seller reasonably promptly will not relieve the Indemnifying Seller Parties of any obligation or liability to Acquiror, except and only to the extent that the Seller demonstrates that the Seller Parties have been materially prejudiced by such failure by Acquiror to provide such notice reasonably promptly.
8.3      Claims . Acquiror will notify the Seller reasonably promptly in writing of any claim that is not a Third Party Claim (which claims shall be covered solely by Section 8.4) with respect to which Acquiror claims indemnification hereunder, which notice will (a) state that Acquiror has determined in good faith that it has a bona fide claim for indemnification pursuant to this Article VIII; (b) state the amount of Damages, if known; and (c) specify in reasonable detail the material facts known to Acquiror giving rise to such claim (based upon the information within Acquiror’s knowledge); provided , however , that any failure by Acquiror to provide such notice to the Seller reasonably promptly will not relieve the Seller Parties of any obligation or liability to Acquiror, except and only to the extent that the Seller demonstrates that the Seller Parties have been materially prejudiced by such failure by Acquiror to provide such notice to the Seller reasonably promptly.
8.4      Third Party Claims .
(d)      Notice . Whenever Acquiror receives a written notice that an actual or possible Action has been or could reasonably be expected to be asserted or threatened by a third party, including a subpoena or written request from a Governmental Authority that could reasonably give rise to an indemnification claim by Acquiror under this Article VIII (any such actual or possible Action by a third party being referred to as a “ Third Party Claim ”), Acquiror will provide reasonably prompt written notice to the Seller of such Third Party Claim and of the related facts within Acquiror’s knowledge after receiving such written notice and becoming aware that the Third Party Claim may give rise to indemnification under this Agreement; provided , however , that any failure by Acquiror to provide such notice to the Seller reasonably promptly will not relieve the Seller Parties of any obligation or liability to Acquiror, except and only to the extent that the Seller demonstrates that the Seller Parties have been materially prejudiced by such failure by Acquiror to provide such notice to the Seller reasonably promptly.
(e)      Control of Third Party Claims Other Than Specified Matters .
(xvi)      Control of Third Party Claims Other Than Specified Matters . Except as otherwise expressly set forth in Section 8.4(c)(i) and Section 9.2, Acquiror will have the right in its sole discretion to conduct and control, through counsel of its own choosing, the defense of any Third Party Claim and will keep the Seller reasonably informed of the status thereof.

51
LEGAL123381588.30

 

(xvii)      Participation by Seller . The Seller will be entitled to participate in (but not conduct or control) the defense of a Third Party Claim at the expense of the Indemnifying Seller Parties.
(xviii)      Settlement of Third Party Claims . Acquiror may settle, adjust or compromise any Third Party Claim with or without the consent of the Seller or Seller Parties. However, without the prior written consent of the Seller, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned and which shall be deemed to have been given unless the Seller shall have objected within twenty (20) days after a written request for such consent by Acquiror, no settlement, adjustment or compromise of any Third Party Claim shall be determinative of the existence of a claim for indemnification under this Article VIII or the amount of Damages relating to such claim. In the event that the Seller has consented to any such settlement, adjustment or compromise, neither the Seller nor any Seller Party shall have any power or authority to object under any provision of this Article VIII to the amount of any claim by Acquiror for indemnity with respect to such settlement, adjustment or compromise.
(f)      Control of Specified Matters .
(i)      Prosecution of the Specified Matters . Notwithstanding Section 8.4(b)(i), Seller shall conduct and control at the expense of the Indemnifying Seller Parties, through counsel of its own choosing , the defense of (i) the Carrier Litigation, (ii) the TCPA Litigation, (iii) the Literary Works Litigation, (iv) the Woodard Litigation, and (v) any Third Party Claim pursuant to which, if the written allegations in such Third Party Claim were true on their face, the sole relief would be monetary Damages for which the Acquiror would be fully indemnified pursuant to clause (d), (f) or (g) of Section 8.1 (each of (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), and (v), a “ Specified Matter ,” and, collectively, the “ Specified Matters ”); provided , however , that the Acquiror shall have the right to reasonably consult with the Seller regarding the defense of any such Specified Matter. If at any point Seller fails to carry out such defense of a Specified Matter diligently and in such manner as is reasonable under the circumstances, Acquiror will have the right, by giving written notice to the Seller, which notice shall include reasonable detail as to the nature of any deficiency in such defense, to assume such defense of the Specified Matter; provided, that, Seller shall have thirty (30) days to cure any such deficiency prior to Acquiror assuming such defense.
(ii)      Mutual Cooperation . With respect to any Specified Matter, the Parties agree: (i) to keep each other reasonably informed of the status of such Specified Matter and any related proceedings at all stages thereof; (ii) to render to each other such assistance as they may reasonably require of each other and to cooperate in good faith with each other to ensure the proper and adequate defense of such Specified Matter including providing adequate access to and production of all witnesses, documents or other records relevant to such Specified Matter under Acquior’s control, and continuing to maintain all documents and records relevant to the Specified Matters under Acquior’s control; and (iii) to cooperate in such a manner as to preserve (to the extent reasonably possible) the confidentiality of all information of the parties and the attorney client and work product privileges.
(iii)      Settlement of Specified Matters . Seller may not, without the consent of Acquiror (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned) settle, adjust or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any Specified Matter, unless (A) there is no finding or admission of any violation of any federal, state, local or foreign Laws and there is no effect on any other Actions or claims that may be made involving the Company, Subsidiaries of the Company, Acquiror, or any of their Affiliates, (B) the sole relief provided is monetary damages that are paid in full by the Seller Parties, and (C) the terms of the settlement or

52
LEGAL123381588.30

 

judgment are confidential pursuant to a confidentiality agreement that is reasonably acceptable to Acquiror.
(iv)      Communications regarding the Specified Matters . Unless otherwise compelled by Law or court order, Seller shall not make any general public announcements, including any press releases, regarding any Specified Matter outside the context of the litigation without advance written approval of the Acquiror (which approval will not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned). Seller shall give the Acquiror reasonable advance written notice of any notices or other communications to any class in a Specified Matter. Acquiror shall have the right to consult with Seller regarding any such notice or communication
8.5      Integral Part of Agreement . The indemnification provisions in this Article VIII are an integral part of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby in the absence of which Acquiror would not have entered into this Agreement.
8.6      Survival . Subject to Section 8.3 and Section 8.4 hereof regarding notice of claims, the representations and warranties in Article IV and Article V of this Agreement or in any certificate delivered in accordance with this Agreement will survive for a period of 18 months after the Closing Date; provided , however , that (a) any claim for indemnification based on fraud will survive the Closing indefinitely; (b) any claim for indemnification based on any breaches of representations or warranties in Sections 4.1 (Corporate Organization of the Company), 4.2 (Subsidiaries), 4.3 (Due Authorization), 4.6 (Capitalization of the Company), 4.7 (Capitalization of Subsidiaries), 4.16 (Brokers’ Fees), 5.1 (Organization), 5.2 (Due Authorization), and 5.4 (Ownership of Company Interests), will survive the Closing indefinitely (in accordance with Section 8106(c) of the Delaware Code); and (c) no time limit will apply (other than the date that is thirty (30) days after the expiration of the statute of limitations period applicable to the underlying subject matter of such representations or warranties) for indemnification arising from any claim for indemnification based on any breaches of representations or warranties in Sections 4.15 (Taxes) and 4.23 (Environmental Matters), and (d) any claim for indemnification based on breaches of representations or warranties in Section 4.13 (Company Benefit Plans), will survive for a period ending on the earlier of (i) the date that is thirty (30) days after the expiration of the statute of limitations period applicable to the underlying subject matter of such representations and warranties and (ii) the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Closing Date. The representations referenced in clauses (b) and (c) of this Section 8.6 are collectively referred to as the “ Excluded Representations .” The covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement will survive the Closing and will continue until fully performed or satisfied. The Seller Parties shall not have any liability with respect to any claim for breach of any representation or warranty unless notice of such claim as provided herein is first given before the end of any applicable survival period specified therefore in this Section 8.6. Despite the above, no representation, warranty, covenant or agreement will expire to the extent Acquiror has provided to the Seller written notice of Acquiror’s claim for indemnification in accordance with Section 8.3 or Section 8.4 of this Agreement before the expiration of the applicable survival period, in which case the applicable representation, warranty, covenant or agreement shall survive until, but only for purposes of, the resolution of the matter covered by such notice. If the legal proceeding or written claim with respect to which a notice pursuant to Section 8.4(a) has been given is definitively withdrawn or resolved in favor of the Acquiror, the Acquiror shall promptly so notify the Seller. The representations and warranties of Acquiror set forth in this Agreement or in any certificate required to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall not survive the Closing.

53
LEGAL123381588.30

 

8.7      Limitations .
(d)      Threshold . Despite any other provision in this Article VIII, Acquiror will be entitled to indemnification under clause (a) of Section 8.1 and/or clause (a) of Section 8.2 only if the aggregate Damages thereunder exceed $250,000 (the “ Threshold Amount ”); provided , that if and when the aggregate Damages thereunder exceed the Threshold Amount, Acquiror will be entitled to be indemnified for the aggregate Damages including the Threshold Amount; and provided , further , that the foregoing limitation will not apply to Damages arising out of fraud or out of any breaches of the Excluded Representations or the representations or warranties set forth in Sections 4.13(d) and 4.13(e).
(e)      Cap . Acquiror will be entitled to indemnification under clause (a) of Section 8.1 and/or clause (a) of Section 8.2 only to the extent that the aggregate Damages do not exceed $3,000,000 (the “ General Cap ”); provided , however , that, the foregoing limitation will not apply to Damages with respect to any breach of any representation or warranty of the Company in Section 4.13(d) or 4.13(e) with respect to which Acquiror will be entitled to indemnification under clause (a) of Section 8.1 and/or clause (a) of Section 8.2 only to the extent that the aggregate Damages for such breaches do not exceed $5,000,000 (the “ Special Cap ”); provided , further , that the neither of the foregoing limitations will apply to Damages arising out of fraud or out of any breaches of the Excluded Representations. In addition, to the extent that any of the events listed on Schedule 4.13(e)(2), (4), and (5) constitute or are considered reportable events by the PBGC, the Company shall be responsible for indemnifying the Acquiror for any liabilities, damages, assessments, or penalties assessed by the PBGC for failing to timely report such event, and any such indemnification shall be subject to the Special Cap. For the avoidance of doubt, (i) the foregoing limitations will not apply to any Damages for which Acquiror is indemnified pursuant to clauses (b) through (m) of Section 8.1 or clause (b) of Section 8.2 and (ii) any Damages arising out of fraud, out of any breaches of the Excluded Representations, or for which Acquiror is indemnified pursuant to clauses (b) through (m) of Section 8.1 or clause (b) of Section 8.2, shall not be included in determining whether the General Cap or Special Cap, as applicable, shall apply to limit indemnification of Acquiror under clause (a) of Section 8.1 and/or clause (a) of Section 8.2.
(f)      Seller Limitations . Despite any other provision in this Article VIII, except in the case of Damages in respect of the Excluded Assets, the Environmental Indemnification or such Seller Party’s fraud, in no event will any Seller Party have any liability for Damages under Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, as applicable in excess of the aggregate amount paid to the Seller Parties pursuant to this Agreement, including, for avoidance of doubt, any amounts paid to the Seller as Closing Cash Payment and the shares of Tribune Common Stock included in the Purchase Price.
(g)      Order of Recovery . Indemnification claims for Damages (i) pursuant to Section 8.1, shall be recovered directly from the Indemnifying Seller Parties and (ii) pursuant to Section 8.2 shall be recovered directly from the Seller Parties, in each case of (i) and (ii) including by offset of any amounts not yet paid to the Indemnifying Seller Parties or Seller Parties, as applicable, pursuant to this Agreement.
(h)      Third Party Recoveries . The Damages under this Article VIII shall be calculated net of any third-party insurance proceeds (after deduction for any cost of collection, deductible, retroactive premium adjustment, reimbursement obligation or other cost directly related to such insurance claim) or any indemnity, contribution or other similar payment actually received by Acquiror from any third party with respect thereto. In the event that a third-party insurance or other recovery is actually made by Acquiror with respect to any Damages for which Acquiror has been

54
LEGAL123381588.30

 

indemnified hereunder, then Acquiror shall pay to the Seller an amount equal to such Damages for which Acquiror has been indemnified hereunder and for which Acquiror has recovered insurance or other proceeds, less any costs associated with such insurance policies, including, without limitation any deductible. To the extent the Company or its Subsidiaries have, as of the date hereof, an outstanding insurance claim relating to the Carrier Litigation, the Literary Works Litigation or the Woodard Litigation or, to the extent an insurance claim may be made following the Closing under any “occurrence based” insurance policy held by the Company or its Subsidiaries prior to the Closing, Acquiror shall use commercially reasonable efforts to recover such insurance proceeds (i) for which Acquiror would be indemnified hereunder or (ii) for which the Seller Parties have directly paid the costs reimbursable by such insurance proceeds. To the extent Acquiror receives insurance proceeds pursuant to the foregoing sentence, Acquiror shall promptly (but in no event later than five (5) Business Days after recovery) pay such proceeds (after deduction for any cost of collection, deductible, retroactive premium adjustment, reimbursement obligation or other cost directly related to such insurance claim), to Seller or its designee.
(i)      Additional Limitation . Acquiror shall not be entitled to indemnification pursuant to Sections 8.1 and 8.2 for (i) any Damages that are remote or speculative, or (ii) any punitive or exemplary Damages, in each case other than those Damages that Acquiror is obligated to pay to a third party.
(j)      Additional Limitations in Respect of Indemnification for Taxes . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, Acquiror shall not be entitled to recover any Damages under Section 8.1 or Section 8.2 consisting of or relating to (i) any Taxes to the extent included as a liability in the calculation of Closing Date Net Working Capital or Actual Acquisition Expenses, as finally determined pursuant to Section 2.4, (ii) any Taxes resulting from any transactions occurring on the Closing Date after the Closing outside the ordinary course of business (other than as explicitly contemplated by this Agreement), or (iii) any Taxes that are not Pre-Closing Taxes ( provided , that Damages resulting from breach of the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 4.15(c), 4.15(e), 4.15(f) and 4.15(h) shall not be limited to Pre-Closing Taxes).
8.8      No Right of Indemnity or Contribution . The availability of indemnification of Acquiror by the Seller Parties under this Article VIII will be determined without regard to any right to indemnification or advancement of fees to which any Seller Party may have in his or its capacity as an officer, director, employee, agent, or any other capacity of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and no such Seller Party will be entitled to any indemnification or advancement of fees from the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for amounts paid hereunder. The Seller Parties will have no right of contribution from the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for liabilities for such Seller Party’s obligations under this Article VIII.
8.9      Exclusive Remedy . With the exception of claims based upon fraud, resort to indemnification under this Article VIII will be the sole and exclusive monetary remedy of Acquiror from and after the Closing for Damages under this Agreement (it being understood that nothing in this Section 8.9 or elsewhere in this Agreement will affect Acquiror’s rights to equitable remedies to the extent available).
8.10      Amount of Damages . The amount of indemnification to which Acquiror shall be entitled under this Article VIII shall be determined: (i) by the written agreement between the Seller and Acquiror (or the applicable Seller Party and Acquiror in the case of a claim under Section 8.2); (ii) by a final judgment or decree of any court of competent jurisdiction; or (iii) by any other means to which the Seller and Acquiror shall agree (or the applicable Seller Party and Acquiror in the case of a claim

55
LEGAL123381588.30

 

under Section 8.2). The judgment or decree of a court shall be deemed final when the time for appeal, if any, shall have expired and no appeal shall have been taken or when all appeals taken shall have been finally determined.
8.11      Adjustment to Purchase Price . All amounts paid with respect to indemnification claims under this Agreement shall be treated by the parties hereto for all Tax purposes as adjustments to the Purchase Price unless otherwise required by applicable Law.
ARTICLE IX.     
OTHER COVENANTS
9.1      Support of Transaction . Without limiting any covenant contained in Article VII or Article VIII, Acquiror, the Company and the Seller Parties shall each, and shall each cause their respective Subsidiaries to take such actions as may reasonably be necessary or as another party may reasonably request to satisfy the conditions of Article X or otherwise to comply with this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for clarity in no event shall any Seller Party be obligated to bear any material expense or pay any material fee or grant any material concession in connection with obtaining any consents, authorizations or approvals required in order to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement pursuant to the terms of any Contract to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party.
9.2      Tax Matters .
(d)      Acquiror shall prepare in a manner consistent with the past practices of the Company, except as otherwise required by Law, and timely file or cause to be prepared and timely filed all Tax Returns of any member of the Company Group (other than the Excluded Companies) for Pre-Closing Tax Periods that are required to be filed after the Closing Date (the “ Acquiror‑Prepared Tax Returns ”). Acquiror shall give Seller a reasonable opportunity to review and comment on each such Acquiror-Prepared Tax Return and will incorporate all reasonable comments made by Seller.
(e)      Acquiror and Seller shall cooperate fully, and shall cause their respective Affiliates to cooperate fully, as and to the extent reasonably requested by the other party, in connection with the filing of Tax Returns and any Action regarding Taxes of, or with respect to, the Company Group. Such cooperation shall include the retention of and (upon the other party’s request) the provision of records and information reasonably relevant to any such Tax Return or Action and making employees available on a mutually convenient basis to provide additional information and explanation of any material provided hereunder, and the provision of such powers of attorney as may be necessary to allow for the control of any Third Party Claims as described in Section 8.4 hereof and for Seller and Acquiror to file Tax Returns pursuant to Section 9.2(a) hereof.
(f)      Whenever Acquiror or any of its Affiliates receives a written notice of any pending or threatened Tax audits or assessments by a Governmental Authority with respect to any Tax Return of any member of the Company Group (excluding the Excluded Companies) for any Tax period (or portion thereof) ending on or before the Closing Date (“ Tax Contest Claims ”), Acquiror shall provide reasonably prompt written notice to the Seller of such Tax Contest Claim; provided , however , that any failure by Acquiror to provide such notice to the Seller reasonably promptly will not relieve the Seller Parties of any obligation or liability to Acquiror, except and only to the extent that the Seller demonstrates that the Seller Parties have been materially prejudiced by such failure by Acquiror to provide such notice to the Seller reasonably promptly. Such notice shall include a copy of the relevant portion of any correspondence received from the relevant Governmental Authority and describe in reasonable detail the nature of such Tax Contest Claim. The Seller shall have the right to control the

56
LEGAL123381588.30

 

conduct of any issues in any Tax Contest Claim for any Tax period ending on or before the Closing Date; provided , that the Seller shall keep Acquiror informed regarding the progress and substantive aspects of any Tax Contest Claim, Acquiror shall be entitled at its expense to participate in any Tax Contest Claim and the Seller shall not compromise or settle any Tax Contest Claim without obtaining Acquiror’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). If a Tax Contest Claim relates to a Straddle Period, or if the Seller does not elect to control the conduct of a Tax Contest Claim, then Acquiror shall have the right to control the conduct of any issues in any such Tax Contest Claim; provided , that Acquiror shall keep the Seller informed regarding the progress and substantive aspects of such Tax Contest Claim, the Seller shall be entitled at its expense to participate in such Tax Contest Claim and Acquiror shall not compromise or settle any such Tax Contest Claim without obtaining the Seller’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). To the extent that the provisions of this Section 9.2(c) are inconsistent with the provisions of Section 8.4, this Section 9.2(c) shall control.
(g)      Acquiror shall not, and shall cause the Company Group (excluding the Excluded Companies) not to (i) take any action on the Closing Date other than in the ordinary course of business or other than any action explicitly contemplated under this Agreement, (ii) file or amend any Tax Return of any member of the Company Group for any Pre-Closing Tax Period (other than Acquiror-Prepared Tax Returns prepared and filed in accordance with Section 9.2(a)) or (iii) make any Tax election or grant an extension of any applicable statute of limitations with respect to any Pre-Closing Tax Period, in each case without the written consent of Seller (which consent shall not be unreasonably delayed, conditioned or withheld). For the avoidance of doubt, if a Tax Return is required by Law to be filed or amended it shall be considered unreasonable for Seller not to consent to the filing or amendment of such Tax Return.
(h)      For purposes of calculating Net Working Capital and Pre-Closing Taxes, and except to the extent that any Transfer Taxes are otherwise specifically allocated to a party under Section 9.2(f), in the case of any Taxes that are payable with respect to a taxable period that begins before or on the Closing Date and ends after the Closing Date (a “ Straddle Period ”), the portion of any Taxes that are payable for such Straddle Period and relate to the portion of such Straddle Period ending on the Closing Date shall (i) in the case of property Taxes and similar ad valorem Taxes, be deemed to be the amount of such Tax for the entire Straddle Period multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days in the Straddle Period ending on the Closing Date and the denominator of which is the number of days in the entire Straddle Period and (ii) in the case of any other Tax, be deemed equal to the amount which would be payable computed on a closing of the books basis as if the relevant Tax period ended as of the close of business on the Closing Date.
(i)      Acquiror, on the one hand, and Seller Parties on the other, will each assume liability for and pay one-half of all Transfer Taxes. The party required by applicable Law to file Tax Returns required in connection with Transfer Taxes shall file such Tax Returns and, subject to receipt of payment from the other party of the amount of Transfer Taxes for which such other party is liable pursuant to this Section 9.2(f), shall pay the amount of Transfer Taxes due with such Tax Returns. Each party hereto shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to minimize the amount of such Transfer Taxes and to cooperate in the preparation, execution and filing of all Tax Returns and other documents required in connection with such Transfer Taxes.
(j)      Each of the parties hereto agrees and acknowledges that the sale of the Company Interests contemplated hereby shall be treated as a purchase of the assets of the Company Group (excluding the Excluded Companies) for U.S. federal income Tax purposes and shall file all Tax Returns consistent with such treatment.

57
LEGAL123381588.30

 

(k)      Acquiror and Seller agree that all Tax deductions and other Tax benefits resulting from Acquisition Expenses and other items taken into account as deductions in computing the Purchase Price pursuant to Section 2.2, as adjusted pursuant to Sections 2.3 and 2.4, that are properly allocable to, and actually deductible in, the Pre-Closing Tax Period, shall be reflected on the Tax Return of the relevant member of the Company Group for the Pre-Closing Tax Period.
(l)      Any and all existing Tax allocation, Tax indemnity, Tax sharing or similar agreements between the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any other Person other than the Company, on the other hand, shall be terminated and all payables and receivables arising thereunder shall be settled, in each case prior to the Closing Date. After the Closing Date, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall have any further rights or liabilities thereunder or under any payables or receivables arising thereunder.
9.3      Automobiles and Other Personal Effects . The Acquiror hereby acknowledges that the automobiles in the auto museum at the Owned Real Property and the furniture and personal effects of Douglas F. Manchester and Manchester Financial Group, L.P. in the Owned Real Property set forth on Schedule 9.3 are owned by Trust Seller, Douglas F. Manchester or Manchester Financial Group, L.P. and are not assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
9.4      Public Announcements . Acquiror will issue the initial press release and Current Report on Form 8-K concerning this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, as well as the press release and Current Report on Form 8-K concerning the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby. Neither Company or any of its Subsidiaries nor any Seller Party (and each of them will use its commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that none of their respective representatives) will make any other public announcement concerning this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby without the prior written consent of Acquiror, and Company and each Seller Party will furnish to Acquiror all releases before publication. Nothing in this Agreement will prevent Company or any Seller Party at any time from furnishing any information to any Governmental Authority as required by applicable Law, in which circumstance Company or the Seller Party will make commercially reasonable efforts to consult with Acquiror in advance to the extent practicable and in any event will notify Acquiror as soon as practicable. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, until the Closing, no party will make any communication (other than Acquiror’s public announcement contemplated in this Section 9.4 and any public announcement reasonably required by the Debt Financing Sources in connection with the syndication of the Debt Financing) to Company’s customers, business partners, advertisers, landlords, suppliers, consultants or employees with respect to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby without the prior written consent of Acquiror and the Company. After the Closing, no Seller Party will make any communication to Company’s customers, advertisers, or suppliers with respect to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby without the prior written consent of Acquiror.
9.5      Company Audited Financial Statements . Following Closing, the Seller Parties shall, and shall direct their Affiliates and each of its and their respective directors, managers, officers, employees, agents, advisors and other representatives to, exercise commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with Acquiror, Company and its Subsidiaries (and each of its and their respective directors, managers, officers, employees, agents, advisors and other representatives) in the preparation by Acquiror of audited consolidated balance sheets and statements of income, cash flow and changes in members’ equity of the Company and its Subsidiaries, as of December 31, 2013 and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 and as of December 31, 2014 and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014, together with the auditor’s reports thereon (the “ Company Audited Financial Statements ”), including without limitation by promptly providing management letters as may be reasonably requested by

58
LEGAL123381588.30

 

Acquiror or its advisors. Any out-of-pocket expenses paid to third parties incurred by any of the Seller Parties in connection with the performance of their obligations under this Section 9.5 shall be borne, and promptly paid, by Acquiror.
9.6      Further Assurances Regarding Asset Transfer . In the event that at any time after the Closing any further action is reasonably necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes of Section 3.2(h) of this Agreement, each Seller Party and the proper officers and directors of each entity that is a party to this Agreement will take all such action.
9.7      Financing .
(d)      Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Acquiror shall use its reasonable best efforts to obtain the Debt Financing on the terms and conditions described in the Debt Commitment Letter.
(e)      Acquiror shall keep the Company informed on a current basis and in reasonable detail of the status of its efforts to arrange the Debt Financing
(f)      The Seller Parties, the Company and its Subsidiaries shall, and shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause the respective Representatives of the Seller Parties, the Company and its Subsidiaries to, cooperate as reasonably requested by Acquiror in connection with the Debt Financing, including, without limitation (i) upon reasonable prior notice, participation by the Company’s senior officers and other Representatives in a reasonable number of meetings, presentations, and due diligence sessions, (ii) preparing and furnishing all financial and other pertinent information regarding the Company reasonably requested by Acquiror, including all financial statements, pro forma financial statements and other financial data required in connection with the Debt Financing, (iii) providing reasonable access (subject to execution of non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements as contemplated by the Debt Commitment Letter) to prospective lenders involved in the Debt Financing to evaluate the Company’s current assets, cash management and accounting systems, policies and procedures relating thereto for purposes of establishing collateral arrangements and cooperating with prospective lenders to establish bank and other accounts and blocked account agreements and lock box arrangements in connection with the foregoing; provided that no such accounts, agreements or arrangements shall be effective prior to the Closing, and (iv) furnishing Acquiror and any lenders involved with the Debt Financing, with all documentation and other information required by any Governmental Entity with respect to the Debt Financing under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the PATRIOT Act within the time periods set forth in the Debt Commitment Letter.  Notwithstanding the foregoing: (a) such requested cooperation shall not unreasonably interfere with the ongoing operations of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; and (b) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to pay any commitment or other similar fee or incur any other liability in connection with the Debt Financing prior to the Closing. Acquiror shall promptly upon request by the Company, reimburse the Company for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees and expenses of the Company and its Subsidiaries and all reasonable and documented fees and expenses of their counsel and accountants incurred in connection with such requested cooperation .
9.8      Distribution of Restricted Cash . Following the Closing, subject to the last sentence of this Section 9.8, neither Acquiror nor any of its Affiliates, including, without limitation, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, will transfer, withdraw or otherwise use any of the Restricted Cash. Within three (3) Business Days following the release of restrictions on the Restricted Cash, Acquiror and its Subsidiaries shall cause the Restricted Cash to be paid to Seller or its designee, by wire transfer of immediately available funds in accordance with the Wire Instructions. Following Closing, Acquiror

59
LEGAL123381588.30

 

and its Subsidiaries will exercise commercially reasonable efforts to remove any restrictions on the Restricted Cash.
9.9      Listing . Acquiror will cause the shares of Tribune Common Stock being issued as consideration pursuant to this Agreement to be approved for listing (subject to notice of issuance) on the New York Stock Exchange at or prior to the Closing.
9.10      Amendment of Indemnity Agreements . The Seller Parties and the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to have amended each indemnity agreement or similar agreement relating to the Carrier Litigation to remove the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as indemnitors under such agreements.
ARTICLE X.     
CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS
10.1      Conditions to Obligations of Acquiror and the Seller Parties . The obligations of Acquiror and the Seller Parties to consummate, or cause to be consummated, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions, any one or more of which may be waived in writing by all of such parties:
(m)      No Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction shall have enacted, issued or entered any Governmental Order or applicable statute, rule or regulation that, in any case, is in effect and enjoins or otherwise prohibits the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
(n)      Unless withdrawn or otherwise resolved to the satisfaction of both the Seller and Acquiror prior to the Closing, prior to the Closing the PBGC shall not have (i) instituted or threatened in writing to institute proceedings to terminate the SDUT Pension Plan, or (ii) required or threatened in writing to require any portion of the Purchase Price to be reserved, escrowed or otherwise applied to fund or otherwise support the SDUT Pension Plan, or (iii) required or threatened in writing to require Seller, any Subsidiary of the Seller, Acquiror or any Affiliate of the Acquiror to otherwise provide any bond, monetary escrow, contributions in addition to any minimum required contributions under Code Sections 412 and 430 or similar financial or security accommodation relating to the SDUT Pension Plan.
10.2      Conditions to Obligations of Acquiror . The obligations of Acquiror to consummate, or cause to be consummated, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are subject to the satisfaction of the following additional conditions, any one or more of which may be waived in writing by Acquiror:
(g)      The representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement (i) shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof, and (ii) shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date, in each case of (i) and (ii) without giving effect to materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualifications contained therein, as if made anew at and as of that time, except with respect to representations and warranties which speak as to an earlier date, which representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects at and as of such date.
(h)      The representations and warranties of the Seller Parties contained in this Agreement (i) shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof, and (ii) shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date, in each case of (i) and (ii) without giving effect to materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualifications contained therein, as if made anew at and as

60
LEGAL123381588.30

 

of that time, except with respect to representations and warranties which speak as to an earlier date, which representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects at and as of such date.
(i)      The covenants and agreements of the Company and each of the Seller Parties required to be performed by this Agreement as of or prior to the Closing shall have been performed in all material respects.
(j)      Since the date of this Agreement, there shall not have been any event or condition that individually, or in the aggregate with other events or conditions, has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company or its Subsidiaries.
(k)      The Company shall have delivered to Acquiror a certificate signed by an officer of the Company, dated the Closing Date, certifying that, to the knowledge and belief of such officer, the conditions specified in Sections 10.2(a) and (as relates to covenants of the Company) 10.2(c) have been fulfilled.
(l)      Seller shall have delivered to Acquiror a certificate signed by an authorized person of Seller, dated the Closing Date, certifying that, to the knowledge and belief of such authorized person, the conditions specified in Sections 10.2(b) and 10.2(c) (in each case solely as relates to covenants, representations or warranties of Seller) have been fulfilled.
(m)      There will not be pending or threatened any Action brought by any Governmental Authority or other Person: (a) challenging or seeking to restrain or prohibit the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or seeking to obtain any material Damages in connection therewith; or (b) seeking to prohibit or impose any material limitations on Acquiror’s ownership or operation of all or any portion of Company’s business or to compel Acquiror to dispose of or hold separate all or any material portion of the assets of Company as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
(n)      The Company shall have delivered or caused to be delivered to Acquiror the items listed in Section 3.2.
(o)      The Seller and Seller Parties, as applicable, shall have delivered, or caused to be delivered, to Acquiror the items listed in Section 3.3.
(p)      Payoff letters in customary form satisfactory to Acquiror (specifying effectiveness upon receipt of payment and providing releases satisfactory to Acquiror) with respect to all payments relating to the MFG Note and the Trust Seller Debt in amounts not greater than the amounts set forth in the Closing Date Payment Spreadsheet shall have been executed by each of the Persons to whom such amounts are owed as of the Closing and delivered to the Company and Acquiror.
10.3      Conditions to the Obligations of the Seller Parties . The obligation of the Seller Parties to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement is subject to the satisfaction of the following additional conditions, any one or more of which may be waived in writing by Seller:
(e)      The representations and warranties of Acquiror contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date, without giving effect to materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualifications contained therein, as if made anew at and as of that time, except with respect to representations and warranties which speak as to an earlier date, which representations and warranties shall be true and correct at and as of such date.

61
LEGAL123381588.30

 

(f)      The covenants of Acquiror to be performed as of or prior to the Closing shall have been performed in all material respects.
(g)      Acquiror shall have delivered to the Company and Seller a certificate signed by Acquiror, dated the Closing Date, certifying that, to the knowledge and belief of such signatories, the conditions specified in Section 10.3(a) and Section 10.3(b) have been fulfilled.
(h)      Since the date of this Agreement, there shall not have been any event or condition that individually, or in the aggregate with other events or conditions, has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Acquiror and its Subsidiaries.
(i)      The shares of Tribune Common Stock being issued as consideration pursuant to this Agreement shall have been approved for listing (subject to notice of issuance) on the New York Stock Exchange.
(j)      Acquiror shall have delivered, or caused to be delivered, to the Seller and the Company the items listed in Section 3.4.
ARTICLE XI.     
TERMINATION/EFFECTIVENESS
11.1      Termination . This Agreement may be terminated and the transactions contemplated hereby abandoned:
(q)      by written consent of Seller and Acquiror;
(r)      prior to the Closing, by written notice to Seller from Acquiror if (i) there is any breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement on the part of the Company or the Seller Parties set forth in this Agreement, such that any of the conditions specified in Section 10.2 would not be satisfied at the Closing (a “ Terminating Company Breach ”), except that, if such Terminating Company Breach is curable by the Company or any of the Seller Parties through the exercise of its reasonable best efforts, then, for a period of up to thirty (30) days after receipt by Seller of notice from Acquiror of such breach, but only as long as the Company or any of the Seller Parties, as applicable, continues to use its reasonable best efforts to cure such Terminating Company Breach (the “ Company Cure Period ”), such termination shall not be effective, and such termination shall become effective only if the Terminating Company Breach is not cured within the Company Cure Period, (ii) the Closing has not occurred on or before June 12, 2015 (the “ Termination Date ”), or (iii) the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby is permanently enjoined, prohibited or otherwise restrained by the terms of a final, non‑appealable order or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, unless Acquiror’s willful breach is the primary reason for such injunction, prohibition or restraint ( provided , Acquiror shall have used reasonable best efforts to lift such injunction or other Action);
(s)      prior to the Closing, by written notice to Acquiror from Seller if (i) there is any breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement on the part of Acquiror set forth in this Agreement, such that any of the conditions specified in Section 10.3 would not be satisfied at the Closing (a “ Terminating Acquiror Breach ”), except that, if any such Terminating Acquiror Breach is curable by Acquiror through the exercise of its reasonable best efforts, then, for a period of up to thirty (30) days after receipt by Acquiror of notice from Seller of such breach, but only as long as Acquiror continues to exercise such reasonable best efforts to cure such Terminating Acquiror Breach (the “ Acquiror Cure Period ”), such termination shall not be effective, and such termination shall

62
LEGAL123381588.30

 

become effective only if the Terminating Acquiror Breach is not cured within Acquiror Cure Period, (ii) the Closing has not occurred on or before the the Termination Date, or (iii) the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby is permanently enjoined, prohibited or otherwise restrained by the terms of a final, non‑appealable order or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction ( provided , the Company and Seller shall have used reasonable best efforts to lift such injunction or other Action).
11.2      Effect of Termination . Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 11.2, in the event of the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 11.1, this Agreement shall forthwith become void and have no effect, without any liability on the part of any party hereto (including any of the Seller Parties) or its respective Affiliates, officers, directors or members, other than liability of any Seller or the Company, as the case may be, for any intentional and willful breach of this Agreement by such Seller or the Company, as applicable, occurring prior to such termination. In determining losses or Damages recoverable upon termination by a party hereto for another party’s intentional and willful breach, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that such losses and Damages shall not be limited to reimbursement of expenses or out‑of‑pocket costs, and shall include the benefit of the bargain lost by such party (taking into consideration relevant matters, including other opportunities and the time value of money), which shall be deemed to be Damages payable to such party. The provisions of this Section 11.2 and Article XIII (except for Section 13.14) and the Confidentiality Agreement shall survive any termination of this Agreement.
ARTICLE XII.     
RESERVED
ARTICLE XIII.     
MISCELLANEOUS
13.1      Waiver . Any party to this Agreement may, at any time prior to the Closing, by duly authorized action waive any of the terms or conditions of this Agreement or agree to an amendment or modification to this Agreement by an agreement in writing executed in the same manner (but not necessarily by the same Persons) as this Agreement. Any agreement on the part of a party hereto to any such extension or waiver shall be valid only if set forth in a written instrument signed on behalf of the party against which such waiver or extension is to be enforced. Waiver of any term or condition of this Agreement by a party shall not be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach or waiver of the same term or condition by such party, or a waiver of any other term or condition of this Agreement by such party.
13.2      Notices . All notices and other communications among the parties shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (i) when delivered in person, (ii) five (5) days after posting in the United States mail having been sent registered or certified mail return receipt requested, postage prepaid, (iii) on the first (1st) Business Day after being sent, prepaid, by FedEx or other nationally recognized overnight delivery service, (iv) upon machine generated acknowledgement of receipt after transmittal by facsimile if so acknowledged to have been received before 5:00 p.m. on a Business Day at the location of receipt and otherwise on the next following Business Day or (v) when delivered by email, if receipt is confirmed, addressed as follows:
(k)      If to Acquiror, to:
Tribune Publishing Company, LLC
202 W. 1st Street

63
LEGAL123381588.30

 

Los Angeles, CA 90012
Attention: Julie K. Xanders, General Counsel
Facsimile No.: (213) 237-4401
Email: Julie.Xanders@tribpub.com

with copies to:

Perkins Coie LLP
1201 Third Ave, Suite 4900
Seattle, WA 98101
Attention: Stewart M. Landefeld
Facsimile No.: (206) 359-9000
Email: SLandefeld@perkinscoie.com

(l)      If to the Company, prior to the Closing, to:
MLIM, LLC
350 Camino De La Reina
San Diego, CA 92108
Attention: Richard V. Gibbons
Facsimile No.: (619) 293-1101
Email: rgibbons@manchesterfinancialgroup.com

with copies to:

Cooley LLP
4401 Eastgate Mall
San Diego, CA 92121
Attention: Michael S. Levinson
Facsimile No.: (858) 550-6420
Email: mlevinson@cooley.com

(m)      If to any Seller Party:
Douglas F. Manchester
350 Camino De La Reina
San Diego, CA 92108
Attention: Richard V. Gibbons
Facsimile No.: (619) 293-1101
Email: papadoug@manchesterfinancialgroup.com

with copies to:

Richard V. Gibbons
350 Camino De La Reina
San Diego, CA 92108
Facsimile No.: (619) 293-1101
Email: rgibbons@manchesterfinancialgroup.com

64
LEGAL123381588.30

 


and

Cooley LLP
4401 Eastgate Mall
San Diego, CA 92121
Attention: Michael S. Levinson
Facsimile No.: (858) 550-6420
Email: mlevinson@cooley.com

or to such other address or addresses as the parties may from time to time designate in writing.
13.3      Assignment . No party hereto shall assign this Agreement or any part hereof without the prior written consent of the other parties; provided , however , that Acquiror may assign, without the prior written consent of the Company or the Seller Parties, all or any portion of this Agreement and/or their respective rights hereunder to any of their respective financing sources as collateral security; provided , that any such assignment shall not relieve Acquiror from any obligations hereunder. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns.
13.4      Rights of Third Parties . Nothing expressed or implied in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to confer upon or give any Person, other than the parties hereto, any right or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.
13.5      Expenses . Except as provided in Sections 9.2(e) and 9.2(f), each party hereto, shall bear its own expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions herein contemplated whether or not such transactions shall be consummated, including all fees of its legal counsel, financial advisers and accountants; provided , however , that the fees and expenses of the Auditor, if any, shall be paid in accordance with Section 2.4.
13.6      Governing Law . This Agreement, and all claims or causes of action (whether in contract or tort) based upon, arising out of, or related to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the Laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles or rules of conflict of laws to the extent such principles or rules would require or permit the application of Laws of another jurisdiction.
13.7      Captions; Counterparts . The captions in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be considered a part of or affect the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
13.8      Schedules and Annexes . The Schedules and Exhibits referenced herein are a part of this Agreement as if fully set forth herein. All references herein to Schedules and Exhibits shall be deemed references to such parts of this Agreement, unless the context shall otherwise require. The Schedules shall be arranged according to specific sections in this Agreement and shall provide exceptions to, or otherwise qualify, only the corresponding section in this Agreement and any other section hereof where it is reasonably apparent that the disclosure is relevant to such other section. Certain information set forth in the Schedules is included solely for informational purposes and may not be required to be disclosed pursuant to this Agreement, nor shall such information be deemed to establish a standard of materiality. The disclosure of any information shall not be deemed to

65
LEGAL123381588.30

 

constitute an acknowledgment that such information is required to be disclosed in connection with the representations and warranties made in this Agreement.
13.9      Entire Agreement . This Agreement (together with the Schedules and Exhibits to this Agreement and the Confidentiality Agreement) constitutes the entire agreement among the parties relating to the transactions contemplated hereby and supersede any other agreements, whether written or oral, that may have been made or entered into by or among any of the parties hereto or any of their respective Subsidiaries relating to the transactions contemplated hereby, including without limitation the LOI and that certain Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 22, 2014, by and among Tribune Publishing, LLC, an affiliate of Acquiror, and the parties hereto (other than Acquiror). No representations, warranties, covenants, understandings, agreements, oral or otherwise, relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement exist between the parties except as expressly set forth in this Agreement.
13.10      Amendments . This Agreement may be amended or modified in whole or in part, only by a duly authorized agreement in writing executed in the same manner as this Agreement and which makes reference to this Agreement.
13.11      Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, the other provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. The parties further agree that if any provision contained herein is, to any extent, held invalid or unenforceable in any respect under the Laws governing this Agreement, they shall take any actions necessary to render the remaining provisions of this Agreement valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by Law and, to the extent necessary, shall amend or otherwise modify this Agreement to replace any provision contained herein that is held invalid or unenforceable with a valid and enforceable provision giving effect to the intent of the parties.
13.12      Jurisdiction . Any Action based upon, arising out of or related to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby may be brought in the Delaware Chancery Court (or, if the Delaware Chancery Court shall be unavailable, any other court of the State of Delaware or, in the case of claims to which the federal courts have exclusive subject matter jurisdiction, any federal court of the United States of America sitting in the State of Delaware), and each of the parties irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of each such court in any such Action, waives any objection it may now or hereafter have to personal jurisdiction, venue or to convenience of forum, agrees that all claims in respect of the Action shall be heard and determined only in any such court, and agrees not to bring any Action arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby in any other court. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to affect the right of any party to serve process in any manner permitted by Law or to commence legal proceedings or otherwise proceed against any other party in any other jurisdiction, in each case, to enforce judgments obtained in any Action brought pursuant to this Section 13.12.
13.13      Enforcement . The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage may occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to seek an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to specifically enforce the terms and provisions of this Agreement, in addition to any other remedy to which any party is entitled at law or in equity. Subject to the limitations in the preceding sentence, in the event that any Action shall be brought in equity to enforce the provisions of this Agreement, no party shall allege, and each party hereby waives the defense, that there is an adequate remedy at law, and each party agrees to waive any requirement for the securing or posting of any bond in connection therewith.

66
LEGAL123381588.30

 

13.14      Waiver of Conflicts Regarding Representations; Access to Attorney‑Client Privileged Information . Acquiror waives and shall not assert, and agree after the Closing to cause the Company and its Affiliates to waive and to not assert, any conflict of interest arising out of or relating to the representation, after the Closing, of Seller or any Seller Party in any matter involving this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, by Cooley LLP (“ Prior Company Counsel ”) despite the Prior Company Counsel representing any Seller Party, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with this Agreement or any other agreements or transactions contemplated hereby. Acquiror further agrees that, as to all communications among the Prior Company Counsel, the Company and/or any Seller Party that relate to the Prior Company Counsel’s representation of the Company in the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (but not representations prior to engagement for or separate from the transactions contemplated by this Agreement) in connection with any proceeding between Seller (or any Seller Party), on the one hand, and the Acquiror or the Company or any of their respective Subsidiaries, on the other hand, the attorney-client privilege and the expectation of client confidence belongs to the Seller Parties and may be controlled by the Seller Parties and shall not pass to or be claimed by Acquiror or any of its Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that a dispute arises between Acquiror and its Subsidiaries (including the Company and its Subsidiaries), on the one hand, and a third party other than a Seller Party, on the other hand, Acquiror and its Subsidiaries (including the Company and its Subsidiaries) may assert the attorney-client privilege to prevent disclosure of confidential communications to such third party.
13.15      No Survival . Except as set forth in Article VIII, none of the representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement, or in any certificate delivered by any of the parties hereto at Closing, shall survive the Closing; provided , that each party shall be responsible after the Closing, for the performance by such party of any covenant or agreement in this Agreement which this Agreement expressly contemplated being performed by such party at or after the Closing; provided , further , that, nothing herein shall limit any party’s right to make a claim against any other party which arises out of fraud of such other party.
13.16      Waiver of Claims Against Financing Parties . None of the Debt Financing Sources will have any liability to the Seller Parties or their Affiliates relating to or arising out of this Agreement, the Debt Financing, if any, or otherwise, whether at law, or equity, in contract, in tort or otherwise, and neither the Seller Parties nor any of their Affiliates will have any rights or claims against any of the Debt Financing Sources hereunder or thereunder; provided that this Section 13.16 shall not limit the rights that the Company and its Subsidiaries may obtain after the Closing Date under the definitive documentation for the Debt Financing, in their capacities as parties thereto. The Debt Financing Sources are express third party beneficiaries of, and may enforce, any provisions in this Agreement reflecting the foregoing agreement.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]


67
LEGAL123381588.30

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have hereunto caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

LEGAL123381588.30

 

 
 
TRIBUNE PUBLISHING COMPANY, LLC
 
 
 
 
 
By: Tribune Publishing Company, its sole member
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ John H. Griffin, Jr.         
Name: John H. Griffin, Jr.      
Its: Chief Executive Officer    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MLIM, LLC
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By: _ /s/ Douglas F. Manchester ________
 
 
   Douglas F. Manchester, Manager
 
 


THE PAPA DOUG TRUST U/A/D JANUARY 11, 2010


By: _ /s/ Douglas F. Manchester ________  
   Douglas F. Manchester, Trustee
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
_ /s/ Douglas F. Manchester ________
 
 
DOUGLAS F. MANCHESTER
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
_ /s/ Douglas W. Manchester ________
 
 
DOUGLAS W. MANCHESTER
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MLIM HOLDINGS, LLC
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By: _ /s/ Douglas F. Manchester ________
 
 
   Douglas F. Manchester, Manager
 
 
 


LEGAL123381588.30


Exhibit 2.2
AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO
MEMBERSHIP INTEREST PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Amendment No. 1 (the “ Amendment ”) to that certain Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 7, 2015 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), by and among Tribune Publishing Company, LLC (“ Acquiror ”), MLIM Holdings, LLC (“ Seller ”), the Papa Doug Trust u/a/d January 11, 2010 (“ Trust Seller ”), Douglas F. Manchester and Douglas W. Manchester (each an “ Individual Seller ” and, together with Assignor and Trust Seller, the “ Seller Parties ” and each, individually, a “ Seller Party ”), and MLIM, LLC (the “ Company ”). Capitalized terms used in this Amendment and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Purchase Agreement.
RECITALS
WHEREAS, Acquiror, Seller, each of the Seller Parties and the Company desire to amend the Purchase Agreement pursuant to Section 13.10 of the Purchase Agreement as set forth herein, which amendment will be effected by the execution of this Amendment by Acquiror, Seller, each of the Seller Parties and the Company.
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual obligations in this Amendment and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
1. Closing . Section 3.1 of the Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
“3.1     Closing . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the consummation of the purchase and sale of the Company Interests and the other transactions contemplated hereby (the “ Closing ”) shall take place (a) upon the later of (i) May 21, 2015, and (ii) as soon as practicable after satisfaction or waiver of the last to be fulfilled of the conditions in Article X (other than those conditions that are to be satisfied at Closing) or (b) on such date as Acquiror and Seller may mutually agree, in each case, at such time and place as Acquiror and Seller may mutually agree. The date on which the Closing actually occurs is referred to in this Agreement as the “ Closing Date .”
2.      Working Capital Amount, Acquisition Expenses and Adjustment Amount . Each of Section 2.3 and Section 2.4 of the Purchase Agreement is hereby amended such that the Preliminary Closing Balance Sheet, the Estimated Closing Date Net Working Capital, the Estimated Acquisition Expenses, the Company’s calculation of any Estimated Net Working Capital Deficit Amount or Estimated Net Working Capital Surplus Amount, the Closing Balance Sheet, the Closing Date Net Working Capital, and the Actual Acquisition Expenses, as the case may be, shall each be determined

LEGAL126100302.4



as of the close of business on the Closing Date (for clarity, ignoring any transactions on the Closing Date that occur after the Closing and are outside the ordinary course of business).
3.      Remainder of the Purchase Agreement Unchanged . Except as otherwise set forth in this Amendment, the Purchase Agreement shall remain in full force and effect without any amendment or modification to the terms and provisions thereof. For avoidance of doubt, this Amendment does not have the effect of curing any breach or inaccuracy of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement set forth in the Purchase Agreement that existed prior to this Amendment.
4.      Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
5.      Governing Law . This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the Laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles or rules of conflict of laws to the extent such principles or rules would require or permit the application of Laws of another jurisdiction.
6.      Jurisdiction . Any Action based upon, arising out of or related to this Amendment may be brought in the Delaware Chancery Court (or, if the Delaware Chancery Court shall be unavailable, any other court of the State of Delaware or, in the case of claims to which the federal courts have exclusive subject matter jurisdiction, any federal court of the United States of America sitting in the State of Delaware), and each of the parties irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of each such court in any such Action, waives any objection it may now or hereafter have to personal jurisdiction, venue or to convenience of forum, agrees that all claims in respect of the Action shall be heard and determined only in any such court, and agrees not to bring any Action arising out of or relating to this Amendment or the transactions contemplated hereby in any other court. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to affect the right of any party to serve process in any manner permitted by Law or to commence legal proceedings or otherwise proceed against any other party in any other jurisdiction, in each case, to enforce judgments obtained in any Action brought pursuant to this Section 6.
[Signature Page Follows]


-2-
LEGAL126100302.4



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the date first set forth above.

LEGAL126100302.4



 
 
TRIBUNE PUBLISHING COMPANY, LLC
 
 
 
 
 
By: Tribune Publishing Company, its sole member
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ John H. Griffin, Jr.         
Name: John H. Griffin, Jr.      
Its: Chief Executive Officer    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MLIM, LLC
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By: _ /s/ Douglas F. Manchester _______
 
 
   Douglas F. Manchester, Manager
 
 


THE PAPA DOUG TRUST U/A/D JANUARY 11, 2010


By: _ /s/ Douglas F. Manchester ________  
   Douglas F. Manchester, Trustee
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
_ /s/ Douglas F. Manchester ________    
 
 
DOUGLAS F. MANCHESTER
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
_ /s/ Douglas W. Manchester ________    
 
 
DOUGLAS W. MANCHESTER
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MLIM HOLDINGS, LLC
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By: _ /s/ Douglas F. Manchester ________    
 
 
   Douglas F. Manchester, Manager


-2-
LEGAL126100302.4
Exhibit 10.1

EXECUTION VERSION

LENDER JOINDER AGREEMENT
THIS LENDER JOINDER AGREEMENT, dated as of May 21, 2015 (this “ Lender Joinder Agreement ”), by and among the bank or financial institution party hereto (the “ Additional Lender ”), TRIBUNE PUBLISHING COMPANY, a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and assigns, the “ Borrower ”), and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”). Terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Credit Agreement.
RECITALS:
WHEREAS, reference is made to that certain Term Loan Credit Agreement dated as of August 4, 2014 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among the Borrower, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and the Lenders from time to time party thereto;
WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Membership Interest Purchase Agreement (the “ Acquisition Agreement ”), dated as of May 7, 2015, by and among Tribune Publishing Company, LLC, a subsidiary of the Borrower (the “ Acquiror ”), MLIM Holdings, LLC (“ Seller ”), the Papa Doug Trust u/a/d January 11, 2010 (“ Trust Seller ”), Douglas F. Manchester and Douglas W. Manchester (each an “ Individual Seller ”) and, together with Seller and Trust Seller, the “ Seller Parties ”), and MLIM, LLC (the “ Company ”), the Acquiror shall purchase from Seller all of the Company Interests (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) (the “ Acquisition ”); and
WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower may add Supplemental Term Loan Commitments of one or more Additional Lenders by entering into one or more Lender Joinder Agreements provided that after giving effect thereto the aggregate amount of all Supplemental Term Loan Commitments shall not exceed the Incremental Amount.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. This Lender Joinder Agreement shall become effective on and as of May 21, 2015 (the “ Effective Date ”), subject only to:
(a)      receipt by the Administrative Agent, from each of the Borrower and the Additional Lender, of a counterpart of this Agreement signed on behalf of such parties; and
(b)      the satisfaction of each of the conditions precedent set forth in Schedule A-2 annexed hereto.


#87233993v5    



2.      The Borrower hereby agrees to pay any amounts described in Section 2.05(a)(iv) of the Credit Agreement, if and to the extent such amounts shall become due on the terms set forth in such Section, in respect of the Initial Term Loans as increased by the Supplemental Term Loan Commitments pursuant to this Lender Joinder Agreement, as if the phrase “ twelve-month anniversary of the Closing Date ” set forth in such Section were replaced with “ November 21, 2015 ” (and Section 2.05(a)(iv) is hereby deemed amended to so provide).
3.      In accordance with Section 2.07 of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Lenders, the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans outstanding in consecutive quarterly installments on the dates set forth below in the amounts set forth below (which amounts shall, to the extent applicable, be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Sections 2.05 and 2.06 of the Credit Agreement, or be increased as a result of any increase in the amount of Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.14 of the Credit Agreement):
Date
Amount
Each March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 ending prior to the Maturity Date for the Facility (beginning with June 30, 2015)

$5,272,436

Maturity Date for the Facility
all unpaid aggregate principal amounts of any outstanding Term Loans.

4.      The Supplemental Term Loan Commitments shall constitute Eurodollar Rate Loans having an initial Interest Period ending on May 29, 2015.
5.      The Additional Lender party hereto hereby agrees to commit to provide its respective Commitments as set forth on Schedule A-1 annexed hereto, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth below:
Such Additional Lender (a) represents and warrants that it is legally authorized to enter into this Lender Joinder Agreement; (b) confirms that it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the financial statements referred to in Section 6.01 of the Credit Agreement and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Lender Joinder Agreement; (c) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or thereto; (d) appoints and authorizes each applicable Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers and discretion under the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or thereto as are delegated to

2
#87233993v5    



each such Agent, as applicable, by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are incidental thereto; (e) hereby affirms the acknowledgements and representations of such Additional Lender as a Lender contained in Section 9.06 of the Credit Agreement; and (f) agrees that it will be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement and will perform in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement all the obligations which by the terms of the Credit Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender, including its obligations pursuant to Section 9.07 of the Credit Agreement.
6.      The Additional Lender hereby agrees to make its Supplemental Term Loan Commitment on the following terms and conditions on the Effective Date pertaining to such Additional Lender attached hereto:
(a)      Additional Lender to Be a Lender . Such Additional Lender acknowledges and agrees that upon its execution of this Lender Joinder Agreement that such Additional Lender shall on and as of the Effective Date become a “ Lender ” with respect to the Tranche of Term Loans indicated on Schedule A-1, under, and for all purposes of, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, shall be subject to and bound by the terms thereof, shall perform all the obligations of and shall have all rights of a Lender thereunder, and shall make available such amount to fund its ratable share of outstanding Loans on the Effective Date as the Administrative Agent may instruct.
(b)      Certain Delivery Requirements . Such Additional Lender has delivered or shall deliver herewith to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent such forms, certificates or other evidence with respect to United States federal income tax withholding matters as such Additional Lender may be required to deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 3.01(f) of the Credit Agreement.
(c)      Credit Agreement Governs . Except as set forth in this Lender Joinder Agreement, Supplemental Term Loan Commitments shall otherwise be subject to the provisions of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
(d)      Notice . For purposes of the Credit Agreement, the initial notice address of such Additional Lender shall be as set forth below its signature below.
(e)      Recordation of the New Loans . Upon execution, delivery and effectiveness hereof, the Administrative Agent will record the Supplemental Term Loan Commitments made by such Additional Lender in the Register.
(f)      Amendment, Modification and Waiver . This Lender Joinder Agreement may not be amended, modified or waived except by an instrument or instruments in writing signed and delivered on behalf of each of the parties hereto.
(g)      Entire Agreement . This Lender Joinder Agreement, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire agreement among

3
#87233993v5    



the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and verbal, among the parties or any of them with respect to the subject matter hereof.
(h)      Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ITS PRINCIPLES OR RULES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS TO THE EXTENT SUCH PRINCIPLES OR RULES ARE NOT MANDATORILY APPLICABLE BY STATUTE AND WOULD REQUIRE OR PERMIT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.
(i)      Severability . Any provision of this Lender Joinder Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
(j)      Counterparts . This Lender Joinder Agreement may be executed in one or more    counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery by telecopier or other electronic transmission of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Lender Joinder Agreement shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Lender Joinder Agreement. The Administrative Agent may also require that any such documents and signatures delivered by telecopier or other electronic transmission be confirmed by a manually-signed original thereof; provided, that the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any document or signature delivered by telecopier or other electronic transmission.
7.      The Borrower hereby agrees to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent for all reasonable and documented or invoiced out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Lender Joinder Agreement and the Supplemental Term Loan Commitments that are required to be paid under Section 10.04 of the Credit Agreement.
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused its duly authorized officer to execute and deliver this Lender Joinder Agreement as of the date first above written.
CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC.
By:
/s/ Monique Renta
 
Name: Monique Renta
 
Title: Authorized Signatory



JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
By:
/s/ John G. Kowalczuk
 
Name: John G. Kowalczuk
 
Title: Executive Director



TRIBUNE PUBLISHING COMPANY,
as Borrower
By:
/s/ John H. Griffin, Jr.
 
Name: John H. Griffin, Jr.
 
Title: President, Chief Executive Officer and Director


SCHEDULE A-1     
SUPPLEMENTAL TERM LOAN COMMITMENTS
Additional Lender
Supplemental Term Loan Commitment
Principal Amount Committed
Aggregate Amount of All Supplemental Term Loan Commitments
Maturity Date
Citicorp North America, Inc.

$70,000,000


$70,000,000


$70,000,000

The earliest to occur of (i) August 4, 2021 and (ii) the date the Term Loans are declared due and payable pursuant to Section 8.02 of the Credit Agreement.


SCHEDULE A-2     
1.      Since the date of the Acquisition Agreement, there shall not have occurred an Acquired Business Material Adverse Effect on the Company. “ Acquired Business Material Adverse Effect ” means, with respect to the Company, any event, occurrence, change or effect that individually or in the aggregate (c) is, or would reasonably be expected to be, materially adverse to the ability of the Company to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement and to satisfy all of its obligations contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement or (d) is, or would reasonably be expected to be, materially adverse on the business, assets, results of operations or financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; provided, however, that in no event would any of the following (or the effect of any of the following), alone or in combination, be deemed to constitute, or be taken into account in determining whether there has been or will be, an “ Acquired Business Material Adverse Effect ” on or in respect of the Company: (i) any change in applicable Laws or GAAP or any interpretation thereof, (ii) any change in interest rates or economic, political, business or financial market conditions generally, provided that such change does not have a disproportionate impact on the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, compared to other companies operating primarily in the same industries as the Company and its Subsidiaries, (iii) any change generally affecting any of the industries in which the Company or its Subsidiaries operates or the economy as a whole, provided that such change does not have a disproportionate impact on the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, compared to other companies operating primarily in the same industries as the Company and its Subsidiaries, (iv) the announcement or the execution of the Acquisition Agreement, the pendency or consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement or the performance of the Acquisition Agreement (including any loss of, or adverse change in the relationship of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with, any of its customers, employees, third party contractors, financing sources or suppliers caused by any of the foregoing), (v) the compliance with the terms of the Acquisition Agreement or the taking of any action required or contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement, (vi) any action taken by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries at the written request of the Borrower, (vii) any natural disaster, or (viii) any acts of terrorism or war or the outbreak or escalation of hostilities or change in geopolitical conditions.
2.      The Acquisition shall have been consummated, or substantially simultaneously with the borrowing under the Facility on the Effective Date, shall be consummated, in all material respects in accordance with the terms of the Acquisition Agreement, without giving effect to any modifications or amendments, or any consents or waivers thereunder (or written requests by the Borrower under clause (f) of the definition of “ Acquired Business Material Adverse Effect ”) by the Borrower, that are materially adverse to the Additional Lender without the prior consent of the Additional Lender, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. For purposes of the foregoing conditions, it is hereby understood and agreed that (a) any change in the purchase price in connection with the Acquisition shall be deemed to be materially adverse to the interests of the Additional Lender, unless such change is a reduction in the purchase price of not more than 10% and the principal amount of the Supplemental Term Loan Commitments is reduced by an amount equal to the amount by which the total purchase price is reduced and (b) any change in the provisions of the Acquisition Agreement of which the Additional Lender is a third-party beneficiary shall be deemed to be materially adverse to the interests of the Additional Lender.
3.      Subject to the Limited Conditionality Provision (as defined in the Commitment Letter (the “ Commitment Letter ”) dated as of May 7, 2015 among the Borrower and Citigroup Global Markets Inc.), the Additional Lender shall have received customary closing documentation including corporate and organizational documents, closing certificates, legal opinions, board resolutions and a solvency certificate, in each case substantially consistent with those delivered in connection with the closing of the Credit Agreement or otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the Additional Lender.
4.      (a) The Specified Purchase Agreement Representations (as defined in the Commitment Letter) shall be true and correct, (b) the Specified Representations (as defined in the Commitment Letter) shall be true and correct in all material respects (except to the extent any such representation and warranty is qualified by materiality or reference to Material Adverse Effect, in which case, such representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all respects) and (c) before and after giving effect to the consummation of the Transactions, no default or event of default shall have occurred and be continuing under the Existing Credit Agreement.
5.      The Borrower, each Guarantor, the Company and each of its Subsidiaries shall have provided the documentation and other information reasonably requested in writing at least ten (10) days prior to the Effective Date by the Lenders that they reasonably determine is required by regulatory authorities under applicable “ know your customer ” and anti-money- laundering rules and regulations, including the PATRIOT Act, in each case at least five (5) Business Days prior to the Effective Date.
6.      All fees and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses required to be paid on the Effective Date, to the extent invoiced at least two business days prior to the Effective Date (or such later date as the Borrower may reasonably agree) shall, upon the borrowing under the Facility on the Effective Date, have been paid.



4
#87233993v5    


Exhibit 10.2













REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

by and between Tribune Publishing Company
and

MLIM Holdings, LLC






Dated as of May 21, 2015













TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page


Section 1    CERTAIN DEFINITIONS    1
Section 2    REGISTRATION    4
Section 3    PIGGYBACK REGISTRATIONS    5
Section 4    SUSPENSION PERIODS    7
[INTENTIONALLY REMOVED]    8
Section 6    REGISTRATION PROCEDURES    8
Section 7    REGISTRATION EXPENSES    12
Section 8    INDEMNIFICATION    13
Section 9    SECURITIES ACT RESTRICTIONS    15
Section 10    TRANSFERS OF RIGHTS    15
Section 11    RULE 144 REPORTING    16
Section 12    MISCELLANEOUS    17















116628278 v2     -i-






THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreemen t”) is made and entered into as of May 21, 2015, by and between Tribune Publishing Company, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and MLIM Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Holder ”).

WHEREAS, Tribune Publishing Company, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (the “ Purchaser ”), and the Holder are parties to that certain Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, dated May 7, 2015 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), pursuant to which the Holder has agreed to sell to the Purchaser all of the issued and outstanding limited liability company membership interests of MLIM, LLC (“ MLIM ”) in exchange for a combination of cash and Company Shares (as defined below); and

WHEREAS, in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement, the parties desire to enter into this Agreement in order to create certain registration rights for the Holder as set forth below.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained and other good and valid consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Agreement hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1 CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

1.1
As used in this Agreement, the terms below shall have the meanings specified below:

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such Person. For purposes of this definition, “ control ” (including, with correlative meaning, the terms “ controlling ” and “ controlled ”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Agreement ” shall have the meaning specified in the preamble to this Agreement, including all amendments, modifications and supplements thereto and any exhibits or schedules to any of the foregoing, and shall refer to this Agreement as the same may be in effect at the time such reference becomes operative.

beneficially own ” means, with respect to any Person, securities of which such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates, directly or indirectly, has “ beneficial ownership ” as determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 of the Exchange Act, including securities beneficially owned by others with whom such Person or any of its Affiliates has agreed to act together for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of such securities; provided that a Person shall not be deemed to “ beneficially own ” (a) securities tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates until such tendered securities are accepted for payment, purchase or exchange; (b) any security as a result of an oral or written agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such security if such agreement, arrangement or understanding: (i) arises solely from a revocable proxy given in response to a public proxy or consent solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance with, the applicable provisions of the Exchange





Act; and (ii) is not also then reportable by such Person on Schedule 13D under the Exchange Act (or any comparable or successor report).

Business Day ” means a day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions in the State of New York are authorized or obligated by law to close.

Closing Date ” shall have the meaning specified in the Purchase Agreement.

Company ” shall have the meaning specified in the preamble to this Agreement.

Company S-3 Eligibility Date ” means August 5, 2015.

Company Shares ” means shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and any securities into which such shares may hereinafter be reclassified.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

FINRA ” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

Form S-1 ” means a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act or such successor forms thereto permitting registration of securities under the Securities Act.

Form S-3 ” means a registration statement on Form S-3 under the Securities Act or such successor forms thereto permitting registration of securities under the Securities Act.

Governmental Entity ” means any federal, state, local or foreign court, government or political subdivision or department thereof, or any governmental administrative or regulatory body.

Holder ” shall have the meaning specified in the preamble to this Agreement. References herein to the Holder shall apply to Permitted Transferees who become Holders pursuant to Section 10 , provided that (a) all obligations of the Holder and its Permitted Transferees hereunder shall be several, and not joint and several; and (b) for purposes of all thresholds and limitations herein, the actions of the Permitted Transferees shall be aggregated, provided further that for purposes of making decisions relating to the process and procedures relating to the registration under Section 2 hereof, MLIM Holdings, LLC shall act as representative for the Holders and the Permitted Transferees collectively and the Company may reasonably rely on decisions made by MLIM Holdings, LLC relating thereto.

Indemnified Party ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 8(c) .

Indemnifying Party ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 8(c) .

NYSE ” means the New York Stock Exchange.

Permitted Transferee ” means any Person to whom rights are transferred in accordance with the assignment provisions of the Purchase Agreement.






Person ” means an individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, branch of any legal entity, unincorporated organization, joint stock company, joint venture, association, other entity or Governmental Entity.

Piggyback Registration ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 3(a) .

Prospectus ” means the prospectus or prospectuses (whether preliminary or final) included in any Registration Statement and relating to Registrable Securities, as amended or supplemented, and including all material incorporated by reference in such prospectus or prospectuses.

Purchase Agreement ” means the agreement specified in the first recital hereto, as such agreement may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Purchase Price ” shall have the meaning specified in the Purchase Agreement.

Registrable Securities ” means, at any time, (a) Company Shares issued to the Holder pursuant to the terms of the Purchase Agreement; and (b) any Company Shares or any other security issued by the Company after the date hereof in respect of the Company Shares referenced in (a) by way of a share dividend or share split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization, in either case until the earliest to occur of (i) the date on which the resale of any such Company Shares has been registered pursuant to the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with the Registration Statement relating to it; (ii) the date on which any such Company Shares are transferred pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act and no longer bear any restrictive legend; (iii) the date that is the second day following the six (6) month anniversary of the Closing Date; or (iv) the date on which any such Company Shares are sold to the Company.

Registration Expenses ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 7(a) .

Registration Statement ” means any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act that covers the resale of any of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, and any amendments or supplements to such Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments, all exhibits and all documents incorporated by reference in such Registration Statement.

Rule 144 ” means such rule promulgated under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC having substantially the same effect as such Rule.

Rule 415 ” means such rule promulgated under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC having substantially the same effect as such Rule.

S-3 Shelf Registration ” means the filing by the Company of an S-3 Shelf Registration Statement (or an amendment or supplement to an existing registration statement on Form S-3) for a public offering of all or such portion of the Registrable Securities designated by the Holder pursuant to Rule 415 or otherwise.






S-3 Shelf Registration Statement ” means a Registration Statement (including any amendment or supplement thereto) on Form S-3 covering the resale of the Registrable Securities.

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Stock Consideration ” means the portion of the Purchase Price payable in Company Shares.

Suspension Period ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 4 .

Termination Date ” means the first date on which there are no Registrable Securities subject to this Agreement.

underwritten offering ” means a registered offering in which securities of the Company are sold to one or more underwriters on a firm commitment basis for offering to the public.

1.2      Interpretation . When a reference is made in this Agreement to an article, section, exhibit or schedule, such reference shall be to an article or section of, or an exhibit or schedule to, this Agreement unless otherwise indicated. The table of contents and headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. Whenever the words “ include ,” “ includes ” or “ including ” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.” Unless the context otherwise requires, the words “ hereof ,” “ herein ” and “ hereunder ” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. All terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings herein when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein. The definitions contained in this Agreement are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms and to the masculine as well as to the feminine genders of such term. Any agreement, instrument or statute defined or referred to herein or any agreement or instrument that is referred to herein means such agreement, instrument or statute as from time to time amended, modified, supplemented or replaced, including (in the case of agreements or instruments) by waiver or consent and (in the case of statutes) by succession of comparable successor agreements, instruments or statutes. Any agreement or instrument referred to herein shall include reference to all exhibits, schedules and other documents or agreements attached thereto or incorporated therein.

SECTION 2 REGISTRATION
(a) Registration Statements .

(i) Initial Registration Statement : Subject to the provisions of this Agreement on the Company S-3 Eligibility Date, the Company shall file with the SEC, a S-3 Shelf Registration Statement covering solely the resale of the Registrable Securities in accordance with Holder’s plan of distribution and to the extent that the Registration Statement is not automatically effective upon





filing under Paragraph D of the General Instructions of Form S-3, the Company shall use reasonable best efforts to have the Registration Statement declared effective as soon as practicable after such filing.

(ii) Alternative Registration Statement : In the event that Form S-3 is not available for the registration of the resale of the Registrable Securities hereunder on the Company S-3 Eligibility Date, then on the Company S-3 Eligibility Date, the Company shall (i) file with the SEC a Registration Statement on Form S-1 or another appropriate form reasonably acceptable to the Holder to register the Registrable Securities for resale in accordance with the Holder’s plan of distribution and the Company will comply with the other provisions of Section 2(a)(i) with respect to the Registration Statement, and (ii) undertake to register the Registrable Securities on an S-3 Shelf Registration Statement promptly after such form becomes available to the Company; provided that the Company shall maintain the effectiveness of the Registration Statement then in effect until such time as an S-3 Shelf Registration Statement has been declared effective by the SEC.

(b) Underwritten Offerings . The Holder shall not be entitled to request that a sale of Registrable Securities be made pursuant to an underwritten offering.

(c) Right to Effect Sales . The Holder shall be entitled, at any time and from time to time when a Registration Statement is effective and until the Termination Date, to offer and sell such Registrable Securities as are then registered pursuant to such Registration Statement.

(d) Effective Period of Registration Statements . With respect to any Registration Statement, the Company shall use reasonable best efforts to keep such Registration Statement effective for a period of 365 days or until all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement shall have been sold by the Holder, provided that such period shall be extended by the number of days in any Suspension Period commenced pursuant to Section 4 during such period (as it may be so extended), and further provided that no obligations in this Section 2(d) shall continue beyond the Termination Date.

(e) Purchase Agreement Restrictions . Nothing in this Agreement shall affect the provisions of the Purchase Agreement related to Company Shares, which shall apply independently hereof in accordance with the terms thereof.

SECTION 3 PIGGYBACK REGISTRATIONS
(a) Right to Piggyback . Each time prior to the Termination Date that the Company
proposes to register any Company Shares under the Securities Act (other than on a registration statement on Form S-8, F-8, S-4 or F-4), whether for its own account or for the account of one or more holders of Company Shares other than of the Holder (a “ Proposed Registration ”), the Company shall promptly give written notice to the Holder (which notice shall be given not less than 20 days prior to the expected filing date of the Proposed Registration and shall describe the intended method of distribution for the offering relating to the Proposed Registration) of such Proposed Registration and shall offer to the Holder the right to request inclusion of any of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the Proposed Registration (a “ Piggyback Registration ”), subject to Sections 3(b) and 3(c) hereof. The Holder shall have ten Business Days after the Holder’s receipt of such notice or, in the case of a primary offering, such shorter time as is reasonably





specified by the Company in light of the circumstances ( provided that only Registrable Securities of the same class or classes as Company Shares being registered may be requested to be included). The Company shall have no obligation to proceed with any Piggyback Registration and may abandon, terminate and/or withdraw such registration for any reason at any time. If the Company or any other Person other than the Holder proposes to sell Company Shares in an underwritten offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-3 under the Securities Act, such offering shall be treated as a primary or secondary underwritten offering pursuant to a Piggyback Registration.

(b) Priority on Primary Piggyback Registrations . If a Proposed Registration is initiated as a primary underwritten offering on behalf of the Company and the managing underwriters advise the Company and the Holder (if such Proposed Registration becomes a Piggyback Registration) that in their opinion the number of Company Shares proposed to be included in such offering exceeds the number of Company Shares (of any class) that can be sold in such offering without materially delaying or jeopardizing the success of the offering (including the price per share of Company Shares proposed to be sold in such offering), the Company shall include in such registration and offering (i) first, the number of Company Shares that the Company proposes to sell; (ii) second, the number of Company Shares requested to be included therein by third parties having existing contractual registration rights under contract or contracts that have been filed as exhibits to Company filings with the SEC that predate this Agreement and are superior to the rights of the Holder pursuant to such existing contracts in place as of the date of this Agreement; (iii) third, the number of Company Shares requested to be included therein by the Holder; and (iv) fourth the number of Company Shares requested to be included therein by other holders of Company Shares who have registration rights. If the number of Company Shares that may be sold is less than the number of Company Shares proposed to be registered pursuant to clause (i) above by the Company, the amount of Company Shares to be sold shall be allocated to the Company.

(c) Priority on Secondary Piggyback Registrations . If a Proposed Registration is initiated as an underwritten registration on behalf of a holder of Company Shares other than the Holder (if such Proposed Registration becomes a Piggyback Registration), and the managing underwriters advise the Company that in their opinion the number of Company Shares proposed to be included in such registration exceeds the number of Company Shares (of any class) that can be sold in such offering without materially delaying or jeopardizing the success of the offering (including the price per share of Company Shares to be sold in such offering), then the Company shall include in such registration (i) first, the number of Company Shares requested to be included therein by the holder(s) initially requesting such registration; (ii) second, the number of Company Shares requested to be included therein by third parties having existing contractual registration rights that predate this Agreement and are superior to the rights of the Holder pursuant to such existing contracts in place as of the date of this Agreement; (iii) third, the
number of Company Shares requested to be included therein by other holders of Company Shares who have registration rights, including the Holder, pro rata among such holders on the basis of the number of Company Shares requested to be included therein by such holders or as such holders and the Company may otherwise agree (with allocations among different classes of Company Shares, if more than one are involved, to be determined by the Company); and





(iv) fourth, the number of Company Shares that the Company proposes to sell. In no event shall the inclusion of shares held by a holder of Company Shares without existing registration rights result in a cut-back of the number of shares that the Holder may include in an underwriting offering covered by this subsection.

(d) Selection of Underwriters . Whether any Piggyback Registration is a primary or secondary underwritten offering, the Company shall have the right to designate the managing underwriter or underwriters to administer any such offering.

(e) Basis of Participation . The Holder may not sell Registrable Securities in any offering pursuant to a Piggyback Registration unless it (i) agrees to sell such Company Shares on the same basis provided in the underwriting or other distribution arrangements approved by the Company and that apply to the Company and/or any other holders involved in such Piggyback Registration; and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements, lockups and other documents required under the terms of such arrangements.

SECTION 4 SUSPENSION PERIODS
The Company may (i) delay the filing or effectiveness of the S-3 Shelf Registration
Statement or (ii) prior to the pricing of any underwritten offering or other offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement delay such underwritten or other offering (and, if permitted, withdraw any Registration Statement that has been filed), but in each case described in clauses (i) and (ii) only if the Company’s Board of Directors determines in its reasonable judgment (A) that proceeding with such an offering would require the Company to disclose material information that would not otherwise be required to be disclosed at that time and that the registration or offering to be delayed would, if not delayed, materially adversely affect the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or materially interfere with, or jeopardize the success of, any pending or proposed material transaction, including any debt or equity financing, any acquisition or disposition, any recapitalization or reorganization or any other material transaction, whether due to commercial reasons, a desire to avoid premature disclosure of information or any other reason. Any period during which the Company has delayed a filing, effectiveness or an offering pursuant to this Section 4 is herein called a “ Suspension Period .” The Company shall provide prompt written notice to the Holder of the commencement and termination of any Suspension Period (and any withdrawal of a Registration Statement pursuant to this Section 4 ) but shall only be obligated under this Agreement to disclose the reasons therefor if the Holder and the Company have entered into a confidentiality agreement relating to the disclosure of such information and the Holder requests that the Company disclose the reasons therefor. The Holder shall keep the existence of each Suspension Period confidential and refrain from making offers and sales of Registrable Securities (and direct any other Affiliates making such offers and sales to refrain from doing so) during each Suspension Period. In no event (x) may the Company deliver notice of a Suspension Period to the Holder more than two times during the term of this Agreement; and (y) shall a Suspension Period or Suspension Periods be in effect for an aggregate of 20 days or more in any calendar year.






SECTION 5 [INTENTIONALLY REMOVED]
SECTION 6 REGISTRATION PROCEDURES
(a) The Company shall use reasonable best efforts to effect, as soon as practicable
and otherwise as and when provided herein, the registration and (if applicable) the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended methods of disposition thereof, and, pursuant thereto, the Company shall, as soon as practicable as provided herein:

(i) subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, use reasonable best efforts to cause the Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 of this Agreement and other Registration Statement to become effective (unless it is automatically effective upon filing);

(ii) use reasonable best efforts to prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement and the Prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to comply with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and to keep such Registration Statement effective for the relevant period required hereunder and to comply with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all Company Shares covered by such Registration Statement during such period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition set forth in such Registration Statement;

(iii) use reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement, or the lifting of any suspension of the qualification or exemption from qualification of any Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction in the United States;

(iv) deliver, without charge, such number of copies of the preliminary and final Prospectus and any supplement thereto as the Holder may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities of the Holder covered by such Registration Statement in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act and not file any document to which Holder’s counsel may reasonably object;

(v) permit counsel designated by the Holder to review such Registration Statement and all amendments and supplements thereto within a reasonable period of time prior to the filing thereof (but only to the extent any such amendment or supplement is required to be furnished to the Holders), and use reasonable best efforts to reflect in such documents any comments as such counsel may reasonably propose;

(vi) not less than five Business Days prior to the filing of a Registration Statement and not less than three Business Days prior to the filing of any related Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto (except for annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and any similar or successor reports, including any proxy statements under the Exchange Act (collectively, the “ SEC Reports ”)), the Company shall furnish to the Holder copies of such Registration Statement, Prospectus or amendment or supplement thereto, as proposed to be filed; provided, however, that (i) the Company shall not be





required to furnish to the Holder any prospectus supplement being prepared and filed solely to name new or additional selling securityholders unless such Holder is named in such prospectus supplement, (ii) the Company shall not be required to furnish to the Holder any SEC Report that is incorporated by reference in such Registration Statement if such SEC Report is publicly available on the SEC’s EDGAR system, and (iii) after it has been filed with the SEC, the Company shall furnish a copy of the Registration Statement to the Holder upon written request;

(vii) use reasonable best efforts to register or qualify such Registrable Securities under such other securities or blue sky laws of such U.S. jurisdictions as the Holder reasonably requests and continue such registration or qualification in effect in such jurisdictions for as long as the applicable Registration Statement may be required to be kept effective under this Agreement provided that the Company will not be required to (A) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it or any of its subsidiaries would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this subparagraph (v); (B) subject itself or any of its subsidiaries to taxation in any such jurisdiction; or (C) consent to general service of process for itself or any of its subsidiaries in any such jurisdiction;

(viii) notify the Holder and each distributor of such Registrable Securities identified by the Holder, at any time when a Prospectus relating thereto would be required under the Securities Act to be delivered by such distributor, of the occurrence of any event as a result of which the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and, at the request of the Holder, the Company shall use reasonable best efforts to prepare, as soon as practical, a supplement or amendment to such Prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to any prospective purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such Prospectus shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

(ix) in the case of any block trade (whether on a principal or agency basis) involving Registrable Securities, whether pursuant to a Registration Statement or otherwise, take all such other customary and reasonable actions as the Holder or the relevant dealer may request in order to facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities pursuant to such block trade, including the entry into any agreement for the indemnification of such dealer and the provision of opinions of counsel and comfort letters that are consistent with customary and reasonable practices for such transactions;

(x) in the case of an underwritten offering in which the Holder participates pursuant to a Piggyback Registration or a Permitted Underwritten Offering, enter into an underwriting agreement in substantially the form used by the Company at that time for underwritten offerings of that kind, with appropriate modification, containing such provisions (including provisions for indemnification, lockups, opinions of counsel and comfort letters), and take all such other customary and reasonable actions as the managing underwriters of such offering may request in order to facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities (including, making members of senior management of the Company





available at reasonable times and places to participate in “road-shows” that the managing underwriter determines are necessary to effect the offering);

(xi) in the case of an underwritten offering in which the Holder participates pursuant to a Piggyback Registration or a Permitted Underwritten Offering , to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, (A) make reasonably available, for inspection by the Holder or the managing underwriters and any attorneys and accountants acting for the Holder or such managing underwriters, pertinent corporate documents and financial and other records of the Company and its subsidiaries; (B) cause the Company’s officers and employees to supply information reasonably requested by the Holder or such managing underwriters or attorneys in connection with such offering; (C) make the Company’s independent accountants available for the Holder’s or such managing underwriter’s due diligence and have them provide customary comfort letters to the Holder or such managing underwriters in connection therewith; and (D) cause the Company’s counsel to furnish customary legal opinions to the Holder or such managing underwriters in connection therewith; provided , however , that such records and other information shall be subject to such confidential treatment as is customary for due diligence reviews;

(xii) use reasonable best efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on NYSE or any successor primary securities exchange (if any) on which Company Shares are then listed;

(xiii) provide a transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Securities not later than the effective date of such Registration Statement and, a reasonable time before any proposed sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement, provide the transfer agent with printed certificates for the Registrable Securities to be sold or such other applicable evidence of such Registrable Securities, subject to the provisions of Section 10 ;

(xiv) make generally available to its shareholders a consolidated earnings statement (which need not be audited) for a period of 12 months beginning after the effective date of the Registration Statement as soon as reasonably practicable after the end of such period, which earnings statement shall satisfy the requirements of an earning statement under
Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder; and

(xv) promptly notify the Holder and the managing underwriters of any underwritten offering, if any:

(A) when the Registration Statement, any pre-effective amendment, the Prospectus or any Prospectus supplement or any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed and, with respect to the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective;

(B) of any request by the SEC for amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for any additional information regarding the Holder;






(C) of the notification to the Company by the SEC of its initiation of any proceeding with respect to the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement; and

(D) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of any Registrable Securities for sale under the applicable securities or blue sky laws of any jurisdiction.

(b) No Registration Statement (including any amendments thereto) shall contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and no Prospectus (including any supplements thereto) shall contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case, except for any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission of a material fact made in reliance on and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of the Holder, other holder of Company Shares, or any underwriter or other distributor specifically for use therein.

(c) At all times after the Company has filed a Registration Statement with the SEC pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act and until the Termination Date, the Company shall use reasonable best efforts to continuously maintain in effect the registration statement of Company Shares under Section 12 of the Exchange Act and to use reasonable best efforts to file all reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC thereunder.

(d) The Company may require the Holder and each distributor of Registrable Securities as to which any registration is being effected to furnish to the Company documentation and information regarding such Person and the distribution of such securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in connection with such registration.

(e) The Holder agrees by having Company Shares treated as Registrable Securities hereunder that, upon being advised in writing by the Company of the occurrence of an event pursuant to Section 6(a)(vi) , the Holder will immediately discontinue (and direct any other Affiliates making offers and sales of Registrable Securities to immediately discontinue) offers and sales of Registrable Securities pursuant to any Registration Statement (other than those pursuant to a plan that is in effect prior to such time and that complies with Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act) until it is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed and is furnished with a supplemented or amended Prospectus as contemplated by Section 6(a)(vi) , and, if so directed by the Company, the Holder will deliver to the Company all copies, other than permanent file copies then in the Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice.

(f) The Company may prepare and deliver an issuer free-writing prospectus (as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) in lieu of any supplement to a Prospectus, and references herein to any “supplement” to a Prospectus shall include any such issuer free-





writing prospectus. Neither the Holder nor any other seller of Registrable Securities may use a free-writing prospectus to offer or sell any such shares without the Company’s prior written consent.

(g) It is understood and agreed that any failure of the Company to file a registration statement or any amendment or supplement thereto or to cause any such document to become or remain effective or usable within or for any particular period of time as provided in Section 2 , 3 , or 6 or otherwise in this Agreement, due to reasons that are not reasonably within its control, or due to any refusal of the SEC to permit a registration statement or prospectus to become or remain effective or to be used because of unresolved SEC comments thereon (or on any documents incorporated therein by reference) despite the Company’s good faith and reasonable best efforts to resolve those comments, shall not be a breach of this Agreement.

(h) It is further understood and agreed that the Company shall not have any obligations under this Section 6 at any time on or after the Termination Date, unless an underwritten offering in which the Holder participates has been priced but not completed prior to the Termination Date, in which event the Company’s obligations under this Section 6 shall continue with respect to such offering until it is so completed (but not more than 60 days after the commencement of the offering).

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to file a Registration Statement or include Registrable Securities in a Registration Statement unless it has received from the Holder, at least five Business Days prior to the anticipated filing date of the Registration Statement, information and documents reasonably required by the Company to be provided by the Holder.

SECTION 7 REGISTRATION EXPENSES
(a) All reasonable expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance
with this Agreement, including (i) all registration and filing fees, fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws, FINRA filing fees, listing application fees, printing expenses, transfer agent’s and registrar’s fees, (ii) costs of distributing Prospectuses in preliminary and final form as well as any supplements thereto, (iii) fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and all independent certified public accountants and other Persons retained by the Company (but not including any underwriting discounts or commissions attributable to the sale of Registrable Securities or fees and expenses of counsel and any other advisors representing any underwriters or other distributors), (iv) internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of the Company’s officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), (v) fees and expenses of any special experts retained by the Company in connection with such registration and amendments and supplements to a Registration Statement or Prospectus, and (vi) premiums and other costs of the Company for policies of insurance against liabilities of the Company arising out of any public offering of the Registrable Securities being registered, to the extent that the Company elects to obtain and maintain such insurance, shall be borne by the Company (such expenses being herein called “ Registration Expenses ”). The Holder shall bear the cost of all underwriting discounts and selling commissions associated with any sale of Registrable Securities and shall pay all of its





own costs and expenses, including all fees and disbursements to counsel (and any other advisors) of the Holder and any stock transfer taxes.

(b) The obligation of the Company to bear the expenses described in Section 7(a) shall apply irrespective of whether a registration, once properly demanded or requested becomes effective or is withdrawn or suspended; provided , however , that Registration Expenses for any Registration Statement withdrawn solely at the request of the Holder (unless withdrawn following commencement of a Suspension Period pursuant to Section 4 ) shall be borne by the Holder.

SECTION 8 INDEMNIFICATION
(a) The Company shall, notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement,
indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Holder and each Person who controls the Holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments, costs (including reasonable costs of investigation) and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising out of or based upon any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto (including any “free writing prospectus” filed by the Company (as defined in Rule 433 under the Securities Act)) or arising out of or based upon any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as the same are made in reliance and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by the Holder expressly for use therein.

(b) In connection with any Registration Statement in which the Holder is participating, the Holder shall furnish to the Company in writing such information as the Company reasonably requests for use in connection with any such Registration Statement or Prospectus, or amendment or supplement thereto, and shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company, its officers and directors and each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments, costs (including reasonable costs of investigation) and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising out of or based upon any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in the Registration Statement or Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto (including any “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act and required to be filed by the Company with the SEC or retained by the Company under Rule 433 of the Securities Act), or arising out of or based upon any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only to the extent that the same are made in reliance and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by or on behalf of the Holder expressly for use therein. The Holder agrees that, unless it has or shall have obtained the prior written consent of the Company, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Registrable Securities that would constitute a “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act).

(c) Any party entitled to indemnification hereunder (an “ Indemnified Party ”) shall give written notice to the party indemnifying it (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) of any claim with





respect to which it seeks indemnification promptly after discovery by such Indemnified Party of any matters giving rise to a claim for indemnification. Such notice shall describe such claim in reasonable detail. Failure to so notify the Indemnifying Party shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party from any liability that it may have to an Indemnified Party except to the extent that the Indemnifying Party is actually prejudiced thereby. The Indemnified Party shall permit such Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party. An Indemnifying Party who is entitled to, and elects to, assume the defense of a claim shall not be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to one local counsel) for parties indemnified (hereunder or otherwise) by such Indemnifying Party with respect to such claim (and all other claims arising out of the same circumstances), unless in the reasonable judgment of any Indemnified Party there may be one or more legal or equitable defenses available to such Indemnified Party that are in addition to or may conflict with those available to another Indemnified Party with respect to such claim, in which case such maximum number of counsel for all Indemnified Parties shall be two rather than one. If any Indemnifying Party is entitled to, and elects to, assume the defense of a claim, the Indemnified Party shall continue to be entitled to participate in the defense thereof, with counsel of its own choice, but, except as set forth above, the Indemnifying Party shall not be obligated to reimburse the Indemnified Party for the costs thereof. If the Indemnifying Party assumes the defense of any claim, all Indemnified Parties shall deliver to the Indemnifying Party copies of all notices and documents (including court papers) received by the Indemnified Party related to the claim, and each Indemnified Party shall cooperate in the defense or prosecution of such claim. Such cooperation shall include the retention and (upon the Indemnifying Party’s request) the provision to the Indemnifying Party of records and information that are reasonably relevant to such claim, and making employees available on a mutually convenient basis to provide additional information and explanation of any material provided hereunder. The Indemnifying Party shall not be subject to any liability for any settlement made by the Indemnified Party without the Indemnified Party's written consent (but such consent will not be unreasonably withheld). The Indemnifying Party shall not consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into or agree to any settlement relating to a claim or action for which any Indemnified Party would be entitled to indemnification by any Indemnifying Party hereunder unless such judgment or settlement imposes no ongoing obligations on any such Indemnified Party and includes as an unconditional term the giving, by all relevant claimants and plaintiffs to such Indemnified Party, a release, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to such Indemnified Party, from all liabilities in respect of such claim or action for which such Indemnified Party would be entitled to such indemnification. The Indemnifying Party shall not be liable hereunder for any amount paid or payable or incurred pursuant to or in connection with any judgment entered or settlement effected with the consent of an Indemnified Party unless the Indemnifying Party has also consented to such judgment or settlement.

(d) The indemnification provided for under this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Indemnified Party or any officer, director or controlling Person of such Indemnified Party and shall survive the transfer of securities and the Termination Date but only with respect to offers and sales of Registrable Securities made before the Termination Date or during the period following the Termination Date referred to in Section 6(h) .






(e) If the indemnification provided for in or pursuant to this Section 8 is due in accordance with the terms hereof, but is held by a court to be unavailable or unenforceable in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to herein, then each applicable indemnifying Person, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified Person, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified Person as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying Person on the one hand and of the indemnified Person on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which result in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying Person on the one hand and of the indemnified Person on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying Person or by the indemnified Person, and by such Person’s relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. In no event shall the liability of the indemnifying Person be greater in amount than the amount for which such indemnifying Person would have been obligated to pay by way of indemnification if the indemnification provided for under Section 8(a) or 8(b) hereof had been available under the circumstances.

SECTION 9 SECURITIES ACT RESTRICTIONS
The Registrable Securities are restricted securities under the Securities Act and may not
be offered or sold except pursuant to an effective registration statement or an available exemption from registration under the Securities Act. Accordingly, the Holder shall not, directly or through others, offer or sell any Registrable Securities except pursuant to a Registration Statement or pursuant to an exemption from, or a transaction not subject to, registration under the Securities Act. Any certificates representing the Registrable Securities may bear a legend (and the Company’s share registry may bear a notation) referencing the restrictions on transfer contained in this Agreement, until such time as such securities have ceased to be (or are to be transferred in a manner that results in their ceasing to be) Registrable Securities as evidenced to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company. Subject to the provisions of this Section, the Company shall replace any such legended certificates with unlegended certificates promptly upon surrender of the legended certificates to the Company or its designee, in order to facilitate a lawful transfer or at any time after such shares cease to be Registrable Securities.

SECTION 10
TRANSFERS OF RIGHTS
If the Holder transfers any Registrable Securities to a Permitted Transferee in accordance
with the Purchase Agreement, such Permitted Transferee shall, together with all other such Permitted Transferees and the Holder, also have the rights of the Holder under this Agreement with respect to such Registrable Securities (including all of the Holder’s rights in Section 8 ), but only if the Permitted Transferee signs and delivers to the Company a written acknowledgment that it has joined with the Holder and the other Permitted Transferees as a party to this Agreement and has assumed, severally but not jointly, the rights and obligations of the Holder hereunder with respect to the Registrable Securities transferred to it by the Holder. Each such transfer shall be effective when (but only when) the Permitted Transferee has signed and





delivered the written acknowledgment to the Company’s reasonable satisfaction. Upon any such effective transfer, the Permitted Transferee shall automatically have the rights so transferred, and the Holder’s obligations under this Agreement, and the rights with respect to the Registrable Securities not so transferred, shall continue. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, no Person who acquires securities transferred in violation of this Agreement or the Purchase Agreement, or who acquires securities that are not or upon acquisition cease to be Registrable Securities, shall have any rights under this Agreement with respect to such securities, and such securities shall not have the benefits afforded hereunder to Registrable Securities.

SECTION 11

RULE 144 REPORTING

With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC that may at any time permit the sale of the Registrable Securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to:

(a) use its reasonable best efforts to make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144(c)(i), at all times until the Termination Date;

(b) use its reasonable best efforts to file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required to be filed by the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements);

(c) so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, if the Company is not required to file reports and other documents under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, it will make available other information as required by, and so long as necessary to permit sales of Registrable Securities pursuant to, Rule 144A (including the provision of information to the Holder and prospective purchasers designated by the Holder pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4)) and, commencing at such time as sales are permitted under Rule 144, Rule 144A, and in any event shall make available (either by mailing a copy thereof, by posting on the Company’s website, or by press release) to the Holder a copy of:

(i) the Company’s annual consolidated financial statements (including at least balance sheets, statements of profit and loss, statements of stockholders’ equity and statements of cash flows) prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S., accompanied by an audit report of the Company’s independent accountants, no later than 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company; and

(ii) the Company’s unaudited quarterly financial statements (including at least balance sheets, statements of profit and loss, statements of stockholders’ equity and statements of cash flows) prepared in a manner substantially consistent with the preparation of the Company’s annual financial statements, no later than 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Company.






SECTION 12 MISCELLANEOUS
(a) Notices . All notices and other communications among the parties shall be in
writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (i) when delivered in person, (ii) five (5) days after posting in the United States mail having been sent registered or certified mail return receipt requested, postage prepaid, (iii) on the first (1st) Business Day after being sent, prepaid, by FedEx or other nationally recognized overnight delivery service, (iv) upon machine generated acknowledgement of receipt after transmittal by facsimile if so acknowledged to have been received before 5:00 p.m. on a Business Day at the location of receipt and otherwise on the next following Business Day or (v) when delivered by email, if receipt is confirmed, addressed as follows:

(i)
If to the Company:

Tribune Publishing Company 202 W. 1st Street
Los Angeles, CA 90012
Attention: Julie K. Xanders, General Counsel Facsimile No.: (213) 237-4401
Email: Julie.Xanders@tribpub.com with a copy to:
Perkins Coie LLP
1201 Third Avenue, Suite 4900
Seattle, WA 98101
Attention: Stewart Landefeld
Facsimile No.: (206) 359-9000
Email: SLandefeld@perkinscoie.com

(ii)
If to the Holder:

MLIM, LLC
350 Camino De La Reina San Diego, CA 92108
Attention: Richard V. Gibbons Facsimile No.: (619) 293-1101
Email: rgibbons@manchesterfinancialgroup.com with a copy to:
Cooley LLP
4401 Eastgate Mall San Diego, CA 92121
Attention: Michael S. Levinson Facsimile No.: (858) 550-6420 Email: mlevinson@cooley.com

or to such other address or addresses as the parties may from time to time designate in writing.






(b) No Waivers . Any term, condition or provision of this Agreement may be waived to the extent permitted by law in writing at any time by the party that is entitled to the benefits thereof. The waiver of any breach of any provision under this Agreement by any party shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding or subsequent breach under this Agreement. No such waiver shall be effective unless in writing.

(c) Assignment . Neither this Agreement nor any right, remedy, obligation nor liability arising hereunder or by reason hereof shall be assignable by any party hereto without the prior written consent of the other parties, and any attempt to assign any right, remedy, obligation or liability hereunder without such consent shall be void, except (i) an assignment, in the case of a merger or consolidation where such party is not the surviving entity, or a sale of substantially all of its assets, to the entity which is the survivor of such merger or consolidation or the purchaser in such sale; or (ii) an assignment by the Holder to a Permitted Transferee in accordance with the terms hereof.

(d) Rights of Third Parties . Nothing expressed or implied in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to confer upon or give any Person, other than the parties hereto, any right or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement (except as specified in Section 8 ).

(e) Governing Law . This Agreement, and all claims or causes of action (whether in contract or tort) based upon, arising out of, or related to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the Laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles or rules of conflict of laws to the extent such principles or rules would require or permit the application of Laws of another jurisdiction.

(f) Captions; Counterparts . The captions in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be considered a part of or affect the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

(g) Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties relating to the transactions contemplated hereby and supersede any other agreements, whether written or oral, that may have been made or entered into by or among any of the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof.

(h) Amendments . This Agreement may be amended or modified in whole or in part, only by a duly authorized agreement in writing executed in the same manner as this Agreement and which makes reference to this Agreement.

(i) Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, the other provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. The parties further agree that if any provision contained herein is, to any extent, held invalid or unenforceable in any respect under the laws governing this Agreement, they shall take any actions necessary to render the remaining provisions of this Agreement valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law and, to the extent necessary, shall amend or





otherwise modify this Agreement to replace any provision contained herein that is held invalid or unenforceable with a valid and enforceable provision giving effect to the intent of the parties.

(j) Jurisdiction . Any action based upon, arising out of or related to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby may be brought in the Delaware Chancery Court (or, if the Delaware Chancery Court shall be unavailable, any other court of the State of Delaware or, in the case of claims to which the federal courts have exclusive subject matter jurisdiction, any federal court of the United States of America sitting in the State of Delaware), and each of the parties irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of each such court in any such action, waives any objection it may now or hereafter have to personal jurisdiction, venue or to convenience of forum, agrees that all claims in respect of the action shall be heard and determined only in any such court, and agrees not to bring any action arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby in any other court. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to affect the right of any party to serve process in any manner permitted by law or to commence legal proceedings or otherwise proceed against any other party in any other jurisdiction, in each case, to enforce judgments obtained in any action brought pursuant to this Section 12(j) .

[Execution Page Follows]







IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Agreement has been dul y executed b y each of the patti es hereto as of the date fir s t written above.


TRIBUNE PUBLISHING COMPANY

By: _ /s/ John H. Griffin, Jr. ____________
Name: John H. Griffin, Jr.
Title: Chief Executive Officer



MLIM HOLDINGS , LLC

By: _ /s/ Richard V. Gibbons __________
Name: Richard V. Gibbons
Title: President






Exhibit 10.3
                        
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into by and between Tribune Publishing Company, LLC (the “ Company ”), a Delaware limited liability company, and Denise Warren (“ Employee ”), an individual. In consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein, and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged by both parties, the Company agrees to employ Employee and Employee agrees to accept employment with the Company upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

1.     EMPLOYMENT TERM.

The term of Employee’s employment hereunder shall commence on June 15, 2015 (the “ Effective Date ”) and, unless terminated pursuant to Section 8 below, shall continue through June 14, 2018 (the “ Employment Term ”).

2.     FREEDOM TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT.

Employee represents and covenants that: (a) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by her does not and will not conflict with, breach, violate or cause a default under any contract, agreement, instrument, order, judgment or decree to which Employee is a party or by which Employee is bound; and (b) Employee is not a party to or bound by any employment agreement, noncompetition agreement, non-solicitation agreement, confidentiality agreement or other agreement or obligation with any other person or entity that would in any way restrict or otherwise affect her performance of this Agreement.

3.      TITLE AND EMPLOYMENT DUTIES .
 
During the Employment Term and subject to the terms of this Agreement:

(a) Employee’s title will be CEO, East Coast Publishing, President of Digital for Tribune Publishing Company (“ Tribune ”) and EVP of Tribune. East Coast Publishing currently includes the following newspaper groups: The Daily Press, LLC; The Morning Call, LLC; Orlando Sentinel Communications Company, LLC; Sun-Sentinel Company, LLC; The Baltimore Sun Company, LLC; The Hartford Courant Company, LLC.  Employee will have such duties and responsibilities as are customarily exercised by someone serving in such a capacity as well as such other duties commensurate with her title and position as the Company may reasonably assign her from time to time. Within the overall annual budget approved for the Company, as the same may be amended from time to time, in the ordinary course of business and subject to applicable Company policy, Employee will have the authority to direct and redirect expenditures within each business for which she serves as CEO and President.

(b) Employee agrees to devote substantially all of her full business time, attention, and energies to the business of the Company and further agrees that she will perform her duties in a diligent, lawful and trustworthy manner, that she will act in accordance with her title and responsibilities and otherwise conduct herself in accordance with the written business and employee policies and practices of the Company as applicable. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, Employee shall be permitted to continue to serve (i) as a member of the Board of Directors of Electronic Arts and (ii) as a member of any other Board of Directors so long as her service on any such other Board of Directors is approved in advance by the Company’s Board of Directors (said approval will not be unreasonably denied or delayed) and that her service does not interfere or create any conflict with her duties and responsibilities under this Agreement.

1




(c) Employee shall report to the CEO of Tribune (“ Tribune CEO ”). Employee will be based in and will work out of the Company’s New York City office.

4.     COMPENSATION.

During the Employment Term and subject to the terms of this Agreement:

(a) For the services rendered by Employee under this Agreement, the Company will pay Employee a gross base salary of six hundred twenty-five thousand dollars ($625,000) per annum (the “ Base Salary ”). Employee’s Base Salary shall be payable, less all authorized or required deductions, in accordance with the Company’s then-effective payroll practices. Employee’s Base Salary will be reviewed annually and may be increased (but not decreased) as determined by the Company, such increases to be given, if given, in the discretion of the Company.

(b) Subject to Section 8 below, Employee shall have the opportunity to earn a discretionary annual management incentive bonus (“ Annual Bonus ”), with a target bonus opportunity of one hundred percent (100%) of her Base Salary (the “ Target Bonus ”), under a bonus plan to be established in good faith by the Company, based upon the achievement of both reasonably attainable annual Company and individual performance objectives as established by the Company. The Annual Bonus payable for any calendar year shall be paid, if paid, less all required or authorized deductions, in the following calendar year at the time and in the manner such bonuses are paid to other similarly situated executives receiving annual bonus payments, but no later than ten (10) days after the Company files the 10-K for the applicable calendar year. For the year 2015, Employee is guaranteed an Annual Bonus (the “ Guaranteed Bonus ”) of no less than seventy five percent (75%) of the Target Bonus, pro-rated for the period of her employment in 2015, to be paid in calendar year 2016 no later than ten (10) days after the Company files the 10-K for 2015.

(c) As soon as reasonably practicable following commencement of employment with respect to calendar year 2015, and for each of calendar year 2016 and calendar year 2017 that occurs during the Employment Term, Employee shall be granted a combination of restricted stock units (“ RSUs ”) and nonqualified stock options (“ Options ”) in Tribune Publishing Company, valued in accordance with Black-Scholes or similar option-pricing model, such awards having an aggregate fair value equal to five hundred and fifty thousand dollars ($550,000) based on the fair market value (the “ FMV ”) of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant.  The equity award each year shall be divided among the two types of awards as follows:  RSUs – 50% and Options – 50%.  Each grant of Options and RSUs shall vest in equal annual installments over four (4) years and the grant and vesting schedule will be on terms no less favorable than that of other senior executive officers of the Company. The RSUs and Options shall be subject to such other terms as set forth in the applicable grant agreement and in the underlying equity plan as adopted by the Company. Except as specifically provided otherwise in the grant agreement, if at all, all unvested Options and RSUs shall terminate immediately upon termination of Employee’s employment for any reason and all vested Options shall terminate immediately upon termination of Employee’s employment by the Company with Cause, as defined below.


5.     BENEFITS.     

(a) While employed by the Company, Employee shall be entitled to participate in the benefit plans and programs (including without limitation such medical, dental, vision, life, disability, retirement and other health and welfare plans), as the Company may have or establish from time to time for its employees in

2



which Employee would be entitled to participate pursuant to their then-existing terms, in accordance with the terms and requirements of such plans. The foregoing, however, is not intended and shall not be construed to require the Company to establish any such plans or to prevent the modification or termination of such plans once established, and no such action or failure thereof shall affect this Agreement. It is further understood and agreed that all benefits Employee may be entitled to while employed by the Company shall be based upon her Base Salary and not upon any bonus, incentive or equity compensation due, payable, or paid to Employee, except where, if at all, the benefit plan provides otherwise.

(b) Employee will be eligible to receive five weeks (25 days) of paid vacation per calendar year, pro-rated for partial years, to be scheduled and approved in advance and taken in accordance with the Company’s policies and practices.

6.     BUSINESS EXPENSES.

During the Employment Term, the Company shall reimburse Employee for reasonable travel and other expenses incurred in the performance of her duties hereunder as are customarily reimbursed to employees in accordance with the then-applicable expense reimbursement policies of Company.

7.      RESTRICTIVE AGREEMENTS .

(a) During her employment with the Company (whether or not such employment continues beyond the Employment Term), Employee agrees that, except with respect to (x) serving as a member of the board of directors of Electronic Arts, or (y) serving as a member of another board of director approved in advance in accordance with Section 3(b) above, her employment is on an exclusive basis and that she: i) will not engage in any activity which is in conflict with her duties and obligations hereunder, whether or not such activity is pursued for gain, profit, or other pecuniary advantage; and ii) will not engage in any other activities which could harm the business or reputation of the Company or any of its affiliates.

(b) Employee agrees that during her employment with the Company and for the earlier of (x) twelve (12) months after the date on which her employment with the Company ends for any or no reason (whether terminated by her or by the Company) or (y) June 14, 2019, except as required in the performance of her duties for the Company, she will not: i) employ, either directly or indirectly, any person previously employed by the Company or any of its affiliates, with whom the Employee interacted with on a regular basis, unless at such time such person is not then and has not been employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, business units, or other affiliates for at least six (6) months, or in any way solicit, entice, persuade or induce, either directly or indirectly, any such person to terminate or refrain from renewing or extending their employment with the Company or any of its subsidiaries, business units, or other affiliates; or ii) intentionally interfere with the relationship of the Company with any person or entity who or which is a customer, client, supplier, developer, subcontractor, licensee or licensor or other business relation of the Company, or assist any other person or entity in doing so; provided, however, a solicitation pursuant to general recruitment advertising or use of recruitment firms, in each case, that is not specifically directed at Company personnel, and hiring individuals who respond to such solicitations, shall not be deemed to be a violation of this Agreement.

(c) As a consequence of her employment by the Company, Employee will be privy to the highest level of confidential and proprietary business information of the Company and its affiliates, not generally known by the public or within the industry and which, thereby, gives the Company and its affiliates a competitive advantage and which has been the subject of reasonable efforts by the Company and its affiliates to maintain such confidentiality. Except as required by law or as expressly authorized by the Company in furtherance

3



of her employment duties, Employee shall not at any time, during her employment with the Company (whether or not such employment continues beyond the Employment Term) or thereafter, directly or indirectly use, disclose, or take any action which may result in the use or disclosure of, any Confidential Information. “ Confidential Information ” as used in this Agreement, includes all non-public confidential competitive, pricing, marketing, proprietary and other information or materials relating or belonging to the Company or any of its affiliates (whether or not reduced to writing), including without limitation all confidential or proprietary information furnished or disclosed to or otherwise obtained by Employee in the course of her employment, and further includes without limitation: computer programs; patented or unpatented inventions, discoveries and improvements; marketing, organizational, operating and business plans; strategies; research and development; policies and manuals; sales forecasts; personnel information (including without limitation the identity of Company employees, their responsibilities, competence and abilities, and compensation); medical information about employees; pricing and nonpublic financial information; current and prospective customer lists and information on customers or their employees; information concerning planned or pending acquisitions, investments or divestitures; and information concerning purchases of major equipment or property. Confidential Information does not include (i) information that lawfully is or becomes generally and publicly known outside of the Company and its affiliates other than through Employee’s breach of this Agreement or breach by any person of some other obligation or (ii) information the Employee learns from a third party who is not under an obligation of confidence to the Company. Nothing herein prohibits Employee from disclosing Confidential Information as legally required pursuant to a validly issued subpoena or order of a court or administrative agency of competent jurisdiction, provided that Employee shall first promptly notify the Company if she receives a subpoena, court order or other order requiring any such disclosure, to allow the Company to seek protection therefrom in advance of any such legally compelled disclosure.

(d) Employee hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Company owns the sole and exclusive right, title and interest in and to any and all Works (as defined below), including without limitation all copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade names, slogans, inventions (whether patentable or not), patents, trade secrets and other intellectual property and/or proprietary rights therein, including without limitation all rights to sue for infringement thereof (collectively, “ IP Rights ”). The Company’s right, title and interest in and to the Works includes, without limitation, the sole and exclusive right to secure and own copyrights and maintain renewals throughout the world, the right to modify and create derivative works of or from the Works without any payment of any kind to Employee, and the right to exclusively register or record any IP Rights in the Works in the Company’s name. Employee agrees that all Works shall be "works made for hire" for the Company as that term is defined in the copyright laws of the United States or other applicable laws. To the extent that any of the Works is determined not to constitute a work made for hire, or if any rights in any of the Works do not accrue to the Company as a work made for hire, Employee agrees that her signature on this Agreement constitutes an assignment (without any further consideration) to the Company of any and all of Employee’s respective IP Rights and other rights, title and interest in and to any and all Works. “ Works ” means any inventions, invention disclosures, developments, improvements, trade secrets, brands, logos, drawings, trademarks, service marks, trade names, documents, memoranda, data, software programs, object code, source code, ideas, original works of authorship, or other information that Employee conceives, creates, develops, discovers, makes or acquires, in whole or in part, either solely or jointly with another or others, during or pursuant to the course of her employment by the Company or its affiliates, and that relate directly or indirectly to the Company or any of its affiliates or their respective businesses, or to the Company’s or any of its affiliates’ actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development, and that are made through the use of any of the Company’s or any of its affiliates’ equipment, facilities, supplies, trade secrets or time, or that result from any work performed for the Company or any of its affiliates, or that is based on any information of, or provided to her by, the Company or any of its affiliates. Employee hereby is and has been notified by the Company, and understands that the foregoing provisions of this Section 7(d) do not apply to an invention for which no equipment, supplies, facilities or trade secret information of the Company or any

4



of its affiliates was used and which was developed entirely on her own time, unless: (a) the invention relates at the time of conception or reduction to practice (i) to the business of the Company or any of its affiliates or (ii) to the Company’s or any of its affiliates’ actual or demonstrably anticipated research and development, or (b) the invention results from any work performed by Employee for the Company or any of its affiliates.

(e) It is mutually agreed and stipulated between Employee and the Company that the covenants set forth in Section 7(a) through 7(d) of this Agreement are necessary to protect the legitimate business interests of the Company and its affiliates and are reasonable, including without limitation in time and scope.
    
(f) The amount of actual or potential damages resulting from Employee’s breach of any provision of Section 7(a) through 7(d) of this Agreement will be inherently difficult to determine with precision and, further, any breach could not be reasonably or adequately compensated in money damages. Accordingly, any breach by Employee of any provision of Section 7(a) through 7(d) of this Agreement will result in immediate and irreparable injury and harm to the Company and its affiliates for which the Company and its affiliates will have no adequate remedy at law. The Company and/or its affiliates, thus, will be entitled to temporary, preliminary and permanent injunctive relief to prevent any such actual or threatened breach, without posting a bond or other security. The Company’s and/or its affiliates’ resort to such equitable relief will not waive any other rights that any of them may have to damages or other relief, and the Company and/or its affiliates shall be entitled to reasonable attorney’s fees and costs incurred in pursuing such an action should any of them prevail.

8.     TERMINATION/POST-TERMINATION PAYMENTS .

(a) This Agreement, except for Section 7(d) above, will automatically terminate if Employee dies. In such case, the benefits available to her estate, heirs and beneficiaries shall be determined in accordance with the applicable benefit plans and programs then in effect, and the Company shall not have any further obligations under this Agreement. This Agreement, except for Section 7(d) above, will not survive Employee’s death, and will not inure to the benefit of her heirs, assigns and/or designated beneficiaries.

(b) The Company may terminate Employee’s employment at any time during the Employment Term for “Cause.” “Cause” shall be determined by the Company in its unfettered good faith discretion, but shall mean the occurrence of any one or more of the following (it being acknowledged and agreed that a Disability of the Employee shall not be deemed to be Cause):

(i) a material failure by Employee to perform her duties of employment in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Company after having been notified in writing of such specific performance deficiencies and having not less than thirty (30) days to correct the deficiencies;
(ii) failure or refusal to implement or follow reasonable and lawful directives of the Company, if such breach is not cured (if curable) within 20 days after written notice thereof to the Employee by the Company;
(iii) a material breach of any material provisions of this Agreement, or a material violation of the then existing policies, procedures or rules of the Company, as applicable, if such breach is not cured (if curable) within 20 days after written notice thereof to the Employee by the Company;
(iv) the commission of an act of fraud, embezzlement, theft, material misappropriation (whether or not related to employment with the Company) or the commission of or nolo contendere or guilty plea to any felony; or
(v) intentional misconduct materially injurious to the Company, its affiliates or subsidiaries, either monetarily or otherwise.


5



(c)(1) The Company may terminate Employee’s employment, at any time, other than for Cause as defined above. (2) Employee may terminate her employment at any time during the Employment Term with or without “Good Reason.” “Good Reason” means, without Employee’s prior written consent, one or more of the following events: (a) a reduction in the Base Salary or a reduction in the Target Bonus; (b) a material failure by the Company to pay in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; (c) a material diminution or adverse change in Employee’s duties, authority, responsibilities, reporting line, title or positions including a sale of all or substantially all of the East Coast Publishing newspaper groups; (d) a Change in Control ; provided, however, that prior to resigning for Good Reason, Employee shall give written notice to the Company of the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for such resignation not more than thirty (30) days following her knowledge of such facts and circumstances or with respect to a Change in Control, not more than five (5) days following the occurrence of a Change in Control), and, if curable (with the understanding that the occurrence of a Change in Control is not curable), the Company shall have thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice to cure such facts and circumstances (and if so cured, then Employee shall not be permitted to resign with Good Reason in respect thereof). Any resignation with Good Reason shall be communicated to the Company by written notice, which shall include Employee’s date of termination of employment (which, except as set forth in the preceding sentence or in the event of a Change in Control, shall be a date at least ten (10) days after delivery of such notice and the expiration of such cure period and not later than 60 days thereafter and which, in the case of a Change in Control, shall be within ten (10) days following the effective date of the Change in Control).

(d) If the Company terminates Employee’s employment other than for Cause as defined above or if Employee resigns for Good Reason during (and not after) the Employment Term, the Company will provide her within twenty (20) days after the date on which Employee’s employment terminates with a Waiver and General Release in the form attached as Exhibit B hereto (the “ Waiver ”) of any and all legally-waivable claims against the Company and its past, present, and future parents, divisions, subsidiaries, partnerships, other affiliates, and other related entities (whether or not they are wholly owned); and the past, present, and future owners, trustees, fiduciaries, administrators, shareholders, directors, officers, partners, agents, representatives, members, associates, employees, and attorneys of each entity listed above, and provided that on or within twenty one (21) days after the date on which Employee receives the Waiver or such longer period as may be applicable under the ADEA, Employee: i) signs, dates and returns the Waiver to the Company; and ii) does not revoke the Waiver in accordance with its terms, the Company will, as liquidated damages (“ Liquidated Damages ”), pay (or commence paying as the case may be) Employee on the first payroll date following the sixtieth (60 th ) day after the Employee is terminated or resigns (i) twelve (12) months of her Base Salary, less all required or authorized deductions, said payments to be made in bi-weekly installments (such period, the “ Severance Period ”), (ii) the Guaranteed Bonus to the extent not yet paid, (iii) any unpaid Annual Bonus with respect to the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year of termination of employment, (iv) a pro-rata amount of the Annual Bonus based on actual performance with respect to the calendar year of termination of employment, based on the number of days worked in such calendar year, said payment to be made at the time and in the same manner as other senior executive officers of the company, (v) accelerated vesting of all outstanding unvested equity awards granted under Section 4(c) prior to the date of termination that would have vested in the ordinary course over the one (1) year period following such termination and (vi) to the extent Employee elects COBRA and to the extent that the payments within this sentence do not cause the Company to incur penalties or an additional expense beyond the payments themselves, the Company shall pay the employee an amount equal to the full COBRA premium minus the amount of contributions paid by other comparable employees of the Company. Employee shall be under no duty to mitigate damages hereunder.
 

6



(e) The parties expressly agree that the Company’s payment of Liquidated Damages pursuant to Section 8(d) above precludes Employee from eligibility for or entitlement to any and all other damages, including but not limited to compensation, benefits or perquisites, subject to any benefits that may be vested under the terms of applicable benefit plans in which she participates. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Employee shall not participate in or be eligible under (and Employee hereby waives participation in) any other severance or severance-related plan or program of the Company or any of its affiliates in effect at any time (whether her employment terminates or is terminated with or without Cause during the Employment Term).
9.     CODE SECTIONS 409A AND 280G .

(a) It is intended that any amounts and benefits payable under this Agreement, including the Options and RSUs, will be exempt from or comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), and treasury regulations relating thereto, so as not to subject Employee to the payment of any interest and tax penalty which may be imposed under Section 409A of the Code, and this Agreement shall be interpreted and construed accordingly, provided, however, that the Company and its affiliates shall not be responsible for any such interest and tax penalties. All references in this Agreement to Employee’s termination of employment shall mean a separation from service within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. The timing of the payments or benefits provided herein may be modified to so comply with Section 409A of the Code. Any reimbursement payable to Employee pursuant to this Agreement shall be conditioned on the submission by Employee of all expense reports reasonably required by the Company under any applicable expense reimbursement policy, and shall be paid to Employee in accordance with Company practices following receipt of such expense reports (or invoices), but in no event later than the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which Employee incurred the reimbursable expense. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, if on the date of Employee’s separation from service (as defined in Section 409A of the Code) (i) the Company or any member of its controlled group under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code is a publicly traded corporation and (ii) Employee is a “specified employee,” as defined in Section 409A of the Code, then to the extent any amount payable under this Agreement upon Employee’s separation from service constitutes the payment of nonqualified deferred compensation, within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, that under the terms of this Agreement would be payable prior to the six (6) month anniversary of Employee’s separation from service, such payment shall be delayed until the earlier to occur of (x) the first day of the month following the six (6) month anniversary of Employee’s separation from service or (y) the date of Employee’s death.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that any payment or distribution of any type to or for the Employee by the Company (or by any affiliate of the Company, any person or entity who acquires ownership or effective control of the Company or ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets (within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and the regulations thereunder)), or any affiliate of such person or entity, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise (the “ Total Payments ”), is or will be subject to the excise tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code (the “ Excise Tax ”), then the Total Payments shall be reduced (but not below zero) if and to the extent that a reduction in the Total Payments would result in the Employee retaining a larger amount, on an after-tax basis (taking into account federal, state and local income taxes and the Excise Tax), than if the Employee received the entire amount of such Total Payments. The determination of whether the Total Payments shall be reduced and the amount of such reduction shall be determined by an accounting firm selected by the Employee and the Company, shall be paid for by the Company, and shall be final and binding upon the Employee and the Company.

10.     NOTICES .

7



  
Any notice, request, or other communication required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be made to the following addresses or to any other address designated by either of the parties hereto by notice similarly given: (a) if to the Company, to Tribune Publishing Company, LLC, c/o Chief Executive Officer, 435 N. Michigan Avenue, Chicago, IL 60611; and (b) if to Employee, to her last known home address in the Company’s records. All such notices, requests, or other communications shall be sufficient if made in writing either (i) by personal delivery to the party entitled thereto, (ii) by certified mail, return receipt requested, or (iii) by express courier service with proof of delivery, and shall be effective upon personal delivery, upon the fourth (4th) day after mailing by certified mail, or upon the second (2nd) day after sending by express courier service.

11.     COMPANY PROPERTY

Except as required in furtherance of Employee’s employment, Employee will not remove from the Company’s premises any property of the Company or its affiliates, including without limitation any documents or things containing any Confidential Information, computer programs and drives or storage devices of any kind (portable or otherwise), files, forms, notes, records, charts, or any copies thereof (collectively, " Property "). Upon any termination at any time by either party of Employee's employment for any or no reason, Employee shall return to the Company, and shall not alter, delete or destroy, any and all Property, including without limitation any and all laptops and other computer equipment, iPhones, iPads, laptops, blackberries and similar devices, cellphones, credit cards, keys and other access cards, and electronic and hardcopy files.

12.     NONDISPARAGEMENT.

Each of (i) the Company entity (limited to official Company statements or press releases and specifically excluding any statements made by individual employees) and (ii) Employee agrees that they will not, at any time during Employee’s employment with the Company (whether or not such employment continues beyond the Employment Term) or thereafter take (directly or indirectly, individually or in concert with others) any actions or make any communications calculated or likely to have the effect of undermining, disparaging or otherwise reflecting negatively upon the reputation, goodwill, or standing in the community of the other, or any of their respective subsidiaries, business units, other affiliates, officers, directors, employees and/or agents, provided that nothing herein shall prohibit either party from giving truthful testimony or evidence to a governmental entity, or if properly subpoenaed or otherwise required to do so under applicable law.

13.     ASSIGNMENT .

This is an Agreement for the performance of personal services by Employee and may not be assigned by Employee. This Agreement may be assigned or transferred to, and shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of: (a) the Company, or its subsidiaries, business units, or other affiliates and its/their respective legal successors; and (b) any person or entity that at any time (whether by merger, purchase or otherwise) acquires all or substantially all of the assets, ownership interests or business of the Company.

14.          GOVERNING LAW; INTERPRETATION OF THE AGREEMENT .

This Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York (without giving effect to the choice of law principles thereof). Employee and the Company acknowledge that each party had an equal opportunity to review and/or modify the provisions set forth in this Agreement. Thus, in the event of any misunderstanding, ambiguity or dispute concerning this Agreement's provisions or their interpretation, no rule of construction shall be applied that would result in having this Agreement

8



interpreted against either party. The language of all parts in this Agreement shall be construed as a whole, according to fair meaning, and not strictly for or against any party. The headings provided in boldface are inserted for the convenience of the parties and shall not be construed to limit or modify the text of this Agreement.

15.
COMPLETE AGREEMENT .

This Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto with regard to the matters described herein and supersedes any and all prior and/or contemporaneous agreements and understandings, oral or written, actual or alleged, between said parties regarding such matters, including without limitation concerning Employee’s compensation arrangements or other terms and conditions of employment (if any), and any actual or alleged prior employment agreements with or involving the Company or any of its affiliates. This Agreement cannot be amended, modified, supplemented or altered except by written amendment signed by Employee and the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

16.     SEVERABILITY/REFORMATION .
Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law. If any provision of this Agreement is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unreasonable or otherwise unenforceable, it is the purpose and intent of the parties that any such provision be deemed modified or limited so that, as modified or limited, such provision may be enforced to the fullest extent possible. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law (notwithstanding any attempted modification or limitation pursuant to the preceding sentence), such provision will be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.
17.     SURVIVAL .

Except as provided in Section 8(a) above, the provisions of Section 2 and of Sections 7 through 17 (inclusive) of this Agreement shall survive any expiration of the Employment Term and any termination of Employee’s employment at any time (whether during or after the Employment Term) by either party with or without Cause, and shall not be limited or discharged by any alleged breach or misconduct on the part of the Company.


9




18.      INDEMNIFICATION .

Employee will be entitled to indemnification and prompt advancement of legal fees, costs, and expenses, on the same terms as indemnification and advancement are made available to other senior executives of Tribune, whether through the Company’s by-laws, certificate of incorporation, or otherwise. During the Employment Term, Employee shall be entitled to the same directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage that Tribune provides generally to its directors and officers, as may be altered from time to time for such directors and officers.

19.      MISCELLANEOUS .

This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, or by facsimile transmission, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only, and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.


DENISE WARREN
TRIBUNE PUBLISHING COMPANY, LLC



_ /s/ Denise Warren ________ _ /s/ Jack Griffin __________________
Jack Griffin, CEO


    

Date: __ 5/5 ____________, 2015
Date: __ May 6 ___________, 2015


10



EXHIBIT A

Change in Control means the occurrence of any of the following events:
(a)    Consummation of a merger, consolidation, or other reorganization of the Company (“Business Combination”), sale of securities representing a majority of the voting equity securities of the Company in a tender offer, equity placement, or other transaction, or the sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s business and/or assets as an entirety to (“ Sale ”), one or more entities that are not subsidiaries or affiliates of the Company, unless immediately following such Business Combination or Sale, (i) 50% or more of the total voting power of ( x ) the entity resulting from such Business Combination or the entity that has acquired all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company in a Sale (in either case, the “ Surviving Company ”), or ( y ) if a Sale, the ultimate parent entity that directly or indirectly has Beneficial Ownership of sufficient voting securities eligible to elect a majority of the board of directors (or the analogous governing body) of the Surviving Company (the “ Parent Company ”), is represented by the outstanding common voting securities of the Company, as applicable, that were outstanding immediately prior to such Business Combination or Sale (or, if applicable, is represented by shares into which the outstanding common voting securities of Tribune or the Company, as applicable, were converted or exchanged pursuant to such Business Combination or Sale), (ii) no Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect members of the board of directors (or the analogous governing body) of the Surviving Company (if a Business Combination) or the Parent Company (if a Sale), and (iii) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors (or the analogous governing body) of the Surviving Company (if a Business Combination) or the Parent Company (if a Sale) following the consummation of the Business Combination or Sale were members of the board of directors (or the analogous governing body) at the time of such board’s approval of the execution of the definitive agreement providing for such Business Combination or Sale or recommendation or approval of such tender offer, equity placement, or other transaction (terms capitalized but not otherwise defined in this subsection (a) of this Exhibit A have the meaning set forth in Tribune’s 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan); or
(b)    Individuals who on June 15, 2015 constituted the Board cease to constitute at least a majority thereof, unless the election, or the nomination for election by Tribune’s stockholders, of each new director was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who were directors on June 15, 2015 (including for these purposes, new members whose election or nomination was so approved), but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a person other than the Board.

11




EXHIBIT B
SEPARATION AGREEMENT AND GENERAL RELEASE
This Separation Agreement and General Release (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into voluntarily by and between Denise Warren, on behalf of herself, her agents, assignees, successors, heirs, executors, administrators, beneficiaries, trustees, and personal and legal representatives (collectively, “ Employee ”) and Tribune Publishing Company, LLC (the “ Company ”).

WHEREAS, Employee is employed as CEO, East Coast Publishing, President of Digital for Tribune Publishing Company (“Tribune”) and EVP of Tribune pursuant to that certain Employment Agreement by and between the Company and you dated __________ __, 2015 (the " Employment Agreement "); and

WHEREAS, Employee and the Company wish to enter into this Agreement to set forth the terms of Employee’s separation from employment with the Company, her agreement to adhere to certain restrictive covenants following her separation and her release of all claims to the date of this Agreement;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Employee and the Company agree as follows:

1.
Separation from Employment .

Employee’s employment with the Company shall terminate effective as of the close of business on _________ __, 201_ (the “ Separation Date ”). Employee is hereby removed effective as of the Separation Date from any and all officer position(s) that she held or may have held with the Company or any of its affiliates. Employee hereby voluntarily resigns, effective as of the Separation Date, from any and all director position(s), if any, that she holds or may hold with the Company or any affiliate of the Company, and the Company (on behalf of itself and its affiliates) hereby accepts all such resignations. After the Separation Date, Employee shall not enter into, have the authority to enter into, or hold herself out as having the authority to enter into, any transaction, contract or other obligation of any kind on behalf of the Company or any of its affiliates.

2. Payments and Benefits

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, and provided that Employee (i) signs and returns this Agreement to the Company within twenty one (21) days after her receipt of this Agreement or within five (5) business days after the Separation Date, whichever is later

12



(but in no event prior to the Separation Date), (ii) complies with this Agreement’s terms and (iii) does not revoke it in accordance with Section 5 below, the Company shall pay Employee severance, and shall provide Employee the benefits, in each case as set forth in Section 8(d) of the Employment Agreement.

3. Unpaid Salary and Expenses.
  
Regardless of whether Employee executes this Agreement, the Company will: (a) pay Employee for any earned but unpaid salary through the Separation Date, and for any earned and unused vacation as of the Separation Date, as determined by the Company in a manner consistent with its customary practices and in accordance with applicable law, in each case less any required or authorized withholding and deductions, on or before the next regularly scheduled Company payroll date following the Separation Date or as required by applicable law, and, if Employee has been advanced vacation pay by the Company, the Company will waive the collection or return of any such advanced vacation pay; and (b) reimburse Employee for any appropriate unreimbursed business expenses existing as of the Separation Date subject to and in accordance with Section 6 below and any applicable Company policies and practices. Employee’s rights (if any) under any applicable pension and welfare benefit plans of the Company or any of its affiliates based on her participation as an employee prior to the Separation Date (but expressly excluding any past, present or future incentive or severance plans, all of which Employee does not and shall not participate in) shall be determined in accordance with the terms and conditions of those plans, which plans, terms and conditions the Company (and, as applicable, its affiliates) may amend, modify, suspend or terminate at any time for any or no reason in its discretion; provided that nothing in this Agreement shall affect any of Employee’s rights under any 401(k) plan or other retirement plan or any equity plan of the Company or any of its affiliates in which Employee participates which rights do not, by the terms of any such plan, terminate upon termination of Employee’s employment with the Company.

4. Compliance with IRS Code Section 409A .
It is intended that any amounts and benefits payable under this Agreement will be exempt from or comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and treasury regulations relating thereto, so as not to subject Employee to the payment of any interest or tax penalty which may be imposed under Section 409A of the Code, and this Agreement shall be interpreted and construed accordingly, provided, however, that the Company and its affiliates shall not be responsible for any such interest and tax penalties. All references in this Agreement to Employee’s termination of employment shall mean a separation from service within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. The timing of the payments or benefits provided herein may be modified to so comply with Section 409A of the Code. Any reimbursement payable to Employee pursuant to this Agreement shall be conditioned on the submission by Employee of all expense reports reasonably required by the Company under any applicable expense reimbursement policy, and shall be paid to Employee within the time-period provided

13



under such policy, but in no event later than the last calendar day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which Employee incurred the reimbursable expense. Any amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefit provided during a calendar year shall not affect the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefit to be provided during any other calendar year. The right to reimbursement or to an in-kind benefit pursuant to this Agreement shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for any other benefit.
 
5. Released Parties .

The term " Released Parties " (and, when used singularly, the term “ Released Party ”) as used in this Agreement includes: (a) the Company and its past, present, and future parents, divisions, subsidiaries, partnerships, other affiliates, and other related entities (whether or not they are wholly owned), including without limitation the Company; and (b) the past, present, and future owners, trustees, fiduciaries, administrators, shareholders, directors, officers, partners, agents, representatives, members, associates, employees, and attorneys of each entity listed in subpart (a) above; and (c) the predecessors, successors, and assigns of each entity listed in subparts (a) and (b) above.

6. Comprehensive General Release and Waiver of Claims .
 
(a) Employee hereby waives, forever relinquishes and releases the Company and the other Released Parties from any and all claims, whether currently known or unknown, liquidated or unliquidated, contingent or otherwise, that Employee now has or has ever had against the Company or any of the other Released Parties arising from or related to any act, omission, or thing occurring or existing at any time prior to or on the date on which Employee signs this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, the claims waived, relinquished and released by Employee hereunder include, but are not limited to (collectively, " Claims "):

(i) all claims arising out of or related in any way to Employee’s employment, compensation, other terms and conditions of employment, or termination from employment with the Company or any of the other Released Parties, including without limitation all claims for any compensation payments, bonus, severance pay, equity, or any other compensation or benefit, and all claims arising under any actual or alleged employment agreement, whether written or oral, with any of the Released Parties;

(ii) all claims that were or could have been asserted by Employee or on her behalf: (A) in any federal, state, or local court, commission, or agency; (B) under any contract, agreement or covenant (express or implied); (C) under any tort theory; (D) under any other common law theory; or (E) under any federal, state, or local law, regulation, ordinance, constitutional provision, or executive order; and

(iii) all claims that were or could have been asserted by Employee or on her behalf arising under any of the following laws, as amended from time to time: the Age Discrimination

14



in Employment Act, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Genetic Information Nondiscrimination Act, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, the Lilly Ledbetter Fair Pay Act of 2009, the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, the New York Labor Law, the New York Civil Rights Law, the New York Executive Law, the New York State Human Rights Law, the New York City Human Rights Law, the New York City Administrative Code, the New York City Earned Sick Time Act, and the New York Constitution, including all amendments to any of the foregoing, and any other federal, state or local human rights, civil rights, wage and hour, pension or labor law, rule and/or regulation.

(b) Employee acknowledges and agrees that she is aware that she may hereafter discover claims presently unknown or unsuspected, or facts in addition to or different from those which she now knows or believes to be true, with respect to the matters released herein. Nevertheless, it is Employee's intention to fully, finally and forever release all such matters, and all actual and potential claims arising out of or relating thereto, which do now exist, may exist or heretofore have existed against the Released Parties or any of them at any time prior to or on the date on which Employee signs this Agreement.

(c) EMPLOYEE AGREES THAT HER WAIVER AND RELEASE OF RIGHTS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS KNOWING AND VOLUNTARY AND AGREES THAT SHE: (I) HAS BEEN GIVEN AT LEAST TWENTY ONE (21) CALENDAR DAYS IN WHICH TO CONSIDER, SIGN AND RETURN THIS AGREEMENT TO THE COMPANY; (II) HAS BEEN AND HEREBY IS ADVISED IN WRITING TO CONSULT WITH AN ATTORNEY OF HER CHOOSING (AND AT HER COST) CONCERNING THIS AGREEMENT; AND (III) WILL HAVE SEVEN (7) CALENDAR DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF HER SIGNING TO REVOKE THIS AGREEMENT IF SHE SO DESIRES. ANY REVOCATION MUST BE IN WRITING, SIGNED BY HER AND MUST BE RECEIVED BY JULIE K. XANDERS, ESQ., OFFICE OF THE GENERAL COUNSEL, TRIBUNE PUBLISHING, 202 W. 1 ST STREET, LOS ANGELES, CA 90012; Julie.xanders@tribpub.com, WITHIN THE REVOCATION PERIOD TO BE DEEMED EFFECTIVE. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE VOID AND OF NO FORCE AND EFFECT IF EMPLOYEE TIMELY REVOKES IT, BUT IF SHE SIGNS AND DOES NOT REVOKE IT WITHIN THE FOREGOING REVOCATION PERIOD, THEN IT SHALL THEN BECOME EFFECTIVE AND ENFORCEABLE.


7. Exempted Claims .

Notwithstanding Sections 7 and 8 above, nothing in this Agreement shall waive or release: (a) any claim that cannot be waived or released by law; (b) any claim for any sums or benefits expressly to be paid, provided or reimbursed under this Agreement; (c) any claim for any vested, accrued benefits to which Employee is (or becomes) otherwise entitled pursuant to the terms and conditions of any of the benefit plans in which she

15



participated prior to the Separation Date (but not any incentive or severance plans); (d) any claim for workers’ compensation or unemployment insurance benefits; or (e) any claim, if any, to indemnification under applicable statutory or common law or any insurance, charter or by-laws of the Company or any of its affiliates, it being understood and agreed that this Agreement does not create or expand upon any such rights (if any) to indemnification.

8. Certain Representations and Warranties .
Employee represents and warrants that: (a) she has not filed or initiated any legal, equitable, administrative, or other proceeding(s) of any kind against any of the Released Parties; (b) no such proceeding(s) have been initiated against any of the Released Parties on her behalf; (c) she is the sole owner of the actual or alleged claims that are waived, relinquished and released in Sections 5 and 6 above; (d) no such claim has been transferred or assigned or caused to be transferred or assigned to any other person, firm, corporation or other legal entity; and (e) she has the full right and power to grant, execute, and deliver the releases, undertakings, and agreements contained in this Agreement.
9. Ethical Standards .
Employee agrees that she has been given an adequate opportunity to advise Human Resources, management, and/or the Internal Audit Department, and has so advised such representative(s) in writing, of any facts that she is aware of that constitute or might constitute a violation of any ethical, financial, legal or contractual standards or obligations of the Company. Employee further agrees that she is not aware of any existing or threatened claims, demands, charges or lawsuits that she has not disclosed in writing to the Company.
10. Complete Settlement; No Further Payments or Recovery .

Employee acknowledges and agrees that this Agreement, including without limitation the payments and benefits provided hereunder, provide Employee with valuable consideration to which Employee would not otherwise be entitled if she did not sign this Agreement. The consideration herein is accepted by Employee as being in full accord, satisfaction, compromise and settlement of any and all claims and potential claims, and Employee expressly agrees that she is not entitled to and shall not receive any further payments, benefits, or other compensation or recovery of any kind from the Company or any of the other Released Parties, except as and to the extent expressly provided in this Agreement or in a defined benefit plan, if applicable. Employee further agrees that in the event of any further proceedings whatsoever based upon any matter released herein, the Company and each of the other Released Parties shall have no further monetary or other obligation of any kind to Employee, including without limitation any obligation for any costs, expenses or attorneys’ fees incurred by or on behalf of Employee.
11. Confidential Information, Intellectual Property and Restrictive Covenants .


16



(a) During her employment with the Company, Employee was privy to the highest level of confidential and proprietary business information of the Company and its affiliated companies, not generally known by the public or within the industry and which thereby gives the Company and its affiliated companies a competitive advantage and which has been the subject of reasonable efforts by the Company and its affiliated companies to maintain such confidentiality. Except as required by law, Employee shall not, at any time, directly or indirectly, use, disclose, or take any action which may result in the use or disclosure of any “Confidential Information.” “ Confidential Information ” as used in this Agreement includes all confidential competitive, pricing, programming, marketing, proprietary and other information or materials relating or belonging to the Company or any of its affiliates (whether or not reduced to writing), including without limitation all confidential or proprietary information furnished or disclosed to or otherwise obtained by Employee in the course of her employment, and further includes without limitation: computer programs; patented or unpatented inventions, discoveries, developments and improvements; marketing, organizational, operating and business plans; strategies; research and development; policies and manuals; sales forecasts; personnel information (including without limitation the identity of Company employees, their responsibilities, competence and abilities, and compensation); trade secrets, know-how and other information concerning the Company’s proprietary systems, unique identifier codes, databases and database structures and technology; medical information about employees; information about the Company’s legal positions and opinions concerning the Company’s businesses, operations, competitors, third-party intellectual property risks, litigation and strategies; pricing and nonpublic financial information; current and prospective customer or advertiser lists and information on customers, advertisers or their employees; information concerning planned or pending acquisitions, investments or divestitures; and information concerning purchases of major equipment or property. “Confidential Information” does not include information that (i) lawfully is or becomes generally and publicly known outside of the Company and its affiliates other than through Employee’s breach of this Agreement or breach by any person of some other obligation, (ii) Employee learns from a third party who is not under an obligation of confidence to the Company, or (iii) is required to be disclosed pursuant to any applicable law or court order.
(b) Except as required by law or to enforce the obligations established by this Agreement, neither Employee nor any person acting by, through, or in concert with her, shall directly or indirectly, publish, disseminate, disclose, or cause or permit to be published, disseminated, or disclosed to any individual or entity, any information relating to the existence or content of this Agreement or the circumstances and discussions that led up to it, including, without limitation, the fact or amount of payments provided herein. This paragraph shall not be construed, however, to prevent Employee from disclosing information to any attorney, accountant or tax advisor with whom she may consult for the purpose of obtaining professional advice or services, or to any governmental taxing authority, or to her immediate family.

17



(c) Nothing herein prohibits Employee from disclosing Confidential Information or the terms of this Agreement as legally required pursuant to a validly issued subpoena or order of a court or administrative agency of competent jurisdiction, provided that Employee shall first promptly notify the Company if she receives a subpoena, court order or other order requiring any such disclosure, to allow the Company, if it so desires, to seek protection therefrom in advance of any such legally compelled disclosure.
(d) Employee hereby reaffirms her obligation to abide by the restrictive agreements set forth in Section 7 of the Employment Agreement.
12. Non-Disparagement .

Employee shall refrain from all conduct, verbal or otherwise, that directly or indirectly denigrates, disparages, damages the reputation, goodwill, or standing or otherwise conveys or causes to be conveyed an unfavorable impression of the Company or any of the other Released Parties, provided that nothing herein shall prohibit Employee from giving good faith testimony, information, or evidence to a governmental entity, or if properly subpoenaed or otherwise required to do so under applicable law. The Company entity (limited to official Company statements or press releases and specifically excluding any statements made by individual employees) shall refrain from all conduct, verbal or otherwise, that directly or indirectly denigrates, disparages, damages the reputation, goodwill, or standing or otherwise conveys or causes to be conveyed an unfavorable impression of the Employee, provided that nothing herein shall prohibit the Company or such senior executive officer from giving good faith testimony, information, or evidence to a governmental entity, or if properly subpoenaed or otherwise required to do so under applicable law.

13. Remedies .
  
The amount of actual or potential damages resulting from Employee’s breach of any of the provisions in Sections 11 or 12 of this Agreement will be inherently difficult to determine with precision and, further, any breach could not be reasonably or adequately compensated in money damages. Accordingly, any breach by Employee of any of the provisions in Sections 11 or 12 of this Agreement will result in immediate and irreparable injury and harm to the Company and its affiliates for which the Company and its affiliates will have no adequate remedy at law. The Company and its affiliates shall be entitled to temporary, preliminary and permanent injunctive relief to prevent any such actual or threatened breach, without posting a bond or other security or limiting other available damages or remedies. In the event of a breach of the terms of this Agreement by any party, the non-breaching party shall be entitled to all damages allowed under applicable law, including without limitation all attorneys' fees.


18




14. Cooperation.

Employee agrees to reasonably cooperate with the orderly transfer of her responsibilities as Employer may direct, including: (i) complying with any reasonable Employer request for information after the Separation Date; (ii) making herself reasonably available in connection with any and all claims, disputes, negotiations, investigations, and lawsuits or administrative proceedings involving Employer; and (iii) providing reasonably thorough and accurate information or documents, providing truthful declarations or statements to Employer, meeting with attorneys or other representatives of Employer, preparing for and giving thorough and truthful testimony, and/or otherwise cooperating in the investigation, defense or prosecution of proceedings involving Employer. [ Employee further agrees, in exchange for the consideration contained in this Agreement, that she will provide transition services (the “ Transition Services ”) to Employer for twelve (12) months following the Separation Date, as needed, or upon Employer’s request. Such post-employment Transition Services shall be considered consulting services, and shall in no way constitute employment with Employer. Employee understands and agrees that the consideration provided for in this Agreement is, in part, in exchange for her provision of such Transition Services, and that she is not entitled to further payment for such services.] However, Company shall reimburse Employee for all reasonable out-of-pocket business expenses incurred by Employee in connection with her cooperation hereunder and with the Company’s business expense reimbursement policies, as in effect or amended from time to time.
 
15. Company Property .

Employee will not remove from the Company’s premises, or alter, delete or destroy, any property of the Company or the other Released Parties, including without limitation any documents or things containing any Confidential Information, computer programs and electronic or hardcopy diskettes, files, data, forms, notes, records, charts, or any copies thereof (collectively, " Property "). Also, Employee shall return to the Company all Property, including without limitation any and all Company computer equipment, blackberries and similar devices, credit cards, keys and other access cards, and electronic and hardcopy files.

16. Non-Admissions .

Nothing in this Agreement is intended to be or shall be construed as an admission by the Company or any of the other Released Parties that any of them violated any law, interfered with any right, breached any obligation or otherwise engaged in any improper or illegal conduct with respect to Employee or otherwise. The Company and each of the other Released Parties expressly deny any illegal or wrongful conduct.

17 . Complete Agreement .


19



This Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto with regard to the matters described herein and supersedes any and all prior and/or contemporaneous agreements and understandings, oral or written, actual or alleged, between said parties regarding such matters, including without limitation concerning Employee’s compensation arrangements or other terms and conditions of employment (if any), and any actual or alleged prior employment agreement with or involving the Company or any of its affiliates. This Agreement cannot be amended, modified, supplemented or altered except by written amendment signed by Employee and an authorized representative of the Company.

18. Assignment; Beneficiaries .

This Agreement may be assigned or transferred to, and shall inure to the benefit of: (a) the Company, (b) any of the other Released Parties, and (c) any person or entity that at any time (whether by merger, purchase or otherwise) acquires all or substantially all of the assets or ownership interests of the Company or any of the other Released Parties, and all payment (as applicable) and other obligations hereunder shall upon such assignment or transfer be binding upon such person or entity to which this Agreement is so assigned or transferred. Employee may not assign any of her rights or obligations under this Agreement. If Employee dies prior to payment of all severance payments as provided for in Section 2(a), remaining severance payments will be made as otherwise provided in this Agreement to the beneficiary designated in writing by the Employee, or if none is so designated, to Employee’s estate.

19. Governing Law; Interpretation of the Agreement .

This Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. Employee and the Company acknowledge that each party had an equal opportunity to review and/or modify the provisions set forth in this Agreement. Thus, in the event of any misunderstanding, ambiguity or dispute concerning this Agreement's provisions or their interpretation, no rule of construction shall be applied that would result in having this Agreement interpreted against either party. The language of all parts in this Agreement shall be construed as a whole, according to fair meaning, and not strictly for or against any party. The headings provided in boldface are inserted for the convenience of the parties and shall not be construed to limit or modify the text of this Agreement.

20. Severability/Reformation .

Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law. If any provision of this Agreement is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unreasonable or otherwise unenforceable, it is the purpose and intent of the parties that any such provision be deemed modified or limited so that, as modified or limited, such provision may be enforced to the fullest extent possible. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be

20



prohibited by or invalid under applicable law (notwithstanding any attempted modification or limitation pursuant to the preceding sentence), such provision will be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.
21. Notices .

Any notice, request, or other communication required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be made to the following addresses or to any other address designated by either of the parties hereto by notice similarly given: (a) if to the Company, to Julie K. Xanders, Esq., Office of the General Counsel, Tribune Publishing Company, 202 W. 1st Street, Los Angeles, CA 90012; Julie.xanders@tribpub.com; and (b) if to Employee, to her last known home address on the Company’s records or to such other address as Employee may direct in writing. All such notices, requests, or other communications shall be sufficient if made in writing either (i) by personal delivery to the party entitled thereto, (ii) by certified mail, return receipt requested, or (iii) by express courier service with proof of delivery, and, except as otherwise provided in Section 5 above for revocation notices, shall be effective upon personal delivery, upon the fourth (4 th ) calendar day after mailing by certified mail, or upon the second (2 nd ) calendar day after sending by express courier service.
22. Knowing and Voluntary Execution .

Employee covenants that she is legally and mentally competent to enter into this Agreement, and acknowledges that she is entering into this Agreement knowingly, voluntarily and with full knowledge of its significance and the rights she is waiving, that no other promises or representations whatsoever have been made to induce her to sign this Agreement and that she has not been coerced, threatened, or intimidated into signing this Agreement.

23. Counterparts .

This Agreement may be executed in two counterparts, each of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.





_____________________________
DENISE WARREN
      
_______________, 201_
TRIBUNE PUBLISHING COMPANY, LLC


By__________________________


_______________, 201_


21



Exhibit 31.1
SECTION 302 CERTIFICATION
I, John H. Griffin, Jr., Chief Executive Officer of Tribune Publishing Company, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Tribune Publishing Company;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

a.
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b.
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
c.
disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions)
a.
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b.
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
By: /s/ John H. Griffin, Jr. ___________________________________________
John H. Griffin, Jr.,
Chief Executive Officer
Date: August 12, 2015



Exhibit 31.2
SECTION 302 CERTIFICATION
I, Sandra J. Martin, Chief Financial Officer of Tribune Publishing Company, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Tribune Publishing Company;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

a.
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b.
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
c.
disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions)
a.
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b.
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
By: /s/ Sandra J. Martin _________________________________________
Sandra J. Martin,
Chief Financial Officer
Date: August 12, 2015



Exhibit 32
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO THE 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Quarterly Report of Tribune Publishing Company (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 28, 2015, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned, John H. Griffin, Jr., Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and Sandra J. Martin, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, each hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C §1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
1.
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
2.
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.


By: /s/ John H. Griffin, Jr. _____________________________________
John H. Griffin, Jr.,
Chief Executive Officer


Date: August 12, 2015


By: /s/ Sandra J. Martin ________________________________________
Sandra J. Martin,
Chief Financial Officer


Date: August 12, 2015